Programming Reference

Mobile Printer
Copyrights
Any unauthorized reproduction of the contents of this document, in part or whole, is strictly prohibited.

Limitation of Liability
SATO Corporation and its subsidiaries in Japan, the U.S and other countries make no representations or
warranties of any kind regarding this material, including, but not limited to, implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. SATO Corporation shall not be held responsible for errors
contained herein or any omissions from this material or for any damages, whether direct, indirect, incidental or
consequential, in connection with the furnishing, distribution, performance or use of this material.

Specifications and contents in this document are subject to change without notice.

Trademarks
 SATO is a registered trademark of SATO Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries in Japan, the U.S.
and other countries.
 QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED.
 Wi-Fi® , Wi-Fi logo and Wi-Fi Direct are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance.
 Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
 Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.
 WPATM and WPA2TM are trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance.
 Google Chrome is a trademark of Google Inc.
 All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Version: PW208NX_PW208mNX_r01-31-07-17PR
©2017 SATO Corporation. All rights reserved.
 Table of Contents

Part 1 SBPL Commands.......................................... 7

Command list...................................................................................................................... 7

Font list.............................................................................................................................. 12

Example of Command reference.................................................................................... 15

Control command............................................................................................................. 17
[ESC+A] Start Code........................................................................................................................... 17
[ESC+Z] Stop Code............................................................................................................................18
[ESC+Q] Print Quantity...................................................................................................................... 19
[ESC+ID] Job ID Number...................................................................................................................20
[ESC+WK] Job Name.........................................................................................................................21

Print Position Command..................................................................................................22

[ESC+H] Horizontal Print Position......................................................................................................22
[ESC+V] Vertical Print Position.......................................................................................................... 23

Modification Command.................................................................................................... 24
[ESC+P] Character Pitch....................................................................................................................24
[ESC+L] Enlargement.........................................................................................................................26
[ESC+PS] Proportional Pitch..............................................................................................................27
[ESC+PR] Release Proportional Pitch............................................................................................... 28
[ESC+%] Rotation...............................................................................................................................29
[ESC+F] Sequential number.............................................................................................................. 31
[ESC+FW] Ruled / Grid Line Print..................................................................................................... 33
[ESC+FC] Print Circle........................................................................................................................ 35
[ESC+FT] Print Triangle..................................................................................................................... 37
[ESC+(] Reverse Color Print.............................................................................................................. 39
[ESC+KC] Kanji Code........................................................................................................................ 41
[ESC+&] Store Form Overlay.............................................................................................................43
[ESC+/] Recall Form Overlay.............................................................................................................45
[ESC+0] Partial Edit........................................................................................................................... 46
[ESC+WD] Partial Copy..................................................................................................................... 47
[ESC+J] Journal Print.........................................................................................................................49
[ESC+RF] Recall Font & Logo...........................................................................................................50
[ESC+RM] Mirror Image.....................................................................................................................51
[ESC+KS] Kanji Set............................................................................................................................53
[ESC+AL] Field alignment.................................................................................................................. 54

Font command.................................................................................................................. 59
[ESC+X20] X20 font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)..................................................................................... 59

1
[ESC+X21] X21 font (Basic size 17 x 17 dots)................................................................................. 61
[ESC+X22] X22 font (Basic size 24 x 24 dots)................................................................................. 63
[ESC+X23] X23 font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)................................................................................. 65
[ESC+X24] X24 font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)................................................................................. 67
[ESC+XU] XU font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)........................................................................................ 69
[ESC+XS] XS font (Basic size 17 x 17 dots).....................................................................................71
[ESC+XM] XM font (Basic size 24 x 24 dots)................................................................................... 73
[ESC+XB] XB font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots).....................................................................................75
[ESC+XL] XL font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)..................................................................................... 77
[ESC+OA] OCR-A font....................................................................................................................... 79
[ESC+OB] OCR-B font....................................................................................................................... 81
[ESC+U] U Font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)............................................................................................83
[ESC+S] S Font (Basic size 8 x 15 dots).......................................................................................... 85
[ESC+M] M Font (Basic size 13 x 20 dots)....................................................................................... 87
[ESC+WB] WB Font (Basic size 18 x 30 dots)..................................................................................89
[ESC+WL] WL font (Basic size 28 x 52 dots)................................................................................... 91
[ESC+$] Outline Font Design.............................................................................................................93
[ESC+$=] Outline Font Print.............................................................................................................. 95
[ESC+RD] CG Font............................................................................................................................ 97
[ESC+RG] Multiple language........................................................................................................... 102
[ESC+RH] Scalable font...................................................................................................................108
[ESC+K1] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in horizontal line................................................................................113
[ESC+K2] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in horizontal line................................................................................115
[ESC+K3] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in horizontal line................................................................................117
[ESC+K4] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in horizontal line................................................................................119
[ESC+K5] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in horizontal line................................................................................121
[ESC+K8] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character..............................................123
[ESC+K9] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character..............................................125
[ESC+KA] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character............................................. 127
[ESC+KB] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character............................................. 129
[ESC+KD] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character............................................. 131
[ESC+k1] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in vertical line.................................................................................... 133
[ESC+k2] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in vertical line.................................................................................... 135
[ESC+k3] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in vertical line.................................................................................... 137
[ESC+k4] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in vertical line.................................................................................... 139
[ESC+k5] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in vertical line.................................................................................... 141
[ESC+k8] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character.................................................. 143
[ESC+k9] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character.................................................. 145
[ESC+kA] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character..................................................147
[ESC+kB] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character..................................................149
[ESC+kD] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character..................................................151
[ESC+T1] 16 x 16 dots external font registration............................................................................ 153
[ESC+T2] 24 x 24 dots external font registration............................................................................ 156

2
 [ESC+K1(K2)] Recall horizontal writing external character............................................................. 159
[ESC+k1(k2)] Recall vertical writing external character...................................................................161
[ESC+PP] POP Font (Basic size 80 x 133 dots).............................................................................163

Barcode Command......................................................................................................... 165

[ESC+B] Barcode (Ratio 1:3)........................................................................................................... 170
[ESC+D] Barcode (Ratio 1:2)...........................................................................................................173
[ESC+D] ~ [ESC+d] Barcode (with HRI)..........................................................................................176
[ESC+BD] Barcode (Ratio 2:5)........................................................................................................ 178
[ESC+BT] Barcode Ratio Registration............................................................................................. 181
[ESC+BW] Barcode print by specified ratio..................................................................................... 182
[ESC+BC] CODE 93 Barcode..........................................................................................................186
[ESC+BF] UPC Add-on (Bookland)................................................................................................. 188
[ESC+BG] Code 128 Barcode......................................................................................................... 190
[ESC+BI] GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) (Standard Carton ID Only)...................................................... 193
[ESC+BP] Postnet............................................................................................................................ 196
[ESC+BS] USPS Barcode................................................................................................................ 198
[ESC+EU] Composite symbol.......................................................................................................... 200
[ESC+BL] UPC-A Barcode (Without HRl)........................................................................................208
[ESC+BL] ~ [ESC+d] UPC-A Barcode (Specifying HRl)..................................................................210
[ESC+BM] UPC-A Barcode (With HRI)............................................................................................212

2D Code........................................................................................................................... 214
[ESC+2D10] PDF417....................................................................................................................... 214
[ESC+2D12] Micro PDF417............................................................................................................. 217
[ESC+2D20] MaxiCode.................................................................................................................... 220
[ESC+2D30] QR Code (Model 2).................................................................................................... 223
[ESC+2D31] QR Code (Model 1).................................................................................................... 228
[ESC+2D32] Micro QR Code........................................................................................................... 232
[ESC+2D50] DataMatrix (ECC200).................................................................................................. 235
[ESC+2D51] GS1 DataMatrix...........................................................................................................239
[ESC+2D70] Aztec Code..................................................................................................................244
[ESC+BQ] QR Code (Compatible command).................................................................................. 248
[ESC+BV] MaxiCode (Compatible command)................................................................................. 274
[ESC+BK] PDF417 (Compatible command).................................................................................... 276
[ESC+BX] DataMatrix (ECC200) (Compatible command)............................................................... 280
[ESC+DC] DataMatrix (ECC200) Data Specify (Compatible command)......................................... 281
[ESC+FX] DataMatrix (ECC200) Sequential Number (Compatible command)................................282
[ESC+QV] QR code version.............................................................................................................284

Graphic Command..........................................................................................................286
[ESC+G] Graphic Print..................................................................................................................... 286
[ESC+GM] BMP File Print................................................................................................................288
[ESC+GP] PCX File Print.................................................................................................................289

3
System Command...........................................................................................................290
[ESC+CS] Print Speed..................................................................................................................... 290
[ESC+#F] Print Darkness................................................................................................................. 292
[ESC+#E] Print Darkness (MB2i series compatible command)....................................................... 294
[ESC+A1] Media Size.......................................................................................................................296
[ESC+A3] Base Reference Point..................................................................................................... 299
[ESC+EP] Print End Position........................................................................................................... 301
[ESC+*] Memory Clear.....................................................................................................................304
[ESC+@] Offline............................................................................................................................... 306
[ESC+C] Reprint............................................................................................................................... 307
[ESC+E] Auto Line Feed..................................................................................................................308
[ESC+PG] Designation of Registration on Printer Motion (MB2i series compatible command)....... 310
[ESC+PO] Offset.............................................................................................................................. 314
[ESC+IG] Sensor Type.....................................................................................................................315
[ESC+PM] Print mode...................................................................................................................... 316
[ESC+KM] Mincho (Kanji)................................................................................................................ 318
[ESC+KG] Gothic (Kanji)..................................................................................................................319
[ESC+CE] European code page...................................................................................................... 320
[ESC+TK] Forced Tear Off............................................................................................................... 322
[ESC+TW] Option Waiting Time.......................................................................................................323
[ESC+CL] Delete CR/LF.................................................................................................................. 324

Intelligent Command...................................................................................................... 325

[ESC+IK] Label Feed Control...........................................................................................................325

Common commands for all languages........................................................................ 327

[DC2+PA] Printer setting command................................................................................................. 328
[DC2+PB] Printer setting information acquisition............................................................................. 351
[DC2+PC] Printer device information acquisition............................................................................. 354
[DC2+PD] Each sensor information acquisition............................................................................... 361
[DC2+PG] Printer status information acquisition..............................................................................364
[DC2+PH] Cancel request................................................................................................................368
[DC2+PI] Application change........................................................................................................... 369
[DC2+DB] Initialization......................................................................................................................371
[DC2+DC] Reset...............................................................................................................................374
[DC2+DD] Power OFF..................................................................................................................... 375
[DC2+DE] File download..................................................................................................................376
[DC2+DF] File name information acquisition................................................................................... 379
[DC2+DG] File information acquisition.............................................................................................382
[DC2+DH] File deletion.................................................................................................................... 385

Time zone list.................................................................................................................. 387

4
Part 2 Interface Specification.............................. 393

Overview.......................................................................................................................... 393
Overview........................................................................................................................................... 393

Communication protocol............................................................................................... 394

Types of communication protocol and Reception mode.................................................................. 394
Return status.................................................................................................................................... 395
Return status of Status 3.......................................................................................................... 396
Return status of Status 4.......................................................................................................... 400
Status 3............................................................................................................................................ 405
Return sequence....................................................................................................................... 406
Reference flow chart................................................................................................................. 408
Status 4............................................................................................................................................ 409
Return sequence....................................................................................................................... 410

USB...................................................................................................................................412
Basic Specifications..........................................................................................................................412
Layout plan for connector pin.......................................................................................................... 413

Wireless LAN...................................................................................................................414
Basic Specifications..........................................................................................................................414
Network setting/Display items................................................................................................... 417
Wireless LAN setting/Display items.......................................................................................... 419
Specifications of software.................................................................................................................422
Specifications of TCP/IP...................................................................................................................422
Specifications of LPR....................................................................................................................... 422
Specifications of FTP....................................................................................................................... 422
Specifications of HTTP/HTTPS........................................................................................................ 423
Wireless LAN settings...................................................................................................................... 425
802.1x authentication and certification......................................................................................425
Socket communication..................................................................................................................... 427
Connection and Disconnection of session....................................................................................... 428
Printer Status.................................................................................................................................... 430
Specification of SNMP......................................................................................................................432
PrinterMIB / HostResourceMIB to show the status of printer................................................... 433
Notes.................................................................................................................................................437

Bluetooth..........................................................................................................................438
Basic specification............................................................................................................................ 438
Bluetooth settings............................................................................................................................. 441
CRC transmission data.................................................................................................................... 442
CRC calculation data........................................................................................................................443

5
 Example of transmission data..........................................................................................................444
CRC error display.............................................................................................................................445
Transmission sequence....................................................................................................................446
Normal end................................................................................................................................ 446
In case where communication is lost while transferring print data........................................... 450
In case where communication is lost while transferring status after receiving print data.......... 451
Abnormal end when CRC check is enabled.............................................................................452

NFC................................................................................................................................... 453
Basic specification............................................................................................................................ 453
Tag mode.......................................................................................................................................... 455
Data format................................................................................................................................456
Transmission sequence.............................................................................................................457
Pass-through mode.......................................................................................................................... 458
Data format................................................................................................................................459
Transmission sequence.............................................................................................................460
Handover mode................................................................................................................................ 466

Notes about the Interface.............................................................................................. 467

6
Part 1 SBPL Commands
Command list
Font list
Example of Command reference
Control command
Print Position Command
Modification Command
Font command
Barcode Command
2D Code
Graphic Command
System Command
Intelligent Command
Common commands for all languages
Time zone list

Command list

Control

Command Function

ESC+A <A> Start Code

ESC+Z <Z> Stop Code

ESC+Q <Q> Print Quantity

ESC+ID <ID> Job ID Number

ESC+WK <WK> Job Name

Print position

Command Function

ESC+H <H> Horizontal Print Position

ESC+V <V> Vertical Print Position

Modification

Command Function

ESC+P <P> Character Pitch

ESC+L <L> Enlargement

ESC+PS <PS> Proportional Pitch

ESC+PR <PR> Release Proportional Pitch

ESC+% <%> Rotation

ESC+F <F> Sequential Number

ESC+FW <FW> Ruled/Grid Line Print

ESC+FC <FC> Print of Circles

ESC+FT <FT> Print Triangles

ESC+( <(> Reverse Color Print

ESC+KC <KC> Kanji Code

ESC+& <&> Store Form Overlay

ESC+/ </> Recall Form Overlay

ESC+0 <0> Partial Edit

ESC+WD <WD> Partial Copy

7
 Command Function

ESC+J <J> Journal Print

ESC+RF <RF> Recall Font & Logo

ESC+RM <RM> Mirror Image

ESC+KS <KS> Kanji set

ESC+AL <AL> Field alignment

Font

Command Function

ESC+X20 <X20> X20 font (Basic size 5x9 dots)

ESC+X21 <X21> X21 font (Basic size 17x17 dots)

ESC+X22 <X22> X22 font (Basic size 24x24 dots)

ESC+X23 <X23> X23 font (Basic size 48x48 dots)

ESC+X24 <X24> X24 font (Basic size 48x48 dots)

ESC+XU <XU> XU font (Basic size 5x9 dots)

ESC+XS <XS> XS font (Basic size 17x17 dots)

ESC+XM <XM> XM font (Basic size 24x24 dots)

ESC+XB <XB> XB font (Basic size 48x48 dots)

ESC+XL <XL> XL font (Basic size 48x48 dots)

ESC+OA <OA> OCR-A font

ESC+OB <OB> OCR-B font

ESC+U <U> U font

ESC+S <S> S font

ESC+M <M> M font

ESC+WB <WB> WB font

ESC+WL <WL> WL font

ESC+$ <$> Outline Font design

ESC+$= <$=> Outline Font print

ESC+RD <RD> CG font

ESC+RG <RG> Multiple language

ESC+RH <RH> Scalable font

ESC+K1 <K1> 16x16 dots Kanji in horizontal line

ESC+K2 <K2> 24x24 dots Kanji in horizontal line

ESC+K3 <K3> 22x22 dots Kanji in horizontal line

ESC+K4 <K4> 32x32 dots Kanji in horizontal line

ESC+K5 <K5> 40x40 dots Kanji in horizontal line

ESC+K8 <K8> 16x16 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character

8
 Command Function

ESC+K9 <K9> 24x24 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character

ESC+KA <KA> 22x22 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character

ESC+KB <KB> 32x32 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character

ESC+KD <KD> 40x40 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character

ESC+k1 <k1> 16x16 dots Kanji in vertical line

ESC+k2 <k2> 24x24 dots Kanji in vertical line

ESC+k3 <k3> 22x22 dots Kanji in vertical line

ESC+k4 <k4> 32x32 dots Kanji in vertical line

ESC+k5 <k5> 40x40 dots Kanji in vertical line

ESC+k8 <k8> 16x16 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character

ESC+k9 <k9> 24x24 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character

ESC+kA <kA> 22x22 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character

ESC+kB <kB> 32x32 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character

ESC+kD <kD> 40x40 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character

ESC+T1 <T1> 16x16 dots external font registration

ESC+T2 <T2> 24x24 dots external font registration

ESC+K1(K2) <K1(K2)> Recall horizontal writing external character

ESC+k1(k2) <k1(k2)> Recall vertical writing external character

ESC+PP <PP> POP Font

Barcode

Command Function

ESC+B <B> Barcode (Ratio 1:3)

ESC+D <D> Barcode (Ratio 1:2)

ESC+D~ESC+d <D>~<d> Barcode (with HRI)

ESC+BD <BD> Barcode (Ratio 2:5)

ESC+BT <BT> Barcode Ratio Registration

ESC+BW <BW> Barcode Print by Specified ratio

ESC+BC <BC> CODE93 Barcode

ESC+BF <BF> UPC Add-on (Bookland)

ESC+BG <BG> CODE128 Barcode

ESC+BI <BI> GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128)(Standard Carton ID Only)

ESC+BP <BP> Postnet

ESC+BS <BS> USPS Barcode

ESC+EU <EU> Composite Symbol

ESC+BL <BL> UPC-A Barcode (Without HRI)

9
 Command Function

ESC+BL~ESC+d <BL>~<d> UPC-A Barcode (Without HRI)

ESC+BM <BM> UPC-A Barcode (with HRI)

2D Barcode

Command Function

ESC+2D10 <2D10> PDF417

ESC+2D12 <2D12> Micro PDF417

ESC+2D20 <2D20> MaxiCode

ESC+2D30 <2D30> QR Code (Model 2)

ESC+2D31 <2D31> QR Code (Model 1)

ESC+2D32 <2D32> Micro QR Code

ESC+2D50 <2D50> DataMatrix (ECC200)

ESC+2D51 <2D51> GS1 DataMatrix

ESC+2D70 <2D70> Aztec Code

ESC+BQ <BQ> QR code version

ESC+BV <BV> MaxiCode

ESC+BK <BK> PDF417

ESC+BX <BX> DataMatrix(ECC200)

ESC+DC <DC> DataMatrix (ECC200) Data Specify

ESC+FX <FX> DataMatrix (ECC200) Sequential Number

ESC+QV <QV> QR code version

Graphic

Command Function

ESC+G <G> Graphic print

ESC+GM <GM> BMP File Print

ESC+GP <GP> PCX File Print

System

Command Function

ESC+CS <CS> Print Speed

ESC+#F <#F> Print Darkness

ESC+#E <#E> Print Darkness (MB2i series compatible command)

ESC+A1 <A1> Media Size

ESC+A3 <A3> Base Reference Point

ESC+EP <EP> Print End Position

10
 Command Function

ESC+* <*> Memory Clear

ESC+@ <@> Offline

ESC+C <C> Reprint

ESC+E <E> Auto Line Feed

ESC+PG <PG> Registration of Printer Operation (MB2i series compatible

command)

ESC+PO <PO> Offset

ESC+IG <IG> Sensor Type

ESC+PM <PM> Print Mode

ESC+KM <KM> Mincho (Kanji)

ESC+KG <KG> Gothic (Kanji)

ESC+CE <CE> European code page

ESC+TK <TK> Forced Tear Off

ESC+TW <TW> Option Waiting Time

ESC+CL <CL> Delete CR/LF

Intelligent

Command Function

ESC+IK <IK> Label Feed Control

Common commands for all languages

Command Function

DC2+PA Printer setting

DC2+PB Printer information acquisition

DC2+PC Printer device information acquisition

DC2+PD Each sensor information acquisition

DC2+PG Printer status information acquisition

DC2+PH Cancel request

DC2+PI Application change

DC2+DB Initialization

DC2+DC Reset

DC2+DD Power off

DC2+DE File download

DC2+DF File name information acquisition

DC2+DG File information acquisition

DC2+DH File deletion

Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

11
Font list
Specify ESC + (relevant font command) to use residential fonts.

Font Font type Pitch

OCR-A (8 dots/ Bitmap [OCR-A font] 15×22 dots Fixed

mm)

OCR-B (8 dots/ Bitmap [OCR-B font] 20×24 dots Fixed

mm)

XU Bitmap [Helvetica] 5×9 dots Fixed / Proportional

XS Bitmap [Universe Condensed Bold] 17×17 dots Fixed / Proportional

XM Bitmap [Universe Condensed Bold] 24×24 dots Fixed / Proportional

XB Bitmap [Universe Condensed Bold] 48×48 dots Fixed / Proportional

XL Bitmap [Sans Serif] 48×48 dots Fixed / Proportional

X20 Bitmap [X20 font] 5×9 dots Fixed

X21 Bitmap [X21 font] 17×17 dots Fixed / Proportional

X22 Bitmap [X22 font] 24×24 dots Fixed / Proportional

X23 Bitmap [X23 font] 48×48 dots Fixed / Proportional

X24 Bitmap [X24 font] 48×48 dots Fixed / Proportional

U Bitmap [U font] 5×9 dots Fixed

S Bitmap [S font] 8×15 dots Fixed

M Bitmap [M font] 13×20 dots Fixed

WB Bitmap [WB font] 18×30 dots Fixed

WL Bitmap [WL font] 28×52 dots Fixed

K1(k1) Bitmap [Kanji font] 16×16 dots Fixed

K2(k2) Bitmap [Kanji font] 24×24 dots Fixed

K3(k3) Bitmap [Kanji font] 22×22 dots Fixed

K4(k4) Bitmap [Kanji font] 32×32 dots Fixed

K5(k5) Bitmap [Kanji font] 40×40 dots Fixed

PP Bitmap [POP font] 80×133 dots Fixed / Proportional

$(shape) Outline font Fixed / Proportional

$=(print)
Kanji Outline font Fixed

RD CG font [SATO CG Sleek] Fixed / Proportional

CG font [SATO CG Stream] Fixed / Proportional

RG Multiple language font Fixed / Proportional

RH Scalable font Fixed / Proportional

Expanded font
Fixed pitch / proportional pitch
Difference between outline font and bitmap font
Setting change of Eurocode
Limitation on non-standard codes

Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

12
Expanded font
Font can be expanded by a factor of 1 to 36.
Internal bitmap fonts can also be expanded with a factor of 1 to 36.
Example: A font in a size of 5 dots of width and 9 dots of height is expanded by a factor of 3. The
resulting font has a width of 15 dots and a height of 27 dots.
The input of enlargement ratio (height x enlargement ratio, width x enlargement ratio) for characters
to be printed is done as described below:
Width x expansion factor= width parameter setting value
Height x expansion factor= height parameter setting value
The command <L> decides the expansion of the character. This parameter is set as factor.
Example: If setting the factor to: <L>0304, the character is expanded by a factor of 3 in horizontal
direction (width) and a factor of 4 in vertical direction (height).
If an expansion factor is specified, also the pitch between the characters is automatically
determined.
Parent topic Font list

Fixed pitch / proportional pitch

There are fonts which can select both the fixed pitch and the proportional pitch. You can set the
proportional pitch by <PS> command and release it by <PR> command on the printer screen.
Depending on the font type, the width of the proportional pitch does differ. Kata-kana is not affected
by the proportional pitch, but the side space of characters will be narrowed.
At the fixed pitch, the character width is according to the relevant font size selected.
Parent topic Font list

Difference between outline font and bitmap font

Regarding the bitmap font, the height and the width of the font are predefined. The height of the
bitmap font is a little bit larger than the width.
The bitmap font is the largest in the font matrix.
For the font type and size refer to the font list previously described.
Regarding the outline font, if the height and the width of the font are set properly, the smooth scaling
algorithm of the printer allows a well-balanced font. It is also possible to define some style options
like a gray scale and a shadow setting.
Parent topic Font list

Setting change of Eurocode

See below for the valid range of font command and Eurocode and Code Page that is enabled when
you change the Eurocode settings in GUI or DC2 commands.
The values for ESC, ENQ, SOH, STX, ETX, CAN, DEL, DC1, DC2 in standard mode and ESC,
ENQ, SOH, STX, ETX, CAN, DEL, DC1, DC2 in non-standard mode is out of valid range.

Command Command name The range of Eurocode Code Page

<XU> XU font (Basic size 5×9 dots) Eurocode shall be 00H-FFH for DOS 857
compatibility. DOS 858
<XS> XS font (Basic size 17×17 dots)
For
<XM> XM font (Basic size 24×24 dots) compatibility

<XB> XB font (Basic size 48×48 dots)

DOS 737
<XL> XL font (Basic size 48×48 dots)
DOS 852

13
 Command Command name The range of Eurocode Code Page

<U> U font (Basic size 5×9 dots) DOS 866

<S> S font (Basic size 8×15 dots)

<M> M font (Basic size 13×20 dots)

<WB> WB font (Basic size 18×30 dots)

<WL> WL font (Basic size 28×52 dots)

<$=> Outline Font Print DOS 858

<RD> CG font Eurocode shall be 00H-FFH considering DOS 857

the use of GID (Glyph Index). DOS 858
<RG> Multiple language Eurocode shall be 20H-FFH because
the range of character code is more than
20H.
Note: A space will be printed in case if less
than 20H is specified.

<RH> Scalable font Eurocode shall be 00H-FFH considering

the use of GID (Glyph Index).

Parent topic Font list

Limitation on non-standard codes

Non-standard codes are available only in its default setting (Refer to the following chart). If control
code is set to the same code as high-order bytes of Kanji by changing the code intentionally, it is not
possible to use half-size characters which correspond to control code.

Functionality Description Initial value

Standard Non-standard

Protocol code STX 02H 7BH

ETX 03H 7DH

ESC 1BH 5EH

ENQ 05H 40H

CAN 18H 21H

Parent topic Font list

14
Example of Command reference

1 2

[ESC+L] Enlargement

3 Hexadecimal code ESC L Parameter 4

<1B>16 <4C>16 aabb

5 Initial value aa=01, bb=01

6 Valid range and term of

command
When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.

Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.

7 [Function]
Specifying the enlargement ratio of font.

8 [Format]
<L>aabb
• Parameter
a [Horizontal enlargement ratio] = Valid range: 01 to 36
b [Vertical enlargement ratio] = Valid range: 01 to 36

9 [Coding Example]
Horizontal enlargement ratio: 4 times, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3 times
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>3<L>0403<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>

10 [Supplementary Explanation]
• Enlarges the character pitch as well. When Character Pitch <P> is used at the same time, the
parameter value of horizontal enlargement ratio specified in Enlargement <L> will be reflected in
the subsequent specification <P>.

11 [Note]
• If increasing the enlargement ratio, design the print format that does not exceed print area.

12 [Valid Command]

Font <XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <OA> <OB> <K1> <K2> <K3>

<K4> <K5> <K8> <K9> <KA> <KB> <KD> <k1> <k2> <k3>

<k4> <k5> <k8> <k9> <kA> <kB> <kD> <U> <S> <M>

<WB> <WL> <X20> <X21> <X22> <X23> <X24> <PP>

Modification <P> <RF>

Graphic <G> <GM> <GP>

1. Indicates command code.

2. Indicates command name.
3. Indicates command in Hexadecimal code.
4. Indicates parameter to be described in command.
5. Indicates initial value for command.
6. Indicates valid range of command.
◦ When power is OFF;
▪ The set parameter is maintained.
▪ The set parameter is not maintained.
▪ The set command is not maintained.

15
 ◦ Valid range within item;
▪ The set parameter is valid until the next specification is made.
▪ The set parameter becomes invalid.
▪ The set command becomes invalid.
◦ Valid range between items;
▪ The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item <A>.
▪ The set parameter is valid until the next specification is made.
▪ The set parameter becomes invalid.
▪ The set command becomes invalid.
7. Explains the function of command.
8. Explains the command and required parameter.
<L>AABB indicates the command ESC+L (<1B>16<4C>16) and two types of parameters such as
"aa" and "bb".
9. Shows the example of how the command is used.
This is the coding example programmed in BASIC output to the printer connected with
RS-232C.
10 ESC$=CHR$(&H1B)
20 OPEN "COM1:9600,N,8,1,RS,BIN" FOR OUTPUT AS #1
30 PRINT #1,ESC$;"A"；
40 PRINT #1,ESC$;"V100";ESC$;"H200";
50 PRINT #1,ESC$;"P3";ESC$;"L0403";
60 PRINT #1,ESC$;"XMABCD";
70 PRINT #1,ESC$;"Q2";
80 PRINT #1,ESC$;"Z";
90 CLOSE #1
100 END
10. Provides the supplemental information of command function and parameter.
11. Provides notes and restriction for the use of command.
12. Shows the commands that come under the influence of used commands.
Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

16
Control command
[ESC+A]
Start Code
[ESC+Z]
Stop Code
[ESC+Q]
Print Quantity
[ESC+ID]
Job ID Number
[ESC+WK]
Job Name

Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

[ESC+A] Start Code

Hexadecimal code ESC A Parameter

<1B>16 <41>16 Nil

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set command is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set command becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set command becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying the start of data transmission.

[Format]
<A>

[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Indicates the start of item and to be placed at the head of item.
• Use <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> as a pair of commands.

[Note]
• Setting value of all commands excluding a part of system commands will be set to default.
• If this command is not specified, printing will not be performed.
Parent topic Control command

17
 [ESC+Z] Stop Code

Hexadecimal code ESC Z Parameter

<1B>16 <5A>16 Nil

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set command is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set command becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set command becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying the end of data transmission.

[Format]
<Z>

[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Indicates the end of item and to be placed at the tail of item.
• Use Start of Data Transmission <A> and <Z> as a pair of commands.

[Note]
• If this command is not specified, printing will not be performed.
Parent topic Control command

18
 [ESC+Q] Print Quantity

Hexadecimal code ESC Q Parameter

<1B>16 <51>16 aaaa

Initial value aaaa=1

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying the number of labels to print.

[Format]
<Q>aaaa
• Parameter
a [Number of labels to print] = Valid range: 1 to 9999

[Coding Example]
Number of labels: 2
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Print contents specified by Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z>
are regarded as 1 label, and the number of reprints can be specified.
• Use this command prior to End of Data Transmission <Z>.

[Note]
• Reprint will be performed based on the specified print quantity. If specifying sequential
numbering command <F>, the value of sequential number that was set up for that field portion
will be printed.
• When this command is used in combination with Multiple Cutting <~>, the specified print
quantity multiplied by specified value for cutting becomes the number of labels to print.
Parent topic Control command

19
 [ESC+ID] Job ID Number

Hexadecimal code ESC ID Parameter

<1B>16 <49>16 <44>16 aa

Initial value a=<20>16

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set command becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying job ID number for status return.

[Format]
<ID>aa
• Parameter
a [Job ID number]
Valid range:
00 to 99 (2 digits)

[Coding Example]
Job ID number: 01
<A>
<ID>01
<V>200<H>100<P>0<$>B,100,100,6
<$=>SATOPRINTER
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• When status return is used for interface protocol, the specified job ID number can be set to the
telegraphic status.
• Status can be confirmed by sending status request (ENQ).
• Include this command within items and use between start code <A> and stop code <Z>.

[Note]
• In status return interface protocol, this command becomes valid when status request (ENQ) is
received while printing (QTY≠0, includes at the time of Offline and Error).
• In status return communication protocol, if status request (ENQ) is received when printing is not
in progress (QTY=0, No received data when power is ON), space (20H) will be set to status and
returned.
• When Job ID Number <ID> is used more than twice within the items of <A> and <Z>, the last
specified value becomes valid.
Parent topic Control command

20
 [ESC+WK] Job Name

Hexadecimal code ESC WK Parameter

<1B>16 <57>16 <4B>16 aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

Initial value aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa=<20> 16

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set command becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying job name for status return.

[Format]
<WK>aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
• Parameter
a [Job Name] = ASCII code 16-digit, Shift JIS Kanji 8-digit

[Coding Example]
Job name: SATO
<A>
<ID>01
<WK>SATO
<V>200<H>100<P>0<$>B,100,100,6
<$=>SATOPRINTER
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• When Status 4 is used for interface protocol, specified job name can be set to the telegraphic
status.
• Status can be confirmed sending status request (ENQ).
• Include this command within items and use between start code <A> and stop code <Z>.
• This command can be used in combination with Job ID Number <ID>.

[Note]
• In status return interface protocol, this command becomes valid when status request (ENQ) is
received while printing (QTY≠0, includes at the time of Offline and Error).
• In status return communication protocol, if status request (ENQ) is received when printing is not
in progress (QTY=0, No received data when power is ON), space (20H) will be set to status and
returned.
• When Job ID Number <ID> is used more than twice within the items of <A> and <Z>, the last
specified value becomes valid.
• For more information, refer to the "Interface Specifications".
Parent topic Control command

21
Print Position Command
[ESC+H]
Horizontal Print Position
[ESC+V]
Vertical Print Position

Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

[ESC+H] Horizontal Print Position

Hexadecimal code ESC H Parameter

<1B>16 <48>16 aaaa

Initial value aaaa=1

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.

[Function]
Specifying horizontal print position from its start point by dot.

[Format]
<H>aaaa
• Parameter
a [Horizontal Print Position] = Refer to the table below.

[Coding Example]
Horizontal print position: 200 dots
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Specifying the start of horizontal position for the print of text, barcode, ruled line and graphic.

[Note]
• Any contents such as text, barcode, graphic exceed printing area will not be printed.

[Initial Value and Valid Range of Parameter]

Head density Initial value Valid range (dots)

203 dpi 1 1 to 440

Parent topic Print Position Command

22
 [ESC+V] Vertical Print Position

Hexadecimal code ESC V Parameter

<1B>16 <56>16 aaaaa

Initial value aaaaa=1

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.

[Function]
Specifying vertical print position from its start point by dot.

[Format]
<V>aaaaa
• Parameter
a [Vertical Print Position] = Refer to the table below.

[Coding Example]
Vertical print position: 100 dots
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Specifying the start of vertical position for the print of text, barcode, ruled line and graphics.

[Note]
• Any contents such as text, barcode and graphic exceed printing area will not be printed.

[Initial Value and Valid Range of Parameter]

Head density Initial value Valid range (dots)

203 dpi 1 1 to 8000

Parent topic Print Position Command

23
Modification Command
[ESC+P]
Character Pitch
[ESC+L]
Enlargement
[ESC+PS]
Proportional Pitch
[ESC+PR]
Release Proportional Pitch
[ESC+%]
Rotation
[ESC+F]
Sequential number
[ESC+FW]
Ruled / Grid Line Print
[ESC+FC]
Print Circle
[ESC+FT]
Print Triangle
[ESC+(]
Reverse Color Print
[ESC+KC]
Kanji Code
[ESC+&]
Store Form Overlay
[ESC+/]
Recall Form Overlay
[ESC+0]
Partial Edit
[ESC+WD]
Partial Copy
[ESC+J]
Journal Print
[ESC+RF]
Recall Font & Logo
[ESC+RM]
Mirror Image
[ESC+KS]
Kanji Set
[ESC+AL]
Field alignment

Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

[ESC+P] Character Pitch

Hexadecimal code ESC P Parameter

<1B>16 <50>16 aa

Initial value aa=02

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.

[Function]
Specifying character pitch by dot.

[Format]
<P>aa
• Parameter
a [Character pitch] = Valid range: 00 to 99 dots

[Coding Example]
Character pitch: 10
<A>
<V>200<H>100<P>10<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Character pitch means the character gap or font gap when selecting font or barcode.
• Specified character pitch will be widened based on the ratio of Enlargement <L>.
• Even if linefeed code [CR] is specified in Auto Linefeed <E>, the character pitch remains the
same without returning to initial value. Start of Data Transmission <A> can be used to reset to
the initial value.
• By specifying Character Pitch <P> just before the barcode specification, pitch command
becomes valid for barcode module.
Object barcode: NW-7, CODE39, Industrial 2of5, Matrix 2of5
For more information, see (3) Intercharacter gap in [Barcode Command].
• Data specification except numeric value or specification of over-digit will give the initial value.

24
[Valid Commands]

Font <XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <OA> <OB> <RD> <$=> <K1>

<K2> <K3> <K4> <K5> <K8> <K9> <KA> <KB> <KD> <k1>

<k2> <k3> <k4> <k5> <k8> <k9> <kA> <kB> <kD> <U>

<S> <M> <WB> <WL> <X20> <X21> <X22> <X23> <X24> <PP>

Barcode <B> <D> <D><d> <BD> <BT> <BW> <BM>

Modification <RF>

Parent topic Modification Command

25
 [ESC+L] Enlargement

Hexadecimal code ESC L Parameter

<1B>16 <4C>16 aabb

Initial value aa=01, bb=01

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.

[Function]
Specifying the enlargement ratio of font.

[Format]
<L>aabb
• Parameter
a [Horizontal enlargement ratio] = Valid range: 01 to 36
b [Vertical enlargement ratio] = Valid range: 01 to 36

[Coding Example]
Horizontal enlargement ratio: 4 times, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3 times
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>3<L>0403<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Enlarges the character pitch as well. When Character Pitch <P> is used at the same time, the
parameter value of horizontal enlargement ratio specified in Enlargement <L> will be reflected in
the subsequent specification <P>.

[Note]
• If increasing the enlargement ratio, design the print format that does not exceed printing area.

[Valid Commands]

Font <XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <OA> <OB> <K1> <K2> <K3>

<K4> <K5> <K8> <K9> <KA> <KB> <KD> <k1> <k2> <k3>

<k4> <k5> <k8> <k9> <kA> <kB> <kD> <U> <S> <M>

<WB> <WL> <X20> <X21> <X22> <X23> <X24> <PP>

Modification <P> <RF>

Graphic <G> <GM> <GP>

Parent topic Modification Command

26
 [ESC+PS] Proportional Pitch

Hexadecimal code ESC PS Parameter

<1B>16 <50>16<53>16 Nil

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set command is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.

[Function]
Specifying the proportional pitch.

[Format]
<PS>

[Coding Example]
<A>
<PS>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• If data other than specified is set, proportional print will not be performed.
• Neither Proportional Pitch <PS> nor Release Proportional Pitch <PR> is set as Initial value.

[Valid Commands]

Font <XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <RD> <RG> <RH> <PP> <X20>

<X21> <X22> <X23> <X24> <$><$=>

Modification <RF>

Parent topic Modification Command

27
 [ESC+PR] Release Proportional Pitch

Hexadecimal code ESC PS Parameter

<1B>16 <50>16<52>16 Nil

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set command is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.

[Function]
Specifying the release of proportional pitch.

[Format]
<PR>

[Coding Example]
<A>
<PR>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Neither Proportional Pitch <PS> nor Release Proportional Pitch <PR> is set as Initial value.

[Valid Commands]

Font <XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <RD> <RG> <RH> <PP> <X21>

<X22> <X23> <X24> <$><$=>

Modification <RF>

Parent topic Modification Command

28
 [ESC+%] Rotation

Hexadecimal code ESC % Parameter

<1B>16 <25>16 a

Initial value a=0

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.

[Function]
Specifying the counter-clockwise rotation of font and barcode.

[Format]
<%>a
• Parameter
a [Rotative direction]
0: Parallel 1 (0 degree)
1: Serial 1 (90-degree)
2: Parallel 2 (180-degree)
3: Serial 2 (270-degree)

[Coding Example]
Font rotation: Parallel 2 (180-degree), Barcode rotation: Serial 1 (90-degree)
<A>
<%>2
<V>100<H>400<P>3<L>0403<XM>ABCD
<%>1
<V>400<H>200<BD>103160*123*
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Position specification of Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> are the
absolute value from its base reference point.
• When the value of parameter "a" is between 4 and 9, it will be processed as a command error
and ignored. When the value other than numeric is specified, this will be ignored and printing
will be performed at 0 degree.
• Print of barcode using Serial 1 or Serial 2 may cause blur. Drop the print speed for rotation print
of Serial 1 and Serial 2 for better performance.

29
 Base ref. Parallel 1 (0-degree) Base ref. Parallel 2 (180-degree) Base ref. Serial 1 (90-degree) Base ref. Serial 2 (270-degree)
point point point point

Label feed direction Label feed direction Label feed direction Label feed direction

[Valid Commands]

Font <XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <OA> <OB> <RD> <$=> <K1>

<K2> <K3> <K4> <K5> <K8> <K9> <KA> <KB> <KD> <k1>

<k2> <k3> <k4> <k5> <k8> <k9> <kA> <kB> <kD> <U>

<S> <M> <WB> <WL> <X20> <X21> <X22> <X23> <X24> <PP>

Barcode <B> <BC> <BG> <BI> <D> <D><d> <BD> <BT> <BW> <BP>

<BF> <BS> <BL> <BL><d> <BM>

2D code <2D10> <BK> <2D12> <2D20> <BV> <2D30> <2D31> <2D32> <BQ> <2D50>

<BX> <2D51> <2D70>

Composite <EU>
Symbol

Graphic <G> <GM> <GP>

System <E>

Modification <RF> <FW> <FC> <FT> < (>

Parent topic Modification Command

30
 [ESC+F] Sequential number

Hexadecimal code ESC F Parameter

<1B>16 <46>16 aaaabcccc(,dd,ee,f)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying prior to the data specification command of font or barcode, and printing specified data in
a sequential order.

[Format]
<F>aaaabcccc(,dd,ee,f)
• Parameter
a [Print quantity specification of identical contents] = Valid range : 1 to 9999
b [Increasing and decreasing specification]
+ : Addition
- : Subtraction
c [Setting of increasing and decreasing value] = Valid range : 1 to 9999
d [Valid digit number for sequential number] = Valid range : 1 to 99 When omitted: 8 (omissible)
e [Low-order invalid digit number] = Valid range : 0 to 99 When omitted: 0 (omissible)
f [Specification of Decimal/Hex sequential number]
0 : Decimal number When omitted: 0 (omissible)
1 : Hexadecimal

[Coding Example]
Print quantity specification of identical contents: 1, Increasing and decreasing specification: +,
Setting of increasing and decreasing value: 1, Valid digit number for sequential number: 5, Low-
order invalid digit number: 0
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202
<F>1+1,5,0<XU>10000
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Sequential number can be specified up to 8 points per format.
• Next print data from <F> command will be the initial value of sequential number.
• Specify the required number of digits for sequential number to print it properly.
• Specification of Black/White Reverse Print <(> is not valid for sequential numbered data.
• Auto Linefeed <E> is not available.
• Need to print font or barcode to print sequential number.

31
 • Digit number of sequential number should correspond to that of font/barcode data command.
If the digit number of sequential number is larger, sequential number printing will not be
performed.
• If the print data immediately after the sequential number command <F> becomes the sequential
number invalid command, the sequential number will be invalid.

[Valid Commands]

Font <XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <OA> <OB> <RD> <$=> <U>

<S> <M> <WB> <WL> <J> <X20> <X21> <X22> <X23> <X24>

<PP>

Barcode <B> <BC> <BG> <BI> <D> <D><d> <BD> <BT> <BW> <BP>

<BF> <BS> <BL> <BL><d> <BM>

2D code <2D50> <2D51>

Parent topic Modification Command

32
 [ESC+FW] Ruled / Grid Line Print

Hexadecimal code ESC FW Parameter

<1B>16 <46>16<57>16 Rule aabccccc

Grid aabbVcccccHddddd

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying the ruled / grid line.

[Format]
<FW>aabccccc : Print of ruled line
• Parameter
a [Line width] = Valid range : 02 to 99 dots
b [Horizontal/vertical direction]
H : Horizontal direction
V : Vertical direction
c [Ruled line length] = Valid range : Refer to the table below.

<FW>aabbVcccccHddddd : Print of grid line

• Parameter
a [Vertical line width] = Valid range : 02 to 99 dots
b [Horizontal line width] = Valid range : 02 to 99 dots
c [Vertical line length] = Valid range : Refer to the table below.
d [Horizontal line length] = Valid range : Refer to the table below.

[Coding Example 1]
Ruled line print, Line width: 4, Horizontal direction, Ruled line length: 400
Grid line print, Vertical line width: 8, Horizontal line width: 8, Vertical line length: 300, Horizontal line
length: 400
<A>
<V>100<H>200<FW>04H400
<V>300<H>200<FW>0808V300H400
<Q>2
<Z>

33
[Supplementary Explanation]
• When the print start position exceeds the printing area, the printing is not performed. (This will
not be a command error.)
• Set line width according to the table below so the horizontal line width is more than 0.166 mm.

Head density Line width

203 dpi (8 dots/mm) 2 dots or more

• If setting the vertical line width wider, it will be widened to the right side against media feed
direction. If setting the horizontal line width wider, it will be widened to the lower side against
media feed direction.
• If setting the grid line wider, it will be widened inward.

[Valid Range]

Head density Valid range: Horizontal (dots) Valid range: Vertical (dots)

203 dpi 1 to 440 1 to 8000

Parent topic Modification Command

34
 [ESC+FC] Print Circle

Hexadecimal code ESC FC Parameter

<1B>16 <46>16<43>16 ,aaa,bbb(,c,d)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying the print of circle.

[Format]
<FC>,aaa,bbb(,c,d)
• Parameter
a [Radius] = Valid range : 5 to 999 dots
b [Line width] = Valid range : 1 to 999 dots
c [Sectional number] = Valid range : 0 to 8 When omitted: 0 (omissible)
*See the details listed below.
d [Pattern] = Valid range : 0 to 3 When omitted: 0 (omissible)
0 : Solid line (black)
1 : Gray 1
2 : Gray 2
3 : Gray 3

• Sectional number

Section 0 Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Section 8

[Coding Example]
Solid line circle of 100 dots in radius, 8 dots in line width
<A>
<V>200<H>200
<FC>,100,8,0,0
<Q>1
<Z>

35
[Supplementary Explanation]
• When the value outside of the range is specified for sectional number, it will be processed as
"0". (This will not be a command error.)
• When the value outside of the range is specified for the designation of pattern, it will be
processed as "0". (This will not be a command error.)
• Even when the print start position exceeds the printing area, the printing is performed. (This will
be a command error.)
• This command sets the base reference point to the center of a circle.

0,0

<V>200

<H>200
100 in radius

• This command can be registered to the format.

• If setting the grid line wider, it will be widened inward.

[Valid Range]

Valid range (dots)

Radius Line width

5 to 999 1 to 999

Parent topic Modification Command

36
 [ESC+FT] Print Triangle

Hexadecimal code ESC FT Parameter

<1B>16 <46>16<54>16 ,aaaa,bbbb(,cccc,d)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying the print of triangle.

[Format]
<FT>,aaaa,bbbb(,cccc,d)
• Parameter
a [Length of sides] = Valid range : 10 to 2000 dots
b [Line width] = Valid range : 1 to 1000 dots
c [Length of base] = Valid range : 10 to 2000 dots (omissible)
When omitted, its value will be equal to the length of sides.
d [Pattern] = Valid range : 0 to 3 When omitted: 0 (omissible)
0 : Solid line (black)
1 : Gray 1
2 : Gray 2
3 : Gray 3

[Coding Example]
Length of sides: 100 dots, Line width: 8 dots, Length of base: 100 dots
<A>
<V>100<H>200
<FT>,100,8,100,0
<Q>1
<Z>

37
[Supplementary Explanation]
• When the value outside of the range is specified for pattern, it will be processed as "0". (This will
not be a command error.)
• When the print start position exceeds the printing area, the printing is performed. (This will be a
command error.)
(When the print start position exceeds the printing area in the vertical direction, the label will be
fed.)
• When the side length is not equal to the base length, printing will not be performed due to
command error.
• This command sets the base reference point to the apex of a triangle.

0,0
<V>100
a : Side length
<H>200
b : Base length
a a

• This command can be registered to the format.

• If setting the line wider, it will be widened inward.
• If the base length is odd number, +1 will be added automatically to make even number.

[Valid number]

Valid range (dots)

Side length Line width Base length

10 to 2000 1 to 1000 10 to 2000

Parent topic Modification Command

38
 [ESC+(] Reverse Color Print

Hexadecimal code ESC ( Parameter

<1B>16 <28>16 aaaa,bbbbb

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying black and white reverse print.

[Format]
<(>aaaa,bbbbb
• Parameter
a [Specification of reverse area in horizontal direction] = Valid range: Refer to the table below
b [Specification of reverse area in vertical direction] = Valid range: Refer to the table below

[Coding Example]
Reverse area in horizontal direction: 200, Reverse area in vertical direction: 70
<A>
<V>50<H>50<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABC
<V>50<H>50<(>200,70
<Q>2
<Z>
H50 (dots)
Label feed direction

V50 (dots)

70 (dots)

200 (dots)

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Set this command next after the firm data string to be inversed. If it is set prior to the firm data
the data will be printed in black without inverse.
• To set print start position, specify Horizontal Print Position <H> and Vertical Print Position <V>
prior to this command.
• When the print start position exceeds the printing area, printing will not be performed due to
command error.

[Note]
• For setting, keep the black print area under 30% of overall label.

39
[Valid Range]

Head density Valid range: Area in Valid range: Area in

horizontal direction (dots) vertical direction (dots)

203 dpi 8 to 440 8 to 8000

Parent topic Modification Command

40
 [ESC+KC] Kanji Code

Hexadecimal code ESC KC Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<43>16 a

Initial value a=5 (GB18030 code)

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.

[Function]
This command allows temporary switch-over between Kanji codes. Normally it is specified by User
mode of printer LCD settings.

[Format]
<KC>a
• Parameter
a [Kanji code]
0 : JIS code
1 : Shift JIS code
2 : Unicode (UTF-16)
3 : Unicode (UTF-8)
4 : BIG5 code
5 : GB18030 code
6 : KSC5601(EUC-KR) code

[Coding Example 1] For Kanji set (<KS>)＝JISX208 Kanji, Shift JIS

<A>
<KS>1
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202
<K1>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 2] For Kanji set (<KS>)＝JISX208 Kanji, JIS

<A>
<KS>1
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202
<K1>H214A3374214B25352548213C
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 3] For Kanji set (<KS>)＝JISX213 Kanji, Unicode (UTF-16)

<A>
<KS>2
<KC>2
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202
<K1>HFF08682AFF0930B530C830FC

41
 <Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• There is no necessity to specify this command in the normal label printing.
• To set Shift JIS as initial value, use User mode of printer LCD setting.
• It is possible to specify multiple Kanji codes within 1 item.
• Please use the appropriate Kanji code according to the Kanji set specified in Kanji set <KS>.
• When the Kanji set is changed, specify this command after Kanji set <KS>.

[Parameter valid range]

Kanji Set <KS> Kanji Code <KC> valid range

Japanese JIS208 Kanji (JISX208) 0: JIS code

1: Shift JIS code
2: Unicode (UTF-16)
3: Unicode (UTF-8)

Japanese JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) 1: Shift JIS code

2: Unicode (UTF-16)
3: Unicode (UTF-8)

Chinese Simplified (GB18030) 3: Unicode (UTF-8)

5: GB18030 code

Chinese Traditional (BIG5) 3: Unicode (UTF-8)

4: BIG5 code

Korean (KSC5601) 3: Unicode (UTF-8)

6: KSC5601 (EUC-KR) code

Parent topic Modification Command

42
 [ESC+&] Store Form Overlay

Hexadecimal code ESC & Parameter

<1B>16 <26>16 (aab～b)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set command is not maintained.
command
Valid range within item The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Specifying the registration of form overlay.

[Format]
<&>(aab～b)
• Parameter
a [Registration key] = Valid range : 01 to 99 (omissible)
b [Comment] = Max. 16 bytes (omissible)

[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>50<FW>1010V800H750
<V>100<H>50<FW>0505V760H710
<V>100<H>50<XB>0MODEL
<&>01DATA1
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• This command saves fixed print contents to the printer and then, Recall Form Overlay </>
combines the contents with drawing of general data to print out.
• Specify this command at the end of data string that is to be stored. Drawing valid range in form
overlay registration is same as printing area.
• This command can register only one format. Use any code from 01 to 99 as a registration key.
• To change contents, specify Clear Form Overlay <*>&, and then register new storage data.
• Invoke registered contents by Recall Form Overlay </>.
• When specifying Label Size <A1>, it will be extracted in the specified area.

43
[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Font <XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <OA> <OB> <RD> <$=> <K1>

<K2> <K3> <K4> <K5> <K8> <K9> <KA> <KB> <KD> <k1>

<k2> <k3> <k4> <k5> <k8> <k9> <kA> <kB> <kD> <U>

<S> <M> <WB> <WL> <X20> <X21> <X22> <X23> <X24> <PP>

Barcode <B> <BC> <BG> <BI> <D> <D><d> <BD> <BT> <BW> <BP>

<BF> <BS> <BL> <BL><d> <BM>

2D code <2D10> <BK> <2D12> <2D20> <BV> <2D30> <2D31> <2D32> <BQ> <2D50>

<BX> <2D51> <2D70>

Composite <EU>
Symbol

Modification <WD> <FW> <(> <RF> <RM>

Graphic <G> <GM> <GP>

Parent topic Modification Command

44
 [ESC+/] Recall Form Overlay

Hexadecimal code ESC / Parameter

<1B>16 <2F>16 (aa)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set command is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Recalling form overlay.

[Format]
</>(aa)
• Parameter
a [Registration key] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 (omissible)

[Coding Example]
<A>
</>01
<V>200<H>100<P>0<$>B,100,100,6
<$=>SATOPRINTER
<V>720<H>150<B>102100*95000012345*
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• This command invokes the contents registered by Store Form Overlay <&> to print.
• When detecting this command in normal print data, it will be combined with drawing stored in
form overlay and printed.
• The registration key is not checked, so that specifying wrong registration key does not raise an
error.
Parent topic Modification Command

45
 [ESC+0] Partial Edit

Hexadecimal code ESC 0 Parameter

<1B>16 <30>16 Nil

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set command is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set command becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set command becomes invalid.

[Function]
Editing the portion in the previous print data.

[Format]
<0>

[Coding Example]
[DEF], a part of print data, is changed to [123].
First label
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABC
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>DEF
<Q>1
<Z>
Second label
<A>
<0>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>123
<Q>1
<Z>

1st label 2nd label

Label feed direction

ABC ABC
DEF 123 Partial
edit

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Use this command to edit only one part of previous print data.
• Invoke the previous print data with this command to edit and print out. In this case, specify the
part of previous data to edit, and send change data to it.
• Specified portion in the previous data will be cleared.
• If Rotation <%> is included in the specified editing portion, keep it for partial editing.
• Use this command with fixed pitch, same font or same digit number.
Parent topic Modification Command

46
 [ESC+WD] Partial Copy

Hexadecimal code ESC WD Parameter

<1B>16 <57>16<44>16 VaaaaaHbbbbYcccccXdddd

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set command becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Copying specified area to another place.

[Format]
<WD>VaaaaaHbbbbYcccccXdddd
• Parameter
a [Vertical start point of original data] = Valid range: Refer to the table below.
b [Horizontal start point of original data] = Valid range: Refer to the table below.
c [Vertical dot size of original data] = Valid range: Refer to the table below.
d [Horizontal dot size of original data] = Valid range: Refer to the table below.

[Coding Example]
Vertical start point of original data: 50, Horizontal start point of original data: 50,
Vertical dot size of original data: 200, Horizontal dot size of original data: 400
<A>
<V>50<H>50<P>2<L>0202<XU>ABCD
<V>300<H>100<WD>V50H50Y200X400
<Q>2
<Z>

dddd
Label feed direction

aaaaa
bbbb ＡＢＣＤ
ccccc

ＡＢ ＣＤ

Dotted line part indicates the copied area.

Actual print portion is “ABCD”.

[Supplementary Explanation]
• To locate the destination of copy, specify Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print
Position <H> prior to this command.
• Destination of copy has to be outside of specified original data.

47
 • When the print start position of the copied area is outside of printing area, printing will not be
performed due to command error.

[Valid Range]

Head density Valid range: Horizontal Valid range: Vertical start

start point of original data point of original data

Horizontal dot size of Vertical dot size of

original data (dots) original data (dots)

203 dpi 1 to 440 1 to 8000

Even if the specified parameter is within a valid range, it may get out of the valid range depending on
its print start position, base position of copy or dot size. In that case, command error will occur.
Parent topic Modification Command

48
 [ESC+J] Journal Print

Hexadecimal code ESC J Parameter

<1B>16 <4A>16 a...a+CR<0D>16

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying the print of journal.

[Format]
<J>a...a+CR
• Parameter
a [Journal print column] = Print data
CR [Control code (0DH)]

[Coding Example]
<A>
<J>
ABCD+CR
EFGH+CR
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• This command starts journal print from vertical position of 2 dots and horizontal position of 2
dots.
• Character pitch is set to 2 dots and line pitch is set to 16 dots.
• This command prints in 2 x 2 times of XS font.
• Use of this command in combination with other commands excluding Reprint <C> and Black
and White Reverse Print <(> is invalid.
• This command performs the line feed regardless of setting of CR/LF deletion.
Parent topic Modification Command

49
 [ESC+RF] Recall Font & Logo

Hexadecimal code ESC RF Parameter

<1B>16 <52>16<46>16 aabbbb,n...n

Initial value aa=01, bbbb=1

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Invoking and printing the font and logo downloaded with exclusive tool.

[Format]
<RF>aabbbb,n...n
• Parameter
a [Font ID number] = Valid range: 01 to 99
b [Print digit] = Valid range: 1 to 9999
c [Print data] = data

[Coding Example 1]
To print [AB] in half size character with this command [Font ID No.: 01, Print digit: 4]
(UnicodeはA: <0041>16 B: <0042>16)
<A>
<PS>
<V>100<H>100<L>0101
<RF>010004,<0041>16<0042>16
<Z>

[Coding Example 2]
When calling and printing logo [Font ID No.: 02 Print digit: 2]
<A>
<V>100<H>100<L>0101<RF>020002,<826B>16
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Specify the value of print data putting Unicode(UTF-16BE).
• When calling and printing logo, specify [Print digit: 0002], [Print data: <826B>16].
Note that <826B>16 is the value of Shift JIS code of L.
• For [Print Data] parameter, the byte order changes depending on compatibility settings for Font/
Logo call.
◦ Specify little endian when compatibility settings are enabled.
e.g.) Specify <4100> for character "A".
◦ Specify big endian when compatibility settings are disabled.

Parent topic Modification Command

e.g.) Specify <0041> for character "A".

50
 [ESC+RM] Mirror Image

Hexadecimal code ESC RM Parameter

<1B>16 <52>16<4D>16 aaaa,bbbbb

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Performing mirror rotation of print data.

[Format]
<RM>aaaa,bbbbb
• Parameter
a [Horizontal range of mirror rotation specification] = Valid range: Refer to the table below.
b [Vertical range of mirror rotation specification] = Valid range: Refer to the table below.

[Coding Example 1]
When the range of mirror rotation is specified:
<A>
<H>100<V>200<XS>12345
<H>100<V>200<RM>0200,0080
<Q>1
<Z>

[Coding Example 2]
When the range of mirror rotation is not specified:
<A>
<H>100<V>200<XS>12345
<RM>
<Z>

51
[Supplementary Explanation]
• When the parameter "aaaa" and "bbbbb" are not specified, all print data specified prior to this
command will be rotated.
• Data outside of printing area will not rotate.
• If specifying this command for the item that does not contain print data, the command error will
occur.
• This command cannot be used in combination with the commands that associated with reedition
of print data. Refer to the invalid commands list below. When the command that cannot use in
combination with is specified, print result is not guaranteed.
• This command cannot be used in combination with some registration commands. Refer to
the invalid commands list below. When the command that cannot use in combination with is
specified, print result is not guaranteed.
• This command cannot be used in combination with some of the modification commands. Refer
to the invalid commands list below. When the command that cannot use in combination with is
specified, print result is not guaranteed.
• This command prints the mirror image of the print data put before the mirror rotation command
is specified. The data after the command does not rotate. Note that specifying this command
several times results rotating the data several times.
• When the mirror image is applied for the barcode, reading of the barcode and the head damage
check are not guaranteed.
• When executing the mirror image, the head damage check will be performed for all the areas
where rotated.

[Valid Range for start position of mirroring]

Head density Valid Range (dots)

Horizontal start position of Vertical start position of

mirror rotation specification mirror rotation specification

203 dpi 1 to 440 1 to 8000

[Valid Range for mirror rotation]

Head density Valid Range (dots)

Horizontal range Vertical range of mirror rotation

of mirror rotation

203 dpi 8 to 440 8 to 8000

[Invalid Commands]

Command <WD> <F> <(> <0> <WA>

that
associated
with
reediting.

Registration <GI> <GT> <PI>

Modification <%>

Parent topic Modification Command

52
 [ESC+KS] Kanji Set

Hexadecimal code ESC KS Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<53>16 a

Initial value a=3

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is
made.

Valid range between items The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is
made.

[Function]
Setting the kanji set.

[Format]
<KS>a
• Parameter
a [Kanji Set] = Refer to the table blow.

[Coding Example]
Specifying GB18030
<A>
<KS>3
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Select the kanji set to be printed by using <K1>16 x 16 dots horizontal writing kanji command,
<K2>24 x 24 dots horizontal writing command, <k1>16 x 16 dots vertical writing kanji command
and <k2>24 x 24 dots vertical dots command.
• An appropriate Kanji code should be specified when switching the Kanji Set. If the right code is
not specified, the print may fail.

[Initial value for parameter and Valid range]

Initial value Valid range

3 1: Japanese, JIS208 Kanji (JISX208)

2: Japanese, JIS213 Kanji (JISX213)
3: Chinese, Simplified Chinese characters (GB18030)
4: Reserved
5: Chinese, Traditional Chinese characters (BIG5)
6: Korean (KSX1001)

Parent topic Modification Command

53
 [ESC+AL] Field alignment

Hexadecimal code ESC AL Parameter

<1B>16 <41>16<4C>16 a

Initial value a=1

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.

[Function]
The base reference point specified with print positioning commands <H>, <V> is equal to the
"Alignment position" of this command. The field’s base reference points are changeable with
"Alignment position". The supported fields are all text fields, barcode, 2D barcode, graphics, ruled
lines and boxes etc.

[Format]
<AL>a
• Parameter
a Alignment position
1: Top left
2: Top center
3: Top right
4: Middle left
5: Middle center
6: Middle right
7: Bottom left
8: Bottom center
9: Bottom right

[Field and alignment positions (for font command)]

The number inside the circle indicate the value of parameter a, "Alignment position (the positions
specified with print positioning commands <H>, <V>".

BlogÁe
1 2 3 1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

For horizontal orientation

4 5 6

Field: The area that is rendered with one command

7 8 9

For vertical orientation

54
[Coding Example]
Font's alignment position: Top Right, barcode alignment position: Bottom left
<A>
<AL>3
<V>100<H>700<P>3<L>0403<X22>,ABCD
<AL>7
<V>400<H>200<BD>103160*123*
<Q>2
<Z>

<V>100<H>700
ABCD

<V>400<H>200

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The alignment position will ignore anything that was set, and sets the default "Top left" if the
value for parameter a was 0 or a non-numeric value.
• If you select Middle or Bottom, the position may vary depending on the ascender line and
descender line of each field. Ascender/descender lines depend on each font, so not all fonts
may show like in the examples as below.

E.g.) Cases with and without 'ĺ' and 'g'

HHH HHg
Top Top
Middle
Middle
Bottom
Bottom

HĺH Hĺg
Top Top

Middle Middle

Bottom
Bottom

• Make sure to specify <H> and <V> to the field when you select Center and Right.
If they are not specified when specifying for the 2nd field, the trailing edge of the 1st field
becomes the base reference point of the 2nd field, which means that the parts of the 1st and
2nd field will overlap.

E.g.) If <H> and <V> are not specified to the 2nd field when specifying Center;
Center Right
Left Right

DEF
ABC
Left Center

E.g.) If <H> and <V> are not specified to the 2nd field when specifying Right;
Left Center Right
Left Center Right

ABC
DEF
• Printer does not print if the positions specified with <H> and <V> (equal to "Alignment position")
if they are out of printing area.

55
• There are cases where the rendered field may run off from printing area depending on
"Alignment position" and print position commands <H> and <V>. Command error (Position
Error) may occur depending on the conditions as described below.

ABC 6

ABC 5 ABC 8

ABC 5

The characters will not be printed In this case, command error will
because it runs over from printable not occur but the characters that
range. run over from printable range
will be missing.

• The composition of the field depends on the command when specifying "Alignment position" for
barcode and 2D code fields.
Ex.) When specifying barcode, 2D code without automatically attached human readables

1 2 3 1 2 3

4 5 6
4 5 6

7 8 9
7 8 9

1 2 3 1 2 3

4 5 6
4 5 6

7 8 9

7 8 9

Ex.) When specifying a barcode with automatically attached human readables (<BD>,<BM>
<BI> etc.)
1 2 3 1 2 3

4 5 6

4 5 6 7 8 9

7 8 9

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

• The left alignment position in the top, middle, and bottom differs for barcodes such as UPC-A
and JAN/EAN-13 with <BD> / <BM> command since the human readable text is printed in the
left of the barcode.

56
Note:
• Human readables are included in the field of "Field Alignment" for barcode.
• Printer works as below if the printing runs off printing area as a result of "Alignment position".
◦ Position Error will occur and will not print if the top left of the barcode runs off.
◦ International models will print if the Top Left of the barcode does not run off the paper.
However some parts of the barcode will be missing.
◦ Barcodes will be printed if human readables run off the Left of the paper. However the
human readables will not be printed.

Command error

Prints only for

international
models

57
[Available commands]

Font <XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <OA> <OB> <U> <S> <M>

<WB> <WL> <X20> <X21> <X22> <X23> <X24>

<$=> <RD> <RH> <RG>

<K1> <K2> <K3> <K4> <K5> <K8> <K9> <KA> <KB> <KD>

<k1> <k2> <k3> <k4> <k5> <k8> <k9> <kA> <kB> <kD>

<K1> <k1> <PP>

(<K2>) (<k2>)

Barcode <B> <BC> <BG> <BI> <D> <D><d>

*1 <BD> <BW> <BP> <BM>

<BF>
*2
<BS>
*3 <BL> <BL><d>
*1 <BZ>

2D code <2D10> <2D12> <2D20> <2D30> <2D31> <2D32> <2D50> <2D51> <2D33>

<BX> <BK> <BV> <BQ> <FX>

Composite <EU>
barcode

Graphics <G> <GM> <GP>

System <E>

Modification <FW> <F> <%> <RF> <L> <P> <PS> <PR>

*1 The position depends on the specified human readable type and data. Make sure to specify just the right
number of characters for human readables data. Printing is not guaranteed if there are excess or insufficient
human readables.
*2 <BF>: Bookland is a barcode which uses multiple commands such as <BD> and <BF>, <D>～<d> and
<BF>. Please arrange so that they are printed in expected positions since alignment positions are calculated
by each field for this command.
*3 <BS>: USPS Barcode has the same position as specifying Middle position in this command without
specifying this command. When you specify Middle position with this command, it prints to an alignment
position equivalent to Bottom position.
Example) Top left

Example) Middle left

Example) Bottom left

Parent topic Modification Command

58
Font command
[ESC+X20]
X20 font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)
[ESC+X21]
X21 font (Basic size 17 x 17 dots)
[ESC+X22]
X22 font (Basic size 24 x 24 dots)
[ESC+X23]
X23 font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)
[ESC+X24]
X24 font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)
[ESC+XU]
XU font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)
[ESC+XS]
XS font (Basic size 17 x 17 dots)
[ESC+XM]
XM font (Basic size 24 x 24 dots)
[ESC+XB]
XB font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)
[ESC+XL]
XL font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)
[ESC+OA]
OCR-A font
[ESC+OB]
OCR-B font
[ESC+U]
U Font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)
[ESC+S]
S Font (Basic size 8 x 15 dots)
[ESC+M]
M Font (Basic size 13 x 20 dots)
[ESC+WB]
WB Font (Basic size 18 x 30 dots)
[ESC+WL]
WL font (Basic size 28 x 52 dots)
[ESC+$]
Outline Font Design
[ESC+$=]
Outline Font Print
[ESC+RD]
CG Font
[ESC+RG]
Multiple language
[ESC+RH]
Scalable font
[ESC+K1]
16 x 16 dots Kanji in horizontal line
[ESC+K2]
24 x 24 dots Kanji in horizontal line
[ESC+K3]
22 x 22 dots Kanji in horizontal line
[ESC+K4]
32 x 32 dots Kanji in horizontal line
[ESC+K5]
40 x 40 dots Kanji in horizontal line
[ESC+K8]
16 x 16 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character
[ESC+K9]
24 x 24 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character
[ESC+KA]
22 x 22 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character
[ESC+KB]
32 x 32 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character
[ESC+KD]
40 x 40 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character
[ESC+k1]
16 x 16 dots Kanji in vertical line
[ESC+k2]
24 x 24 dots Kanji in vertical line
[ESC+k3]
22 x 22 dots Kanji in vertical line
[ESC+k4]
32 x 32 dots Kanji in vertical line
[ESC+k5]
40 x 40 dots Kanji in vertical line
[ESC+k8]
16 x 16 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character
[ESC+k9]
24 x 24 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character
[ESC+kA]
22 x 22 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character
[ESC+kB]
32 x 32 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character
[ESC+kD]
40 x 40 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte character
[ESC+T1]
16 x 16 dots external font registration
[ESC+T2]
24 x 24 dots external font registration
[ESC+K1(K2)]
Recall horizontal writing external character
[ESC+k1(k2)]
Recall vertical writing external character
[ESC+PP]
POP Font (Basic size 80 x 133 dots)

Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

[ESC+X20] X20 font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC X20 Parameter

<1B>16 <58>16<32>16<30>16 ,n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 5 dots, height 9 dots is specified.

[Format]
<X20>,n...n
• Parameter
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<X20>,ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Notes]
• The X20 font only allows the setting of a fixed pitch.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

59
X20 font character set
Basic size is 5 x 9 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 3 (vertical/horizontal).
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

60
 [ESC+X21] X21 font (Basic size 17 x 17 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC X21 Parameter

<1B>16 <58>16<32>16<31>16 ,n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 17 dots, height 17 dots is specified.

[Format]
<X21>,n...n
• Parameter
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<X21>,ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The X21 font allows the setting of a fixed pitch or the setting of a proportional pitch.
• Font pitch (fixed/proportional) can be selected via command or "Settings Mode" of this product.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

61
X21 font character set
Basic size is 17 x 17 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 2 (vertical/horizontal).
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

62
 [ESC+X22] X22 font (Basic size 24 x 24 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC X22 Parameter

<1B>16 <58>16<32>16<32>16 ,n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 24 dots, height 24 dots is specified.

[Format]
<X22>,n...n
• Parameter
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<X22>,ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The X22 font allows the setting of a fixed pitch or the setting of a proportional pitch.
• Font pitch (fixed/proportional) can be selected via command or "Settings Mode" of this product.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

63
X22 font character set
Basic size is 24 x 24 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 2 (vertical/horizontal).
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

64
 [ESC+X23] X23 font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC X23 Parameter

<1B>16 <58>16<32>16<33>16 ,an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 48 dots, height 48 dots is specified.

[Format]
<X23>,an...n
• Parameter
a [Smoothing]
0 : Smoothing disabled
1 : Smoothing ON (Only available if expansion factor is between 3 and 12))
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<X23>,0ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The X23 font allows the setting of a fixed pitch or the setting of a proportional pitch.
• Font pitch (fixed/proportional) can be selected via command or "Settings Mode" of this product.
• When the smoothing is enabled, and the expansion <L> command is set to 1 or 2 or from 13 to
36, the smoothing function will be ignored.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

65
X23 font character set
Basic size is 48 x 48 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 1 (vertical/horizontal).
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

66
 [ESC+X24] X24 font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC X24 Parameter

<1B>16 <58>16<32>16<34>16 ,an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 48 dots, height 48 dots is specified.

[Format]
<X24>,an...n
• Parameter
a [Smoothing]
0 : Smoothing OFF
1 : Smoothing ON (Only available if expansion factor is between 3 and 12)
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<X24>,0ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The X24 font allows the setting of a fixed pitch or the setting of a proportional pitch.
• Font pitch (fixed/proportional) can be selected via command or "Settings Mode" of this product.
• When the smoothing is enabled, and the expansion <L> command is set to 1 or 2 or from 13 to
36, the smoothing function will be ignored.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

67
X24 font character set
Basic size is 48 x 48 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm and an enlargement ratio
of 1 (vertical/horizontal).
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

68
 [ESC+XU] XU font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC XU Parameter

<1B>16 <58>16<55>16 n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 5 dots, height 9 dots is specified.

[Format]
<XU>n...n
• Parameter
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XU>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The XU font allows the setting of a fixed pitch or the setting of a proportional pitch.
• Font pitch (fixed/proportional) can be selected via command or "Settings Mode" of this product.
• The character set varies according to setting of <CE> command.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

69
XU font character set
Basic size is 5 x 9 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with width 5 x height 9, enlargement ratio of 3 (vertical/
horizontal) and DOS 858.
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

70
 [ESC+XS] XS font (Basic size 17 x 17 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC XS Parameter

<1B>16 <58>16<53>16 n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 17 dots, height 17 dots is specified.

[Format]
<XS>n...n
• Parameter
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XS>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The XS font allows the setting of a fixed pitch or the setting of a proportional pitch.
• Font pitch (fixed/proportional) can be selected via command or "Settings Mode" of this product.
• The character set varies according to setting of <CE> command.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

71
XS font character set
Basic size is 17 x 17 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with width 17 x height 17, enlargement ratio of 2 (vertical/
horizontal) and DOS 858.
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

72
 [ESC+XM] XM font (Basic size 24 x 24 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC XM Parameter

<1B>16 <58>16<4D>16 n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 24 dots, height 24 dots is specified.

[Format]
<XM>n...n
• Parameter
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XM>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The XM font allows the setting of a fixed pitch or the setting of a proportional pitch.
• Font pitch (fixed/proportional) can be selected via command or "Settings Mode" of this product.
• The character set varies according to setting of <CE> command.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

73
XM font character set
Basic size is 24 x 24 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with width 24 x height 24, enlargement ratio of 2 (vertical/
horizontal) and DOS 858.
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

74
 [ESC+XB] XB font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC XB Parameter

<1B>16 <58>16<42>16 an...n

Initial value a=0

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 48 dots, height 48 dots is specified.

[Format]
<XB>an...n
• Parameter
a [Smoothing]
0: Smoothing OFF
1: Smoothing ON (Valid for expansion factors <L> between 3 and 9)
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XB>0ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• XB font allows the setting of a fixed pitch or the setting of a proportional pitch.
• Font pitch (fixed/proportional) can be selected via command or "Settings Mode" of this product.
• When the smoothing is enabled, and the expansion <L> command is set to 1 or 2 or from 10 to
36, the smoothing function will be ignored.
• The character set varies according to setting of <CE> command.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

75
XB font character set
Basic size is 48 x 48 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with width 48 x height 48, enlargement ratio of 1 (vertical/
horizontal) and DOS 858.
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

76
 [ESC+XL] XL font (Basic size 48 x 48 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC XB Parameter

<1B>16 <58>16<4C>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 48 dots, height 48 dots is specified.

[Format]
<XL>an...n
• Parameter
a [Smoothing]
0: Smoothing OFF
1: Smoothing ON (Valid for expansion factors <L> between 3 and 9)
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XL>0ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• XL font allows the setting of a fixed pitch or the setting of a proportional pitch.
• Font pitch (fixed/proportional) can be selected via command or "Settings Mode" of this product.
• When the smoothing is enabled, and the expansion <L> command is set to 1 or 2 or from 10 to
36, the smoothing function will be ignored.
• The character set varies according to setting of <CE> command.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

77
XL font character set
Basic size is 48 x 48 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with width 48 x height 48, enlargement ratio of 1 (vertical/
horizontal) and DOS 858.
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

78
 [ESC+OA] OCR-A font

Hexadecimal code ESC OA Parameter

<1B>16 <4F>16<41>16 n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying OCR-A font.

[Format]
<OA>n...n
• Parameter
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding example]
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202<OA>ABC
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Refer to the table below for font size of each head density.

[Font size table]

Head density Font size (dots)

203 dpi (8 dots/mm) W15 x H22

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

79
OCR-A font character set
OCR-A font specification.

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, a font size of 15 x 22,
and an enlargement ratio of 2 (vertical/horizontal).
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

80
 [ESC+OB] OCR-B font

Hexadecimal code ESC OB Parameter

<1B>16 <4F>16<42>16 n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying OCR-B font.

[Format]
<OB>n...n
• Parameter
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202<OB>ABC
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Refer to the table below for font size of each head density.

[Font Size]

Head density Font seize(dots)

203 dpi (8 dots/mm) W20 x H24

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

81
OCR-B Font Character Set
OCR-B font specification.

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, a font size of 20 x 24,
and an enlargement ratio of 2 (vertical/horizontal).
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

82
 [ESC+U] U Font (Basic size 5 x 9 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC U Parameter

<1B>16 <55>16 n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 5 dots, height 9 dots is specified.

[Format]
<U>n...n
• Parameter
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<U>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The U font only allows the setting of a fixed pitch.
• The character set varies according to setting of <CE> command.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

83
U font character set
Basic size is 5 x 9 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, enlargement ratio of 3
(vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

84
 [ESC+S] S Font (Basic size 8 x 15 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC S Parameter

<1B>16 <53>16 n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 8 dots, height 15 dots is specified.

[Format]
<S>n...n
• Parameter
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<S>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The S font only allows the setting of a fixed pitch.
• The character set varies according to setting of <CE> command.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

85
S font character set
Basic size is 8 x 15 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, enlargement ratio of 3
(vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

86
 [ESC+M] M Font (Basic size 13 x 20 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC M Parameter

<1B>16 <4D>16 n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within item The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 13 dots, height 20 dots is specified.

[Format]
<M>n...n
• Parameter
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<M>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The M font only allows the setting of a fixed pitch.
• The character set varies according to setting of <CE> command.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

87
M font character set
Basic size is 13 x 20 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, enlargement ratio of 2
(vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

88
 [ESC+WB] WB Font (Basic size 18 x 30 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC WB Parameter

<1B>16 <57>16<42>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within item The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 18 dots, height 30 dots is specified.

[Format]
<WB>an...n
• Parameter
a [Smoothing]
0: Smoothing OFF
1: Smoothing ON (Valid for Enlargement <L> between 3 and 12)
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<WB>0ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The WB font only allows the setting of a fixed pitch.
• When the smoothing is enabled, and the Enlargement <L> is set to 1 or 2 or from 13 to 36, the
smoothing function will be ignored.
• The character set varies according to setting of <CE> command.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

89
WB font character set
Basic size is 18 x 30 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, enlargement ratio of 1
(vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

90
 [ESC+WL] WL font (Basic size 28 x 52 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC WL Parameter

<1B>16 <57>16<4C>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 28 dots, height 52 dots is specified.

[Format]
<WL>an...n
• Parameter
a [Smoothing]
0: Smoothing OFF
1: Smoothing ON (Valid for Enlargement <L> between x3 and 12)
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<WL>0ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The WL font only allows the setting of a fixed pitch.
• When the smoothing is enabled, and the Enlargement <L> is set to 1 or 2 or from 13 to 36, the
smoothing function will be ignored.
• The character set varies according to setting of <CE> command.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>

91
WL font character set
Basic size is 28 x 52 dots (width x height)

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm, enlargement ratio of 1
(vertical/horizontal) and DOS 858.
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

92
 [ESC+$] Outline Font Design

Hexadecimal code ESC $ Parameter

<1B>16 <24>16 a,bbb,ccc,d

Initial value a=A,bbb=50,ccc=50,d=0

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item
<A>.

[Function]
Specifying the type, size, and shape of font.

[Format]
<$>a,bbb,ccc,d
• Parameter
a [Font type]
A: Helvetica bold (Proportional)
B: Helvetica bold (Inter-character pitch fixed)
*1
K: Kanji specified by hexadecimal number
*1
L: Kanji specified by binary number
*1
k: Kanji (vertical) specified by hexadecimal number
*1
l: Kanji (horizontal) specified by hexadecimal number
b [Font width] = Valid range: 1 to 999 dots
c [Font height] = Valid range: 1 to 999 dots
d [Font design]
0: Normal font (Black)
1: White characters on black background
2: Grey font (Pattern 1)
3: Grey font (Pattern 2)
4: Grey font (Pattern 3)
5: Font with shadow
6: White characters with shadow on black background
7: Mirrored font
8: Normal italic font
9: White italic characters with shadow on black background

*1 Will specify Kanji outline font

[Coding example]
Font type: A, font width: 100 dots,
font height: 100 dots, font design: 1
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<$>A,100,100,1<$=>SATO
<Q>2
<Z>

93
[Supplementary Explanation]
• Italic characters are tilt in an angle of 15-degree, within their specified width.
• The outline font printing command <$=> shall be executed after the outline font design selection
<$>.
• For the font design 1 thru 9, if the specified dot setting is irregularly small, the font cannot be
identified.
• If the font width / height are very small, there can be cases that the font is squeezed.

[Valid Commands]

Font <$=>

Outline Font Design

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm.
Parent topic Font command

94
 [ESC+$=] Outline Font Print

Hexadecimal code ESC $= Parameter

<1B>16 <24>16<3D>16 n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying printing command of outline font.

[Format]
<$＝>n...n
• Parameter
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding example]
Print data: SATO
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<$>A,100,100,1<$=>SATO
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The outline font printing command <$=> shall be executed after the outline font design selection
<$>.
• Font height includes both ascender and descender area. For proportional pitch, the character
width of outline font differs depending on the font to be used.
• Use character pitch command <P> to specify font pitch.
• Italic characters are tilt in an angle of 15-degree, within their specified width. As for the height
specification, both ascender and descender area are included.
• For the font design 1 through 9, if the specified dot setting is irregularly small, the font cannot be
identified.
• If the font width / height are very small, there can be cases that the font is squeezed.
• JIS, Shift JIS, or Unicode (UTF-16, UTF-8) can be used for Kanji outline font, which should
correspond with the printer settings to proper printing. Specify Kanji code by <KC> command or
LCD setting.

95
[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <%> <$> <F>

Outline Font Character Set

Characters consists of 50 x 50 dots, Standard font (Black)

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm.
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

96
 [ESC+RD] CG Font

Hexadecimal code ESC RD Parameter

<1B>16 <52>16<44>16 abc,ddd,eee,n...n

Initial value b=0

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying CG font type, font style, font size, and print data.

[Format]
<RD>abc,ddd,eee,n...n
• Parameter
a [Font type]
A [SATO CG Sleek]
B [SATO CG Stream]

Symbol Parameter name Setting Character set

value

b Character encoding - Character set specified by <CE>

selection
0 858 (default)

1 ISO 8859/1 Latin 1

2 ISO 8859/2 Latin 2

3 ISO 8859/9 Latin 5

4 CP737 DOS Greek

5 CP855 DOS Cyrillic

6 -

7 -

8 PC-850 Multilingual

9 CP852 DOS Central European

A CP857 DOS Turkish

B CP866 DOS Cyrillic II

C CP1250 Windows Central European

D CP1251 Windows Cyrillic

E CP1252 Windows Western Latin 1

F CP1253 Windows Greek

G CP1254 Windows Turkish

97
 Symbol Parameter name Setting Character set
value

H -

I -

J CP1257 Windows Baltic

K CP869 IBM Greek

L -

M Japanese X0201
*1

@ Unicode UTF-8

*1: Specifying X0201 prints ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 character set.

c [Font style]
0 Standard
1 Bold
2 Italic
3 Bold + Italic

d [Width]
Valid Range: 004 to 999 (dots)
Valid Range: P02 to P99 (points)

e [Height]
Valid Range: 004 to 999 (dots)
Valid Range: P02 to P99 (points)
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding Example1]
Font type: SATO CG Sleek, Width: 10 pts, Height: 10 pts
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<RD>A00,P10,P10,SATO
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The font size is set by [dot number] or [point number].
• The dot size does vary with printer type. (Refer to the table below)

Head density Size of 1 dot (mm)

203 dpi (8 dots/mm) 0.125

• 1 point is 0.35 mm.

[Font size range]

Head density Valid range: Valid range:

Width range (dots) Height range (dots)

203 dpi 4 to 832 4 to 999

98
[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <%> <F> <PS> <PR>

99
SATO CG Sleek font character set
SATO CG Sleek font settings

Print sample in following condition: Head density: 8 dots/mm, 40 x 40 point, DOS 858.
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.

100
SATO CG Stream font character set
SATO CG Stream Font settings

Print sample in following condition: Head density: 8 dots/mm, 40 x 40 point, DOS 858.
The data from 00 (H) to 1F (H) are control codes and you cannot use them.
Parent topic Font command

101
 [ESC+RG] Multiple language

Hexadecimal code ESC RG Parameter

<1B>16 <52>16<47>16 a,b,c,ddd,eee,ffff…fff

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Printing multiple language fonts.

[Format]
<RG>a,b,c,ddd,eee,ffff…fff

Parameter
a : [Character code]
Character code of print data to be specified to a parameter f.
Refer to the table below.
b : [Font set] Font type for printing. Refer to the table below.
c : [Modification]
0: Standard
1: Italic
2: BOLD
3: BOLD+Italic
d : [Width]
Valid range: 20 to 999 (dots)
Valid range: P09 to P99 (points)
e : [Height]
Valid range: 20 to 999 (dots)
Valid range: P09 to P99 (points)
*One point is 0.35 mm.
f : [Print data] (character code)

[Character code list]

Parameter a Character code

0 UNICODE (UTF-8)

1 UNICODE (UTF-16BE) *Recommended

2 S-JIS

3 BIG5

4 GB18030

5 KSX 1001 (EUC-KR)

- Character set specified by <CE>.

* If UTF-8 or X201 has been selected by <CE>, it is the value of the following.
<CE>: UTF-8、<RG>Parameter a: 0:UTF-8

102
 Parameter a Character code

<CE>: X201、<RG>Parameter a: 2:S-JIS

[Font set list]

Parameter Font name Font set Font type Character

b code range
(UTF-16BE)

0 SATO Hebe Sans WGL4 Hebe Serif 0020-FB02

1 SATO Hebe Sans Arabic Arabic (Farsi) Hebe Serif 0020-00FF,

+ISO8859-1 0600-06FF,
FE70-FEFC

2 SATO Hebe Sans Thai Thai+ISO8859-1 Hebe Serif 0020-00FF,

0E01-0E5B

3 SATO Hebe Sans Hindi Hindi+ISO8859-1 Hebe Serif 0020-00FF,

0901-097F

4 SATO Gothic Traditional WGL4 Hebe Serif 0020-FFE6

Chinese
Big5 MobileGothic

GB-18030 Crystalzhonghei

JISx0208 (+NEC) MobileGothic

JISx0201

KSX 1001 MobileGothic

5 SATO Gothic Japanese WGL4 Hebe Serif 0020-FFE6

JISx0208 (+NEC) MobileGothic

JISx0201

KSX 1001 MobileGothic

GB-18030 Crystalzhonghei

Big5 MobileGothic

6 SATO Gothic Simplified WGL4 Hebe Serif 0020-FFE5

Chinese
GB-18030 Crystalzhonghei

7 SATO Gothic Korean WGL4 Hebe Serif 0020-FFE6

KSX 1001 MobileGothic

JISx0208 (+NEC) MobileGothic

JISx0201

GB-18030 Crystalzhonghei

Big5 MobileGothic

8 SATO Silver Serif WGL4 Silver Serif 0020-FB02

9 SATO Mincho Traditional WGL4 Silver Serif 0020-FFE6

Chinese
Big5 Mincho

GB-18030 Shusong2M

103
 Parameter Font name Font set Font type Character
b code range
(UTF-16BE)

JISx0208 (+NEC) CrystalMincho

JISx0201

KSX 1001 Mincho

10 SATO Mincho Japanese WGL4 Silver Serif 0020-FFE6

JISx0208 (+NEC) CrystalMincho

JISx0201

KSX 1001 Mincho

GB-18030 Shusong2M

Big5 Mincho

11 SATO Mincho Simplified WGL4 Silver Serif 0020-FFE5

Chinese
GB-18030 Shusong2M

12 SATO Mincho Korean WGL4 Silver Serif 0020-FFE6

KSX 1001 Mincho

JISx0208 (+NEC) CrystalMincho

JISx0201

GB-18030 Shusong2M

Big5 Mincho

13 SATO Roman Arabic Arabic+ISO8859-1 Roman 0020-00FF,

0600-06FF,
FDF2, FE70-FEFC

14 SATO Hebe Sans Hebrew Hebrew Hebe Serif 0020-00FF,

+ISO8859-1 05B0-05F4,
FB1D-FB4F

[Coding example]
Character code = UTF16, Font set = SJIS, Modification = Standard, Width = 20 dots, Height = 20
dots, Print data = ＳＡＴＯ
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<RG>1,5,0,20,20,<FF33>16<FF21>16<FF34>16<FF2F>16
<Q>2
<Z>

[Note]
• When a character code other than UTF-16BE is specified, the character code will be converted
into UTF-16BE. If there were codes that cannot be converted, they are replaced by single
spaces.
• When UTF-16BE is specified as a character code or character codes do not exist in the font set
after UTF-16BE conversion, these character codes are not printed. When a space or a square
are filled in the font set for the character code, these images are printed.
• Print size may be smaller than specified character size with parameter in landscape and portrait
directions due to multi languages.

104
• If input code is set to UTF-8, the size of character code is available up to 4 bytes. UTF-8 does
not support 5, 6 bytes.
• UTF-16BE supports up to 2 byte character code. 3 bytes UTF-8 and 4 bytes UTF-16BE are not
supported.
• Complex script languages (Arabic, Hindi, Thai), Hebrew are printed with proportional fonts,
regardless of setting of font type in order to use the formatter function and the combined font
function.
• The linefeed code cannot be inserted among one word or one character code forming one
character for the complex script languages (Arabic, Hindi, Thai), Hebrew. If the linefeed is
inserted, the rendering result is not guaranteed.
• Comply with Unicode 2.1 (note that if the first byte is 0x1b when UTF-16BE is specified, it is
judged as a ESC code).
• When performing sequential number printing in Arabic, Hindi, Thai and Hebrew, the character
codes are rendered as a character string and it may not function properly.
• This command does not support partial editing because the complex script languages (Arabic,
Hindi, Thai), Hebrew extract the character string for using the formatter function and the
combined font function.
• Complex script languages (Arabic, Hindi, Thai), Hebrew render character codes as character
strings in order to use the formatter function and the combined font function. Other languages
render character codes in character units, so that a gap between fonts is different from that of
the complex script languages.
• Note that when a combination of character codes and font sets is other than below table, the
expected character may not be printed.

Font set Character code

WGL4, Arabic, Thai, Hindi, Hebrew UNICODE (UTF-16BE), UNICODE (UTF-8)

Big5 UNICODE (UTF-16BE), Big5, UNICODE (UTF-8)

SJIS UNICODE (UTF-16BE), SJIS , UNICODE (UTF-8)

GB18030 UNICODE (UTF-16BE), GB18030, UNICODE

(UTF-8)

KSX1001 (EUC-KR) UNICODE (UTF-16BE), KSX1001 (EUC-KR),

UNICODE(UTF-8)

• SATO Roman Arabic does not correspond to Farsi.

• Recommended fonts if you specify "-" in parameter a and print character set of <CE>

<CE> <RG>

Parameter a Official Parameter b Font name

name

858 DOS 858 0 SATO Hebe Sans

8 SATO Silver Serif
88591 ISO 8859/1

88592 ISO 8859/2

88599 ISO 8859/9

850 DOS 850

852 DOS 852

855 DOS 855

105
 <CE> <RG>

Parameter a Official Parameter b Font name

name

857 DOS 857

737 DOS 737

866 DOS 866

1250 Win 1250

1251 Win 1251

1252 Win 1252

1253 Win 1253

1254 Win 1254

1257 Win 1257

869 IBM 869

UTF-8 UTF-8

201 X0201 5 SATO Gothic Japanese

10 SATO Mincho Japanese

• Font of parameter b0-14 is not installed with printer by default. The font shall be downloaded to
printer before using this command.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <%> <F> <PS> <PR>

106
Multiple language sample

Print sample in following condition: Head density: 8 dots/mm, 28 x 28 point

Parent topic Font command

107
 [ESC+RH] Scalable font

Hexadecimal code ESC RH Parameter

<1B>16 <52>16<47>16 a,b…b,c,ddd,eee,f…f

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Built-in scalable font and the TTF font downloaded using file download [DC2]DE of a common
command are printed.

[Format]
<RH>a,b…b,c,ddd,eee, ffff…fff

Parameter
a [Character code]
Input character code of printing data specifying to parameter f.
See the table "Input character code list" below.
b [Font set] = Valid range: See the table "Built-in font set list" below.
c [Modification]
0: Standard
1: Bold
2: Italic
3: Bold + Italic
d [Width]
Valid range: 020 to 999 (dots)
Valid range: P09 to P99 (points)
e [Height]
Valid range: 020 to 999 (dots)
Valid range: P09 to P99 (points)
*One point is 0.35 mm.
*The valid range of height and width is 832 dots for 203 dpi.
f [Print Data] = Data

[Input character code list]

Parameter a Character code

0 UNICODE(UTF-8)

1 UNICODE(UTF-16BE) * Recommended

2 S-JIS

3 BIG5

4 GB18030

5 KSX 1001(EUC-KR)

- Character set specified by <CE>.

* If UTF-8 or X201 has been selected by <CE>, it is the value of the following.

108
 Parameter a Character code

<CE>: UTF-8, <RH> parameter a: 0:UTF-8

<CE>: X201, <RH> parameter a: 2:S-JIS

[Built-in font set list]

Parameter b Font name

SATOCGSleek.ttf SATO CG Sleek

SATOCGStream.ttf SATO CG Stream

SATOOCRA.ttf SATO OCR-A

SATO0.ttf SATO 0

SATOALPHABC.ttf SATO Alpha Bold Condensed

SATOBETABI.ttf SATO Beta Bold Italic

SATOFOLIOB.ttf SATO Folio Bold

SATOFUTURAMC.ttf SATO Futura Medium Condensed

SATOGAMMA.ttf SATO Gamma

SATOOCRB.ttf SATO OCR-B

SATOSANS.ttf SATO Sans

SATOSERIF.ttf SATO Serif

SATOSYM.ttf SATO Symbol Set

SATOVICA.ttf SATO Vica

SATOWING.ttf SATO WingBats

[Coding example1] Printing of the built-in (scalable) font

Character code=UTF16BE, Font set=SATO CG Stream, Modification=Standard, Width=20 dots,
Height=20 dots, Print data=ＳＡＴＯ
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<RH>1,SATOCGStream.ttf,0,20,20,<FF33>16<FF21>16<FF34>16<FF2F>16
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example2] Printing of the downloaded TrueType font

Character code=UTF16BE, Font set(The downloaded file name)=sample.ttf, Modification=Standard,
Width=40 dots, Height=40 dots, Print data=ＳＡＴＯ
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<RH>1,sample.ttf,0,40,40,<FF33>16<FF21>16<FF34>16<FF2F>16
<Q>2
<Z>

109
[Coding example3] Printing of the downloaded TrueType font
Character code=UTF16BE,Font set(The downloaded file name)=Sample.TTF,
Modification=Standard, Width=40 dots, Height=40 dots, Print data=ＳＡＴＯ
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<RH>1,sample.TTF,0,40,40<FF33>16<FF21>16<FF34>16<FF2F>16
<Q>2
<Z>

[Note]
• When a character code other than UTF-16 is specified, the character code will be converted into
UTF-16. If there are character codes that cannot be converted, all character strings specified as
a parameter error will be printed.
• If the font corresponding to specified character code does not exist, an invalid image defined in
the font set will be printed.
• Supports only the TTF that supports Unicode (UTF-16BE). If TTF does not support Unicode
(UTF-16BE), the specified character code is printed as GID (Glyph Index).
• Recommended fonts if you specify "-" in parameter a and print character set of <CE>

<CE> <RH>

Parameter a Official Parameter b Font name

name

858 DOS 858 SATOCGSleek.ttf SATO CG Sleek

SATOCGStream.ttf SATO CG Stream
88591 ISO 8859/1

88592 ISO 8859/2

88599 ISO 8859/9

850 DOS 850

852 DOS 852

855 DOS 855

857 DOS 857

737 DOS 737

866 DOS 866

1250 Win 1250

1251 Win 1251

1252 Win 1252

1253 Win 1253

1254 Win 1254

1257 Win 1257

869 IBM 869

UTF-8 UTF-8

201 X0201 ‐ ‐

• Size that can be specified in the "character set" is up to 32 bytes. Also, you can specify
character will be only the following characters.

110
 ◦ Alphabet
◦ Number
◦ Hyphen [-]
◦ Underscore [_]
◦ Period [.]
• Character may not be printed correctly if small character size is specified to downloaded TTF
font. Please fully check on print result.
• Print size may be smaller than specified character size with parameter in landscape and portrait
directions due to multi languages.
• If input code is set to UTF-8, the size of character code is available up to 4 bytes. UTF-8 does
not support 5, 6 bytes.
• Formatter functionality and Ligature functionality are used for complex languages (Arabic, Hindi,
Thai) and Hebrew so that proportional is enabled for print regardless of how proportional was
set.
• It is not possible to specify line feed code to in between character codes which forms single
word and single character for complex languages (Arabic, Hindi, Thai) and Hebrew. Rendering
result is not guaranteed if line feed code is specified.
• Please note that it is determined as ESC code if the first byte is 0x1b when UTF-16BE is
specified.
• If the first 2 bytes are specified to range of surrogate pairs (0xD800 to 0xDBFF) when
UTF-16BE is specified, it will be replaced with half size space on the condition that the last 2
bytes are not within the range of surrogate pairs (0xDC00 to 0xDFFF).
• Please note that serialized print may not work properly for languages like Arabic, Hindi, Thai,
and Hebrew because any input character code for those languages are rendered as character
string and this will cause incorrect print position.
• Formatter functionality and Ligature functionality are used for complex languages (Arabic, Hindi,
Thai) and Hebrew so that any input codes are rendered as character string. Input character
codes for other languages than above-mentioned languages are rendered per character so that
character gap is different between complex language and other languages.
• Please note that you may not get character as you expected after it is printed if the combination
of input character code and character set is different from the table below.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <%> <F> <PS> <PR>

111
Scalable font sample

Print sample in following condition: Head density: 8 dots/mm, 30 x 30 point

Parent topic Font command

112
 [ESC+K1] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in horizontal line

Hexadecimal code ESC K1 Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<31>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 16 x 16 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print.

[Format]
<K1>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K1>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203
<K1>B!J3T!K%5%H!<
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12

113
 • Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• When the language setting of the printer is Japanese or Simplified Chinese or Traditional
Chinese or Korean, printing follows the language setting.
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)], it will be a command error.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

114
 [ESC+K2] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in horizontal line

Hexadecimal code ESC K2 Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<32>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 24 x 24 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print.

[Format]
<K2>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K2>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0203
<K2>B!J3T!K%5%H!<
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12

115
 • Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• When the language setting of the printer is Japanese or Simplified Chinese or Traditional
Chinese or Korean, printing follows the language setting.
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

116
 [ESC+K3] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in horizontal line

Hexadecimal code ESC K3 Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<33>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 22 x 22 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print.

[Format]
<K3>an...n
• [Format]
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K3>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0203
<K3>B!J3T!K%5%H!<
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12

117
 • Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

118
 [ESC+K4] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in horizontal line

Hexadecimal code ESC K4 Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<34>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 32 x 32 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print.

[Format]
<K4>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K4>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0203
<K4>B!J3T!K%5%H!<
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12

119
 • Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

120
 [ESC+K5] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in horizontal line

Hexadecimal code ESC K5 Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<35>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 40 x 40 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print.

[Format]
<K5>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K5>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 2, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0203
<K5>B!J3T!K%5%H!<
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12

121
 • Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

122
 [ESC+K8] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte
character

Hexadecimal code ESC K8 Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<38>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 16 x 16 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print and W8 x H16 dots
half size character in horizontal line.

[Format]
<K8>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社ｻﾄ-
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K8>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
• Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

123
[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• This command is not available for JIS code print data.
• For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W8 x H16 dots.
• For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W16 x H16 dots.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)], it will be a command error.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

124
 [ESC+K9] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte
character

Hexadecimal code ESC K9 Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<39>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 24 x 24 (width x height) dots horizontal written kanji character print and W12 x H24 dots
half size character in horizontal line.

[Format]
<K9>an...n
• Parameter
a [Chinese selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社ｻﾄ-
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<K9>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
• Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

125
[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• This command is not available for JIS code print data.
• For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W12 x H24
dots.
• For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W24 x H24 dots.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

126
 [ESC+KA] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte
character

Hexadecimal code ESC KA Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<41>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 22 x 22 (width x height) dots horizontal written kanji character print and W11 x H22 dots
half size character in horizontal line.

[Format]
<KA>an...n
• Parameter
a [Chinese selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社ｻﾄ-
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<CC>0
<KA>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
• Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

127
[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• This command is not available for JIS code print data.
• For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W11 x H22
dots.
• For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W22 x H22 dots.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

128
 [ESC+KB] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte
character

Hexadecimal code ESC KB Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<42>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 32 x 32 (width x height) dots horizontal written kanji character print and W16 x H32 dots
half size character in horizontal line.

[Format]
<KB>an...n
• Parameter
a [Chinese selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社ｻﾄ-
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<KB>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
• Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

129
[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W16 x H32
dots.
• For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W32 x H32 dots.
• This command is not available for JIS code print data.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

130
 [ESC+KD] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte
character

Hexadecimal code ESC KD Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<44>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 40 x 40 (width x height) dots horizontal written kanji character print and W20 x H40 dots
half size character in horizontal line.

[Format]
<KD>an...n
• Parameter
a [Chinese selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社ｻﾄ-
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<KD>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
• Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

131
[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• For the half size character (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W20 x H40
dots.
• For the full size character (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in W40 x H40 dots.
• This command is not available for JIS code print data.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

132
 [ESC+k1] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in vertical line

Hexadecimal code ESC k1 Parameter

<1B>16 <6B>16<31>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 16 x 16 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print.

[Format]
<k1>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k1>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal magnification: 2, Vertical magnification: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0203
<k1>B!J3T!K%5%H!<
<Q>2
<Z>

133
[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Kanji Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Kanji Code 2 bytes / 1 Kanji character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
• Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line (excluding when the kanji mode is [Japan,
Compatible kanji]).
• When the language setting of the printer is Japanese or Simplified Chinese or Traditional
Chinese or Korean, printing follows the language setting.
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)], it will be a command error.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

134
 [ESC+k2] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in vertical line

Hexadecimal code ESC k2 Parameter

<1B>16 <6B>16<32>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 24 x 24 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print.

[Format]
<k2>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k2>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal magnification: 2, Vertical magnification: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0203
<k2>B!J3T!K%5%H!<
<Q>2
<Z>

135
[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Chinese Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Chinese Code 2 bytes / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
• Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line (excluding when the kanji mode is [Japan,
Compatible kanji]).
• When the language setting of the printer is Japanese or Simplified Chinese or Traditional
Chinese or Korean, printing follows the language setting.
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

136
 [ESC+k3] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in vertical line

Hexadecimal code ESC k3 Parameter

<1B>16 <6B>16<33>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 22 x 22 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print.

[Format]
<k3>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k3>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal magnification: 2, Vertical magnification: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0203
<k3>B!J3T!K%5%H!<
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Chinese Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Chinese Code 2 bytes / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12

137
 • Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line.
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

138
 [ESC+k4] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in vertical line

Hexadecimal code ESC k4 Parameter

<1B>16 <6B>16<34>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 32 x 32 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print.

[Format]
<k4>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k4>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal magnification: 2, Vertical magnification: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0203
<k4>B!J3T!K%5%H!<
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Chinese Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Chinese Code 2 bytes / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12

139
 • Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line.
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

140
 [ESC+k5] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in vertical line

Hexadecimal code ESC k5 Parameter

<1B>16 <6B>16<35>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 40 x 40 (width x height) dots vertical written Kanji character print.

[Format]
<k5>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example 1]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Horizontal enlargement ratio: 3, Vertical enlargement ratio: 5
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k5>H81698A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 2]
JIS binary code, Horizontal magnification: 2, Vertical magnification: 3
<A>
<KC>0
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0203
<k5>B!J3T!K%5%H!<
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Chinese Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Chinese Code 2 bytes / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12

141
 • Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line.
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.
Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

142
 [ESC+k8] 16 x 16 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte
character

Hexadecimal code ESC k8 Parameter

<1B>16 <6B>16<38>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 16 x 16 (width x height) dots horizontal written Kanji character print and W8 x H16 dots
half size character in vertical line.

[Format]
<k8>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社ｻﾄ-
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k8>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Chinese Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Chinese Code 2 bytes / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
• Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line (excluding when the kanji mode is [Japan,
Compatible kanji]).
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.

143
 Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function, the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• This command is not available for JIS code print data.
• For the half size character specification (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in W8
x H16 dots.
• For the full size character specification (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in
W16 x H16 dots.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)], it will be a command error.

[Attention]
• When half-sized character with voiced/P-sound consonant mark is specified, each part of
character appears as a single character.
e.g.) When the word "ﾊﾞｰ" is specified, it will be written separately such as " ﾊ ", " ﾞ ", " ｰ ".

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

144
 [ESC+k9] 24 x 24 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte
character

Hexadecimal code ESC k9 Parameter

<1B>16 <6B>16<39>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 24 x 24 (width x height) dots horizontal written kanji character print and W12 x H24 dots
half size character in vertical line.

[Format]
<k9>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社ｻﾄ-
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<k9>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Chinese Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Chinese Code 2 bytes / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
• Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line (excluding when the kanji mode is [Japan,
Compatible kanji]).
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.

145
 Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function, the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• This command is not available for JIS code print data.
• For the half size character specification (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in
W12 x H24 dots.
• For the full size character specification (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in
W24 x H24 dots.

[Attention]
• When half-sized character with voiced/P-sound consonant mark is specified, each part of
character appears as a single character.
e.g.) When the word "ﾊﾞｰ" is specified, it will be written separately such as " ﾊ ", " ﾞ ", " ｰ ".

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

146
 [ESC+kA] 22 x 22 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte
character

Hexadecimal code ESC kA Parameter

<1B>16 <6B>16<41>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 22 x 22 (width x height) dots horizontal written kanji character print and W11 x H22 dots
half size character in vertical line.

[Format]
<kA>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社ｻﾄ-
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<kA>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Chinese Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Chinese Code 2 bytes / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
• Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line.
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.

147
 Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function, the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• This command is not available for JIS code print data.
• For the half size character specification (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in
W11 x H22 dots.
• For the full size character specification (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in
W22 x H22 dots.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.

[Attention]
• When half-sized character with voiced/P-sound consonant mark is specified, each part of
character appears as a single character.
e.g.) When the word "ﾊﾞｰ" is specified, it will be written separately such as " ﾊ ", " ﾞ ", " ｰ ".

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

148
 [ESC+kB] 32 x 32 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte
character

Hexadecimal code ESC kB Parameter

<1B>16 <6B>16<42>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 32 x 32 (width x height) dots horizontal written kanji character print and W16 x H32 dots
half size character in vertical line.

[Format]
<kB>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社ｻﾄ-
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<CC>0
<kB>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Chinese Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Chinese Code 2 bytes / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
• Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line.
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.

149
 Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function, the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• This command is not available for JIS code print data.
• For the half size character specification (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in
W16 x H32 dots.
• For the full size character specification (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in
W32 x H32 dots.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.

[Attention]
• When half-sized character with voiced/P-sound consonant mark is specified, each part of
character appears as a single character.
e.g.) When the word "ﾊﾞｰ" is specified, it will be written separately such as " ﾊ ", " ﾞ ", " ｰ ".

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

150
 [ESC+kD] 40 x 40 dots Kanji in vertical line with 1-byte
character

Hexadecimal code ESC kD Parameter

<1B>16 <6B>16<44>16 an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying 40 x 40 (width x height) dots horizontal written kanji character print and W20 x H40 dots
half size character in vertical line.

[Format]
<kD>an...n
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX characters
B: Binary code
I: HEX characters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX characters, highlighting function
D: Binary code, highlighting function
K: HEX characters, smoothing and highlighting function
E: Binary code, smoothing and highlighting function
n [Data] = Print data. For the available character codes, refer to Kanji code (ESC+KC) command.

[Coding example]
Shift JIS HEX characters, Data: 株式会社ｻﾄ-
<A>
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305
<CC>0
<kD>H8A948EAE89EF8ED0BBC4B0
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• HEX characters = Chinese Code 4 bytes ASCII / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Binary code = Chinese Code 2 bytes / 1 Chinese character (Ex.Shift JIS code)
• Smoothing function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 3 to 12
• Highlighting function validity range = Horizontal/vertical valid range: factor 1 to 5
• Print result of two bytes under bar "_" is vertical line.
• Some JIS213 Kanji (JISX213) characters have values between U+10000 to U+10FFFF.

151
 Both UTF-8 and UTF-16 encodings are supported. Characters are encoded as surrogate pairs
in UTF-16, and as a 4 byte code in UTF-8. Some encoding processes use CESU-8, which
converts a surrogate pair to UTF-8.

[Notes]
• With the highlighting function, the character width enlarges proportional with the expansion
factor.
• Using the highlighting function, depending on the type of font, characters become squeezed.
• This command is not available for JIS code print data.
• For the half size character specification (1-byte character code), printing will be performed in
W20 x H40 dots.
• For the full size character specification (2-byte character code), printing will be performed in
W40 x H40 dots.
• When the Kanji mode setting is [Japan, Compatible Kanji] or [China, Simplified Chinese
(GB18030)] or [China, Traditional Chinese (BIG5)] or [Korean (KSX1001)], it will be a command
error.

[Attention]
• When half-sized character with voiced/P-sound consonant mark is specified, each part of
character appears as a single character.
e.g.) When the word "ﾊﾞｰ" is specified, it will be written separately such as " ﾊ ", " ﾞ ", " ｰ ".

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <0> <WD>

Parent topic Font command

152
 [ESC+T1] 16 x 16 dots external font registration

Hexadecimal code ESC T1 Parameter

<1B>16 <54>16<31>16 abbn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Registering 16 x 16 dots external fonts.

[Format]
<T1>abbn...n
• Parameter
a [Registration data selection]
H: Registration code in HEX character
B: Registration code in binary code
b [Registration font code address]
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set Japanese (01,2)
JIS code
H: Up to 95 registrations from "21" to "7F" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 21H to 7FH is available.
Shift JIS code
H: Up to 95 registrations from "40" to "9E" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 40H to 9EH is available.
Unicode (UTF-16, UTF-8)
H: Up to 95 registrations from "00" to "5E" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 00H to 5EH is available.
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set other than Japanese
(3 (China Simplified Chinese), 5 (China Traditional Chinese), 6 (Korean))
GB18030, BIG5, KSC5601(EUC-KR) code
H: Up to 95 registrations from "21" to "7F" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 21H to 7FH is available.
Unicode (UTF-8)
H: Up to 95 registrations from "00" to "5E" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 00H to 5EH is available.

n [Registered external font data] = Data

[Coding Example 1]
Registration data in JIS HEX character
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<CC>0
<T1>H21
00FF..........FF00
<Z>

<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0

153
 <CC>0
<V>100<H>200<K1>H9021
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 2]
Registration data in Shift JIS binary code.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<CC>0
<T1>B<40>16
<00FF..........FF00>16
<Z>

<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<CC>0
<V>100<H>200<K1>B<90>16<40>16
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 3]
Registration data in Unicode binary code.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<CC>0
<T1>B<00>16
<00FF..........FF00>16
<Z>

<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<CC>0
<V>100<H>200<K1>B<E0>16<00>16
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 4]
Register in the user registration memory.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<CC>1
<T1>B<40>16
<00FF..........FF00>16
<Z>

154
[Supplemental explanation]
• Registering 16 x 16 dots external fonts in the internal memory or user registration memory.
• The code to specify in the registration font code address needs to match the Kanji set (<KS>)
and Kanji code (<KC>).
• Overwriting registration data is available.
• The order of data registration is as follows.
• The data registered in the printer memory will be deleted at the power off. In this case, you need
to register the data again.
External character file [16 x 16]
16 dots

D1 D2 8 dots 8 dots
D3 D4 D1 D2
D3 D4
D5 D6
D5 D6
D7 D8
D9 D10
D31 D32 D11 D12
D13 D14
D15 D16 16 dots
D17 D18
D19 D20
D21 D22
D23 D24
D25 D26
D27 D28
D29 D30
D31 D32

When registering the external characters described above, D1 data becomes <01>16 and D2
data becomes <80>16 because D1 consists of [00000001], D2 consists of [10000000].
In the same manner, D3 is <03>16, D4 is <00>16, D5 is <3F>16, D6 is <FC>16, and the external
registration data will be <018003003FFC…..>16 up to D32.

[Point]
• The data registered in the user registration memory will be maintained after the power is off.
• You cannot use the internal memory in combination with the user registration memory.
• Specify the slot to register.

Parent topic Font command

If <CC> command is not sent after the power on, the data are registered in the internal memory.

155
 [ESC+T2] 24 x 24 dots external font registration

Hexadecimal code ESC T2 Parameter

<1B>16 <54>16<32>16 abbn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Registering 24 x 24 dots external fonts.

[Format]
<T2>abbn...n
• Parameter
a [Registration data selection]
H: Registration code in HEX character
B: Registration code in binary code
b [Registration font code address]
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set Japanese (01,2)
JIS code
H: Up to 95 registrations from "21" to "7F" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 21H to 7FH is available.
Shift JIS code
H: Up to 95 registrations from "40" to "9E" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 40H to 9EH is available.
Unicode (UTF-16, UTF-8)
H: Up to 95 registrations from "00" to "5E" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 00H to 5EH is available.
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set other than Japanese
(3 (China Simplified Chinese), 5 (China Traditional Chinese), 6 (Korean))
GB18030, BIG5, KSC5601(EUC-KR) code
H: Up to 95 registrations from "21" to "7F" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 21H to 7FH is available.
Unicode (UTF-8)
H: Up to 95 registrations from "00" to "5E" is available.
B: Up to 95 registrations from 00H to 5EH is available.

n [Registered external font data] = Data

[Coding Example 1]
Registration data in JIS HEX character
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<CC>0
<T2>H21
00FF..........FF00
<Z>

<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0

156
 <CC>0
<V>100<H>200<K1>H9021
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 2]
Registration data in Shift JIS binary code.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<CC>0
<T2>B<40>16
<00FF..........FF00>16
<Z>

<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<CC>0
<V>100<H>200<K1>B<90>16<40>16
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 3]
Registration data in Unicode binary code.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<CC>0
<T2>B<00>16
<00FF..........FF00>16
<Z>

<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<CC>0
<V>100<H>200<K1>B<E0>16<00>16
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 4]
Register in the user registration memory.
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<CC>1
<T2>B<40>16
<00FF..........FF00>16
<Z>

157
[Supplemental explanation]
• Registering 24 x 24dots external fonts in the internal memory or user registration memory.
• The code to specify in the registration font code address needs to match the Kanji set (<KS>)
and Kanji code (<KC>).
• Overwriting registration data is available.
• The order of data output is as follows.
• The data registered in the printer memory will be deleted at the power off. In this case, you need
to register the data again.

External character file [24×24]

24 dots
D1 D2 D3
D4 D5 D6 8 dots 8 dots 8 dots

D7 D8 D9 D2
D1 D3
D4 D6
D7 D9
D70 D71 D72 D10 D12
D13 D15
D16 D18
D19 D21
D22 D24
D25 D27 24 dots
D28 D30
D31 D33
D34 D36
D37 D39
D40 D42
D43 D45
D46 D48
D49 D51
D52 D54
D55 D57
D58 D60
D61 D63
D64 D66
D67 D69
D70 D72
D71

When registering the external characters described above, D1 data becomes <00>16, D2 data
becomes <3C>16 and D3 data becomes <00>16 because D1 consists of [00000000], D2 consists
of [00111100] and D3 consists of [00000000].
In the same manner, D4 becomes <00>16, D5 becomes <3C>16 and D6 becomes <00>16, and
the external registration data are specified to <003C00003C00…>16 and up to D72.

[Point]
• The data registered in the user registration memory will be maintained after the power is off.
• You cannot use the internal memory in combination with the user registration memory.
• Specify the slot to register.

Parent topic Font command

If <CC> command is not sent after the power on, the data are registered in the internal memory.

158
 [ESC+K1(K2)] Recall horizontal writing external character

Hexadecimal code ESC K1(K2) Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<31>16 ab...b

(<4B>16<32>16)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Invoking horizontal external characters saved in the printer memory to print out.

[Format]
<K1>ab...b
<K2>ab...b
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX character
B: Binary code
I: HEX character letters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX character letters, highlight function
D: Binary code, highlight function
K: HEX character letters, smoothing and highlight function
E: Binary character letters, smoothing and highlight function
b [Registration code]
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set Japanese (0,1,2)
JIS code
H, I, J, K: "9021" to "907F"
B, C, D, E: 9021H to 907FH
Shift JIS code
H, I, J, K: "F040" to "F09E"
B, C, D, E: F040H to F09EH
Unicode (UTF-16)
H, I, J, K: "E000" to "E05E"
B, C, D, E: E000H to E05EH
Unicode (UTF-8)(UTF-16 E000 to E05E expressed in UTF-8)
H, I, J, K: "EE8080" to "EE819E"
B, C, D, E: EE8080H to EE819EH
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set other than Japanese
(3 (China Simplified Chinese), 5 (China Traditional Chinese), 6 (Korean))
GB18030, BIG5, KSC5601(EUC-KR) code
H, I, J, K: "8021" to "807F"
B, C, D, E: 8021H to 807FH
Unicode (UTF-8)(UTF-16 E000 to E05E expressed in UTF-8)
H, I, J, K: "EE8080" to "EE819E"
B, C, D, E: EE8080H to EE819EH

159
[Coding example 1]
Invokes 16 x 16 dots external character, Registration data in JIS HEX character
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<T1>H21
00FF..........FF00
<Z>

<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<K1>H9021
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 2]
Invokes 24 x 24 dots external character, Registration data in Shift JIS binary code
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<T2>B<40>16
<00FF..........FF00>16
<Z>

<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<K2>B<F0>16<40>16
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 3]
Invokes 16 x 16 dots external character, Registration data in Unicode character
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<T1>H01
00FF..........FF00
<Z>

<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<V>100<H>200<K1>HE001
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplemental explanation]
• If the print out is not performed properly, register the data again.
• You cannot call the external characters registered as JIS/Shift JIS character as Unicode, and
vice versa.
• Valid data of registration code vary according to the Kanji set command <KS>.
Parent topic Font command

160
 [ESC+k1(k2)] Recall vertical writing external character

Hexadecimal code ESC k1(k2) Parameter

<1B>16 <6B>16<31>16 ab...b

(<6B>16<32>16)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Invoking vertical external characters registered in the printer memory to print out.

[Format]
<k1>ab...b
<k2>ab...b
• Parameter
a [Kanji selection mode]
H: HEX character
B: Binary code
I: HEX character letters, smoothing function
C: Binary code, smoothing function
J: HEX character letters, highlight function
D: Binary code, highlight function
K: HEX character letters, smoothing and highlight function
E: Binary character letters, smoothing and highlight function
b [Registration code]
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set Japanese (0,1,2)
JIS code
H, I, J, K: "9021" to "907F"
B, C, D, E: 9021H to 907FH
Shift JIS code
H, I, J, K: "F040" to "F09E"
B, C, D, E: F040H to F09EH
Unicode (UTF-16)
H, I, J, K: "E000" to "E05E"
B, C, D, E: E000H to E05EH
Unicode (UTF-8)(UTF-16 E000 to E05E expressed in UTF-8)
H, I, J, K: "EE8080" to "EE819E"
B, C, D, E: EE8080H to EE819EH
Using Kanji set <KS> command to set other than Japanese
(3 (China Simplified Chinese), 5 (China Traditional Chinese), 6 (Korean))
GB18030, BIG5, KSC5601(EUC-KR) code
H, I, J, K: "8021" to "807F"
B, C, D, E: 8021H to 807FH
Unicode (UTF-8)(UTF-16 E000 to E05E expressed in UTF-8)
H, I, J, K: "EE8080" to "EE819E"
B, C, D, E: EE8080H to EE819EH

161
[Coding example 1]
Invokes 16 x 16 dots external character, Registration data in JIS HEX character
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<T1>H21
00FF..........FF00
<Z>

<A>
<KS>0
<KC>0
<V>100<H>200<k1>H9021
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 2]
Invokes 24 x 24 dots external character, Registration data in Shift JIS binary code
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<T2>B<40>16
<00FF..........FF00>16
<Z>

<A>
<KS>0
<KC>1
<V>100<H>200<k2>B<F0>16<40>16
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding example 3]
Invokes 16 x 16 dots external character, Registration data in Unicode character
<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<T1>H01
00FF..........FF00
<Z>

<A>
<KS>0
<KC>2
<V>100<H>200<k1>HE001
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplemental explanation]
• If the print out is not performed properly, register the data again.
• You cannot call the external characters registered as JIS/Shift JIS character as Unicode, and
vice versa.
• Valid data of registration code vary according to the Kanji set command <KS>.
Parent topic Font command

162
 [ESC+PP] POP Font (Basic size 80 x 133 dots)

Hexadecimal code ESC PP Parameter

<1B>16 <50>16<50>16 ,an...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Font with the basic size of: width 80 dots, height 133 dots is specified.

[Format]
<PP>,an...n
• Parameter
a [Smoothing] = 0 : Smoothing disabled (Fixed)
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<PP>,01234
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• POP font allows the setting of a fixed pitch or the setting of a proportional pitch.
• Font pitch (fixed/proportional) can be selected via command or LCD settings.

[Valid Commands]

Print position <V> <H>

Modification <P> <L> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <0> <WD>

163
POP font character set
Basic size is 80 x 133 dots (width x height)

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F

The print sample shown above is issued with a head density of 8 dots/mm.
Parent topic Font command

164
Barcode Command
In barcode specification, print of various barcodes, change of bar width ratio, and print of guard bar
or human-readable information can be performed by the specification (B, D, BD) after ESC.
The contents may vary depending on the specification. This and next page should be read closely
and followed.
Refer to the table below for the specification of B, D, and BD.
[Specification of Bar Width Ratio]

Barcode specification Barcode <B> <D> <BD>

parameter specification

0 CODABAR (NW-7) 1:3 1:2 2:5

1 CODE39 1:3 1:2 2:5

2 ITF 1:3 1:2 2:5

5 Industrial 2of5 1:3 1:2 2:5

6 Matrix 2of5 1:3 1:2 2:5

(1) Bar Width Ratio

Barcode is composed of Narrow Bar, Wide Bar, Narrow Space and Wide Space. Bar width ratio is
the proportion of Narrow Bar and Wide Bar.
• Barcode specification (Ratio 1:3) <B>
This barcode is composed of Narrow Bar [1] and Wide Bar [3].
• Barcode specification (Ratio 1:2) <D>
This barcode is composed of Narrow Bar [1] and Wide Bar [2].
• Barcode specification (Ratio 2:5) <BD>
This barcode is composed of Narrow Bar [2] and Wide Bar [5].
If specifying bar width ratio for your own convenience, register the ratio with Bar Width Ratio <BT>
and print labels with Print of Specified Bar Width Ratio <BW>.

(2) Width of narrow bar and height of barcode

Narrow bar indicates the narrow bar width, and bar height indicates the height of barcode.
For instance, printing narrow bar for 1 dot in head density of 8 dots/mm (203 dpi), the narrow bar
width will be 0.125 mm and barcode scanner may have a reading problem. To avoid this problem,
set the narrow bar to 2 dots so that the narrow bar width will be 0.25 mm and this will improve the
scanner reading condition.
There is a necessity to set the narrow bar width based on the printer head density or performance of
barcode scanner. In bar width ratio, [Narrow bar width] specification sets the width of bar.
e.g.)
When bar width ratio = 1:3 and narrow bar width is 3 dots, bar width ratio becomes 3:9.
Bar height is to specify the height of barcode, and proper height based on the scanner type can be
set.

165
(3) Intercharacter gap
Intercharacter gap is the space between two adjacent barcode characters in a discrete barcode.
To specify and enable intercharacter gap, insert Character Pitch <P> right before barcode
specification such as <B>, <D> and <BD> or Print of Barcode with Registered Ratio <BW>. If not,
initial value (2 dots) will be set.
Intercharacter gap is designable for the following barcodes.
• CODABAR (NW-7)
• CODE39
• Industrial 2of5
• Matrix 2of5
Intercharacter gap is the multiplier of values specified with Character Pitch <P> and narrow bar
width.
e.g.)
When Character Pitch <P> is 3 and narrow bar width is 2 dots:
Intercharacter gap = 3 x 2 = 6 (dots)

(4) Designation of human readable information (HRI) and guard bar

For UPC-A and JAN/EAN 8 and 13 digits barcode, availability of human-readable information
(hereinafter HRI) and guard bar can be specified.

Barcode Barcode <B> <D> <BD>

specification specification
parameter

3 JAN/EAN13 HRI: Nil HRI: Nil HRI: Available

Guard bar: Nil Guard bar: Guard bar:
Available Available

4 JAN/EAN8 HRI: Nil HRI: Nil HRI: Available

Guard bar: Nil Guard bar: Guard bar:
Available Available

H UPC-A HRI: Nil HRI: Nil HRI: Available

Guard bar: Nil Guard bar: Guard bar:
Available Available

Barcode specification Barcode specification <BM> <BL>

parameter

H UPC-A HRI: Available HRI: Nil

Guard bar: Available Guard bar: Available

(1) Specification of <B> (No HRI, No guard bar)

If specifying <B>, following barcode will be printed.
direction
Label feed

166
(2) Specification of <D> (No HRI, Guard bar available)
If specifying <D>, following barcode will be printed.

direction
Label feed

Guard bar

[Note]
• HRI is printable specifying <Character Type> data subsequently to <D>.
• For more information, refer to Barcode Specification (Selection of HRI) <D>~<d>.

(3) Specification of <BD> (HRI and guard bar available)

If specifying <BD>, following barcode will be printed.
direction
Label feed

HRI(JAN/EAN 13)
direction
Label feed

HRI(JAN/EAN 8)
direction
Label feed

HRI(UPC-A)

[Barcode Specification Only]

Barcode specification parameter Barcode specification <B>

C CODE93 Barcode only

E UPC-E Barcode only

G CODE128 Barcode only

I UCC/EAN 128 for standard carton Barcode only

ID

[Important]
• In this case, barcode will not have specification such as Bar Width Ratio and HRI.
• HRI will not be printed when barcode is error for barcode with HRI.

167
(5) Composition of check digit
Refer to the table below for check digit in each barcode.
[Composition of C/D]

Barcode specification Barcode Input Print digit number and contents

parameter specification digit
No.

3 JAN/EAN13 12-digit 13-digit

(Input data of barcode + C/D)
C/D is calculated by modulus10.

13-digit 13-digit (Input data of barcode)

C/D is not checked.

4 JAN/EAN8 7-digit 8-digit

(Input data of barcode + C/D)
C/D is calculated by modulus10.

8-digit 8-digit (Input data of barcode)

C/D is not checked.

C CODE93 Max. C/D is calculated by modulus47.

99-digit

E UPC-E 6-digit C/D is calculated by modulus10.

only

G CODE128 - C/D is calculated by modulus103.

H UPC-A 11-digit 12-digit (Input data of barcode + C/D)

only C/D is calculated by modulus10.

I UCC/EAN128 for 17-digit C/D is calculated by modulus103.

standard carton ID only

Note: C/D stands for "Check Digit".

(6) Barcode Rotation Print

Print direction of barcode can be rotated. Note that when specifying Serial 1 and Serial 2 for barcode
rotation, it may cause blurring due to barcode enlargement ratio.
Avoid printing of 1-dot narrow bar since 1 dot becomes 0.125 mm when head density is 8 dots/mm
(203 dpi).

Parallel 1: Forward feed print

Parallel 2: Backfeed print at 180-degree rotation
Serial 1: Forward feed print at 90-degree rotation
Serial 2: Forward feed print at 270-degree rotation
* Forward feed: Prints horizontally to label feed direction

168
 1) To print with Parallel 1 and Parallel 2, specify enlargement ratio of bar width so that narrow bar
gets at least 2 dots. ("L" indicates the enlargement ratio to the bar width ratio.)

Head density

8 dots/mm

Bar width ratio 1:2 2L or more

Bar width ratio 1:3 2L or more

Bar width ratio 2:5 1L or more

UPC-A/EAN/JAN 2L or more

2) If printing in serial 1 or serial 2 mode, specify the bar width expansion factor so that when using a
8 dots/mm head the width of the narrow bar is at least 3 dots.

Head density

8 dots/mm

Bar width ratio 1:2 3L or more

Bar width ratio 1:3 3L or more

Bar width ratio 2:5 2L or more

UPC-A/EAN/JAN 3L or more

3) If printing in serial 1 or serial 2, reduce the print speed.

(7) Printing barcode exceeding the area of media size (<A1>)

When printing barcode or HRI exceeding the area of media size (<A1>), the barcode and HRI inside
the media will be printed.

Example of printing UPC-A (with HRI) exceeding the area of media size
Media size area

Printing of barcode and HRI.

[ESC+B]
Barcode (Ratio 1:3)
[ESC+D]
Barcode (Ratio 1:2)
[ESC+D]
Barcode ~(with
[ESC+d]
HRI)
[ESC+BD]
Barcode (Ratio 2:5)
[ESC+BT]
Barcode Ratio Registration
[ESC+BW]
Barcode print by specified ratio
[ESC+BC]
CODE 93 Barcode
[ESC+BF]
UPC Add-on (Bookland)
[ESC+BG]
Code 128 Barcode
[ESC+BI]
GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) (Standard Carton ID Only)
[ESC+BP]
Postnet
[ESC+BS]
USPS Barcode
[ESC+EU]
Composite symbol
[ESC+BL]
UPC-A Barcode (Without HRl)
[ESC+BL]
UPC-A Barcode
~ [ESC+d]
(Specifying HRl)
[ESC+BM]
UPC-A Barcode (With HRI)

Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

169
 [ESC+B] Barcode (Ratio 1:3)

Hexadecimal code ESC B Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16 abbcccn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifies a barcode with a ratio of 1:3 between narrow bar and wide bar.

[Format]
<B>abbcccn...n
• Parameter
a [Barcode type] = Refer to table below
b [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
c [Barcode height] = Valid range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Data

Barcode types (Ratio of module composition may not be available depending on the barcode.)

a Barcode type Description Ratio

0 CODABAR (NW-7) Set print data including Start/Stop character. 1:3

Start/Stop characters are [A, B, C, D, E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t,
*]. Note that scan result of the characters [E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e,
n, t, *] is [D, B, A, A, B, C, D, D, B, A, C].
e.g.) When barcode print data is [123], specify [A123A].
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the CODABAR (NW-7) code table.

1 CODE39 Set print data including Start/Stop character. 1:3

Start/Stop Character is [*].
e.g.) When barcode print data is [12345], specify [*12345*].
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the CODE39 code table.

2 ITF Specify print data in even-numbered digit. 1:3

If specifying in odd-numbered digit, add "0" to the head of print
data.
For print data, refer to the ITF code table.

3 JAN/EAN13 This barcode has no guard bars and no human-readable Fixed

characters (11,12,13
For print data specifications, refer to table of JAN/EAN13 code. digits)

4 JAN/EAN8 This barcode has no guard bars and no human-readable Fixed

characters (7,8 digits)
For print data specifications, refer to table of JAN/EAN8 code.

5 Industrial 2of5 Barcode character pitch is enabled. 1:3

170
 a Barcode type Description Ratio

For print data specifications, refer to table of Industrial 2of5

code.

6 Matrix 2of5 Barcode character pitch is enabled. 1:3

For print data specifications, refer to table of Matrix 2of5 code.

A MSI Specify 13-digit number for print data. Fixed

For print data specifications, refer to table of MSI code.

C CODE93 Refer to CODE93 <BC>. Fixed

E UPC-E Specify 6-digit number for print data. Fixed

For print data specifications, refer to table of UPC-E code.

F UPC add-on code Refer to UPC add-on code/Bookland <BF>. Fixed

Bookland

G CODE128 Refer to CODE128 <BG>. Fixed

H UPC-A This barcode has no guard bars and no human-readable Fixed

characters
For print data specifications, refer to table of UPC-A code.

I GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) Refer to GS1-128(UCC/EAN128)<BI>. Fixed

P Postnet Refer to Postnet <BP>. Fixed

S USPS code Refer to USPS code <BS>. Fixed

[Coding Example 1]
Barcode type: CODE39 Narrow bar width: 03 Height of barcode: 120 Print data: *1234AB*

<A>
<V>100<H>100<B>103120*1234AB*
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 2]
Barcode type: JAN-8 Narrow bar width: 02 Height of barcode: 080 Print data: 4912345

<A>
<V>100<H>100<B>4020804912345
<Q>2
<Z>

171
[Supplementary Explanation]
• The inter-character pitch of the barcode is valid at CODABAR (NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2of5
and Matrix 2of5.
The barcode inter-character pitch is set by specifying the character pitch <P> immediately
before.
If not set, the inter-character pitch will be of the same size as a narrow space and will become
multiples of a narrow bar.
Command Ratio Narrow <P> Character pitch
space width specification
Narrow bar Narrow bar
width is [1] width is [2]

<B> 1:3 1 None 1 2

<P>0 1 2

<P>1 1 2

<P>2 2 4

<P>3 3 6

<P>4 4 8

• For print data of each barcode type, refer to the code tables of barcode.

[Notes]
• If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be
printed.
• Barcode will be printed even if the data exceed the printing area.
• Increasing narrow bar width may exceed the printing area.
• Scanner may not read the barcode with valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is
increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For
more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner.
• For specifying the narrow bar width, consider the reading compatibility of scanner and head
density beforehand.
◦ 203 dpi: 2 dots or more
• Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> if there is a problem in barcode reading.
• Matrix 2of5 will be expressed as Coop2of5/NEC2of5.
• If Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR (NW-7) or CODE39
specified, barcode will be printed; however, scanner cannot read it.
• If sending the print data including check digit at the time of JAN/EAN-13 or JAN/EAN-8
specified, set the correct calculated value. Barcode will be printed even when the data includes
improper check digit; however, scanner cannot read it.
Parent topic Barcode Command

172
 [ESC+D] Barcode (Ratio 1:2)

Hexadecimal code ESC D Parameter

<1B>16 <44>16 abbcccn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifies a barcode with a ratio of 1:2 between narrow bar and wide bar.

[Format]
<D>abbcccn...n
• Parameter
a [Barcode type] = Refer to table below
b [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
c [Barcode height] = Valid range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Data

Barcode types (Ratio of module composition may not be available depending on the barcode.)

a Barcode type Description Ratio

0 CODABAR (NW-7) Set print data including Start/Stop character. 1:2

Start/Stop characters are [A, B, C, D, E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t, *].
Note that scan result of the characters [E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t, *]
is [D, B, A, A, B, C, D, D, B, A, C].
e.g.) When barcode print data is [123], specify [A123A].
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the CODABAR (NW-7) code table.

1 CODE39 Set print data including Start/Stop character. 1:2

Start/Stop Character is [*].
e.g.) When barcode print data is [12345], specify [*12345*].
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the CODE39 code table.

2 ITF Specify print data in even-numbered digit. 1:2

If specifying in odd-numbered digit, add "0" to the head of print
data.
For print data, refer to the ITF code table.

3 JAN/EAN13 This barcode has no guard bars and no human-readable Fixed

characters
For print data specifications, refer to table of JAN/EAN13 code.

4 JAN/EAN8 This barcode has no guard bars and no human-readable Fixed

characters
For print data specifications, refer to table of JAN/EAN8 code.

5 Industrial 2of5 Barcode character pitch is enabled. 1:2

173
 a Barcode type Description Ratio

For print data specifications, refer to table of Industrial 2of5 code.

6 Matrix 2of5 Barcode character pitch is enabled. 1:2

For print data specifications, refer to table of Matrix 2of5 code.

H UPC-A This barcode has no human-readable characters but guard bar. Fixed
For print data specifications, refer to table of UPC-A code.

[Coding Example 1]
Barcode type: CODABAR (NW-7), Narrow bar width: 03, Height of barcode: 120, Print data: A1234A

<A>
<V>100<H>100<D>003120A1234A
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 2]
Barcode type: ITF, Narrow bar width: 02, Height of barcode: 080, Print data: 98002345678163

<A>
<V>100<H>100<D>20208098002345678163
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 3]
Barcode type: UPC-A, Narrow bar width: 03, Height of barcode: 120, Print data: 20123948573

<A>
<V>240<H>100<D>H0312020123948573
<Q>2
<Z>

174
[Supplementary Explanation]
• The inter-character pitch of the barcode is valid at CODABAR (NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2of5
and Matrix 2of5.
The barcode inter-character pitch is set by specifying the character pitch <P> immediately
before.
If not set, the inter-character pitch will be of the same size as a narrow space and will become
multiples of a narrow bar.
e.g.)
Command Ratio Narrow <P> Gap between characters
space width specification
Narrow bar Narrow bar
width is [1] width is [2]

<D> 1:2 1 None 1 2

<P>0 1 2

<P>1 1 2

<P>2 2 4

<P>3 3 6

<P>4 4 8

• For print data of each barcode type, refer to the code tables of barcode.

[Notes]
• If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be
printed.
• Barcode will be printed even if the data exceed the printing area.
• Increasing narrow bar width may exceed the printing area.
• Scanner may not read the barcode with valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is
increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For
more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner.
• For specifying the narrow bar width, consider the reading compatibility of scanner and head
density beforehand.
◦ 203 dpi: 2 dots or more
• Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> if there is a problem in barcode reading.
• Matrix 2of5 will be expressed as Coop2of5/NEC2of5.
• If Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR (NW-7) or CODE39
specified, barcode will be printed; however, scanner cannot read it.
• If sending the print data including check digit at the time of JAN/EAN-13 or JAN/EAN-8
specified, set the correct calculated value. Barcode will be printed even when the data includes
improper check digit; however, scanner cannot read it.
Parent topic Barcode Command

175
 [ESC+D] ~ [ESC+d] Barcode (with HRI)

Hexadecimal code ESC D～d Parameter

<1B>16 <44>16 ~ Character type abbcccn...n ~ <d>n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifies character type of human readable interpretation (HRI) for barcode.

[Format]
<D>abbcccn...n ~ <d>n...n
• Parameter
a [Barcode type]
3: JAN/EAN13
4: JAN/EAN8
H: UPC-A
b [Narrow bar width] = Valid range: 01 to 36 dots
c [Height of barcode] = Valid range: 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Barcode data
d [Character type]
OA
OB
XU
XS
XM
XB
XL
U
S
M
WB
WL
X20
X21
X22
X23
X24

n [Print data] = HRI data

176
[Coding Example]
Barcode type: JAN/EAN13, Narrow bar width: 03, Barcode height: 120, Barcode data:
4902471000793, Character type: XU, HRI data: 4902471000793

<A>
<V>100<H>200<D>3031204902471000793
<XU>4902471000793
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Adds HRI characters with specified font.
• When the data other than specified value is set, printing will not be performed. When barcode
enlargement ratio is small and character type is large, HRI text may be overlapped with each
other.
• Printer will lay out HRI properly.
• HRI for JAN/EAN8, JAN/EAN13, UPC-A will be printed properly in the conditions below.
For 203 dpi (8 dots/mm) : Appropriate Narrow bar width is [02], [03]
• HRI will not be printed when barcode is error for barcode with HRI.
• When specifying <P> and <L>, (<P>02<d>n...n, <L><d>n...n), HRI characters are not printed.
Parent topic Barcode Command

177
 [ESC+BD] Barcode (Ratio 2:5)

Hexadecimal code ESC BD Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<44>16 abbcccn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifies a barcode with a ratio of 2:5 between narrow bar and wide bar.

[Format]
<BD>abbcccn...n
• Parameter
a [Barcode type] = Refer to the table below
b [Narrow bar width] = Valid Range : 01 to 36 dots
c [Height of barcode] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = data

Barcode types (Ratio of module composition may not be available depending on the barcode)

a Barcode type Descriptions Ratio

0 CODABAR (NW-7) Set print data including Start/Stop character. 2:5

Start/Stop characters are [A, B, C, D, E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t,
*]. Note that scan result of the characters [E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e,
n, t, *] is [D, B, A, A, B, C, D, D, B, A, C].
e.g.) When barcode print data is [123], specify [A123A].
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the CODABAR (NW-7) code table.

1 CODE39 Set print data including Start/Stop character. 2:5

Start/Stop Character is [*].
e.g.) When barcode print data is [12345], specify [*12345*].
Barcode character pitch becomes enabled.
For print data, refer to the CODE39 code table.

2 ITF Specify print data in even-numbered digit. 2:5

If specifying in odd-numbered digit, add "0" to the head of print
data.
For print data, refer to the ITF code table.

3 JAN/EAN13 This barcode has guard bars and human-readable characters. Fixed
For print data specifications, refer to table of JAN/EAN13 code.

4 JAN/EAN8 This barcode has guard bars and human-readable characters. Fixed
For print data specifications, refer to table of JAN/EAN8 code.

5 Industrial 2of5 Barcode character pitch is enabled. 2:5

For print data specifications, refer to table of Industrial 2of5
code.

178
 a Barcode type Descriptions Ratio

6 Matrix 2of5 Barcode character pitch is enabled. 2:5

For print data specifications, refer to table of Matrix 2of5 code.

H UPC-A This barcode has human-readable characters and guard bar. Fixed
For print data specifications, refer to table of UPC-A code.

[Coding Example 1]
Barcode symbology: CODABAR (NW-7), Narrow bar width: 03, Height of barcode: 120, Print data:
A1234A

<A>
<V>100<H>100<BD>003120A1234A
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 2]
Barcode symbology: ITF, Narrow bar width: 03, Height of barcode: 120, Print data: 98002345678163

<A>
<V>100<H>100<BD>20212098002345678163
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 3]
Barcode symbology: UPC-A, Narrow bar width: 03, Height of barcode: 120, Print data: 20123948573

<A>
<V>240<H>100<BD>H0312020123948573
<Q>2
<Z>

179
[Supplementary Explanation]
• The inter-character pitch of the barcode is valid at CODABAR (NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2of5
and Matrix 2of5. The barcode inter-character pitch is set by specifying the character pitch <P>
immediately before.
If not set, the inter-character pitch will be of the same size as a narrow space width.
Command Ratio Narrow <P> Inter-character gap
space width
Narrow bar Narrow bar
width: 1 width: 2

<BD> 2:5 2 Nil 2 4

<P>0 2 4

<P>1 1 2

<P>2 2 4

<P>3 3 6

<P>4 4 8

• For print data of each barcode type, refer to the code tables of barcode.
• The barcode translation of following codes will be restricted to conditions below: JAN/EAN8,
JAN/EAN13, UPC-A
For 203 dpi (8 dots/mm) : Narrow bar width must be [02], [03]
HRI will not be printed if the value other than the listed above is specified.

[Notes]
• If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be
printed.
• Barcode will be printed even if the data exceed the printing area.
• Increasing narrow bar width may exceed the print area.
• Scanner may not read the barcode with valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is
increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For
more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner.
• For specifying the narrow bar width, consider the reading compatibility of scanner and head
density beforehand.
• Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> if there is a problem in barcode reading.
• Matrix 2of5 will be expressed as Coop2of5/NEC2of5.
• If Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR (NW-7) or CODE39
specified, barcode will be printed; however, scanner cannot read it.
• If sending the print data including check digit at the time of JAN/EAN-13 or JAN/EAN-8
specified, set the correct calculated value. Barcode will be printed even when the data includes
improper check digit; however, scanner cannot read it.
Parent topic Barcode Command

180
 [ESC+BT] Barcode Ratio Registration

Hexadecimal code ESC BT Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<54>16 abbccddee

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifies the ratio of the narrow bar in regard to the wide bar.

[Format]
<BD>abbccddee
• Parameter
a [Barcode type]
0: CODABAR(NW-7)
1: CODE39
2: ITF
5: Industrial 2of5
6: Matrix 2of5 (Coop2of5, NEC2of5)
b [Narrow space] = Valid range : 01 to 99 dots
c [Wide space] = Valid range : 01 to 99 dots
d [Narrow bar] = Valid range : 01 to 99 dots
e [Wide bar] = Valid range : 01 to 99 dots

[Coding Example]
Barcode type: CODE39, Narrow space: 03, Wide space: 05, Narrow bar: 03, Wide bar: 05

<A>
<BT>103050305
<V>100<H>100<BW>01233*ABCD*
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• To print barcode with specified ratio, insert "Barcode print by specified ratio" command <BW>
after this command.
• When <BW> and the Print Quantity <Q> command are not specified, only the registration of bar
width ratio of narrow and wide bars will be performed.
• Only one ratio can be registered.
• If the data other than specified is set, this will not be registered due to command error.
• Matrix 2of5 is expressed as Coop2of5/NEC2of5.
Parent topic Barcode Command

181
 [ESC+BW] Barcode print by specified ratio

Hexadecimal code ESC BW Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<57>16 aabbbn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifies barcode ratio, saved by <BT>.

[Format]
<BW>aabbbn...n
• Parameter
a [Narrow bar] = Valid Range : 01 to 36 dot
b [Height of Barcode] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 dot
n [Print data] = Barcode data

[Coding Example]
Narrow bar: 02, Height of Barcode: 120

<A>
<BT>103060306
<V>100<H>200<BW>02120*ABCD*
<Q>2
<Z>

182
[Supplementary Explanation]
• Barcode character pitch is available for CODABAR (NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2of5, Matrix
2of5.
To specify barcode character pitch, insert Character Pitch <P> right before Barcode type. When
<P> is omitted, character pitch will be as same as narrow space width and it is a multiple of
narrow bar width.
• Example)

Command Ratio Narrow <P> Gap between characters

space width specification
Narrow bar Narrow bar
width is [1] width is [2]

<BT> 3:5 3 None 3 6

<P>0 3 6

<P>1 1 2

<P>2 2 4

<P>3 3 6

<P>4 4 8

• If there is no Registration of Bar Width Ratio <BT>, barcode based on pre-registered bar
width ratio of narrow and wide bars will be printed. Note that specification of <BT> is required
beforehand to print.
• For print data for Barcode type, refer to Code table for each Barcode.

[Note]
• If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be
printed.
• Barcode will be printed even if the data exceed the printing area.
• Increasing narrow bar width may exceed the print area and not be printed.
• Scanner may not read the barcode with valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is
increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For
more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner.
• For specifying the narrow bar width, consider the reading compatibility of scanner beforehand.
• Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> if there is a problem in barcode reading.
• Matrix 2of5 is expressed as Coop2of5/NEC2of5.
• When CODABAR (NW-7) and CODE39 is specified and Start/Stop character is not included in
it, Barcode is printed but Scanner cannot read it.

183
CODABAR (NW-7) Code table

• As a standard, 0x20 (SP) is not available, and no error will occur to printer and space will be
printed due to the specification.
• Characters which can be used as Start/Stop characters are [A, B, C, D, E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t,
*] in the code table.
• Characters [$, +, -, ., /, 0～9, :] can be used as print data.

184
CODE39 Code table

Parent topic Barcode Command

185
 [ESC+BC] CODE 93 Barcode

Hexadecimal code ESC BC Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<43>16 aabbbccn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying CODE93 barcode.

[Format]
<BC>aabbbccn...n
• Parameter
a [Narrow bar] = Valid Range : 01 to 36 dots
b [Height of Barcode] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 dots
c [Digit No. of data] = Valid Range : 01 to 99
n [Print data] = Barcode data(Refer to the CODE93 – Code Table.)

[Coding Example]
Narrow bar width: 02, Barcode height: 120, Number of digit: 12, Print data: ABCD123456xy

<A>
<V>100<H>200<BC>0212012ABCD123456xy
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• C/D is an auto-generation.
• Start code and stop code will be automatically added.
• Maximum entry digit number of data is 99.
• [Digit No. of data] and No. of input data have to be equal.
• Command error will occur when No. of input data and [Digit No. of data] are not matched.

186
CODE93 Code table

You can specify from 00H to 7FH for CODE93.

Parent topic Barcode Command

187
 [ESC+BF] UPC Add-on (Bookland)

Hexadecimal code ESC BF Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<46>16 aabbbn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying UPC Add-on code (Bookland).

[Format]
<BF>aabbbn...n
• Parameter
a [Narrow bar width] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots
b [Height of barcode] = Valid range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Numeric (0 to 9) : 2, 5 digits

[Coding Example]
Narrow bar width: 03, Barcode height: 120

<A>
<H>325<V>725<BD>H0315009827721123
<H>640<V>760<BF>0312021826
<H>655<V>730<OB>21826
<Q>1
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• If specifying the value other than 2 and 5 digits, barcode will not be printed.
• Only numeric can be specified as print data. (Refer to code table.)
• No HRI
• When printed only UPC add-on <BF>, it cannot be scanned.
Scan is available only when it is printed with UPS code.

188
UPC Add-on Barcode Code table

Parent topic Barcode Command

189
 [ESC+BG] Code 128 Barcode

Hexadecimal code ESC BG Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<47>16 aabbbn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying CODE128 barcode.

[Format]
<BG>aabbbn...n
• Parameter
a [Narrow bar] = Valid Range : 01 to 36 dots
b [Height of Barcode] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Barcode data (Refer to the CODE128 – Code Table)

[Coding Example]
Narrow bar width: 02, Barcode height: 120, Print data: ABCD123456 (Start character A)

<A>
<V>100<H>200<BG>02120>GABCD123456
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Specify [START CODE] at the head of print data.
◦ START CODE A = [>G]
◦ START CODE B = [>H]
◦ START CODE C = [>I]
• C/D is an auto-generation.
• About "START CODE";
◦ When using "START CODE C", specify print data in even-numbered digit.
◦ When "START CODE C" is set to print data in odd-number digit, specify "START CODE A"
or "B" to change the first one character of print data. And then specify the rest of data with
"Code Set Character C" to change it to even-numbered digit.
e.g.1) 15 digits [123456789012345] : <B>1<C>23456789012345
e.g.2) 9 digits / Alphanumeric 6 digits [123456789ABC123] : <C>12345678<B>9ABC123
◦ When odd digits are specified with START CODE C, the behavior changes depending on
printer settings.

190
 ▪ Prints with 0 (zero) added to the last digit of the print data when SBPL -> Compatible ->
CODE128(C) is enabled from menu.
▪ A command error will occur and the barcode will not be printed when SBPL->
Compatible -> CODE128(C) is disabled from menu.
◦ When start character is omitted, data will be printed with "START CODE B".

CODE128 – Code Table

VALUE Code A Code B Code C

1 SP SP 00
2 ！ ！ 01
3 ” ” 02
4 # # 03
5 $ $ 04
6 % % 05
7 & & 06
8 ’ ’ 07
9 ( ( 08
10 ) ) 09
11 * * 10
12 + + 11
13 ， ， 12
14 - - 13
15 ． ． 14
16 / / 15
17 0 0 16
18 1 1 17
19 2 2 18
20 3 3 19
21 4 4 20
22 5 5 21
23 6 6 22
24 7 7 23
25 8 8 24
26 9 9 25
27 : : 26
28 ； ； 27
29 < < 28
= = 29
30
>(Note 4.) >(Note 4.) 30
31
？ ？ 31
32
@ @ 32
33
A A 33
34 B 34
B
35 C 35
C
36 D D 36
37 E E 37
38 F F 38
39 G G 39
40 H H 40
41 I I 41
42 J J 42
43 K K 43
44 L L 44
45 M M 45
46 N N 46
47 O O 47
48 P P 48
49 Q Q 49
50 R R 50
51 S S 51
52 T T 52
53 U U 53
54 V V 54
55 W W 55
56 X X 56
57 Y Y 57
58 Z Z 58
59 ［ ［ 59
60 ＼ ＼ 60
61 ］ ］ 61
62 ＾ ＾ 62
63 ＿ ＿ 63
64 NUL >SP ‘ 64
65 SOH >！ a 65

191
 66 STX >” b 66
67 ETX ># c 67
68 EOT >$ d 68
69 ENQ >% e 69
70 ACK >& f 70
71 BEL >’ g 71
72 BS >( h 72
73 HT >) i 73
74 LF >* j 74
75 VT >+ k 75
76 FF >, l 76
77 CR >- m 77
78 SO >. n 78
79 SI >/ o 79
80 DLE >0 p 80
81 DC1 >1 q 81
82 DC2 >2 r 82
83 DC3 >3 s 83
84 DC4 >4 t 84
85 NAK >5 u 85
86 SYN >6 v 86
87 ETB >7 w 87
88 CAN >8 x 88
89 EM >9 y 89
SUB >: z
90 90
91 ESC >； ｛ 91
92 FS >< ｜ 92
93 GS >= ｝ 93
94 RS >> ～ 94
95 US >? DEL >? 95
96 FNC3 >@ FNC3 >@ 96
97 FNC2 >A FNC2 >A 97
98 SHIFT >B SHIFT >B 98
99 Code-C >C Code-C >C 99
100 Code-B >D FNC4 >D Code-B >D
101 FNC4 >E Code-A >E Code-A >E
102 FNC1 >F FNC1 >F FNC1 >F
103 START CODE A >G
104 B >H
105 C >I

Note
• If START character (start code) is omitted, it works as code B, but 2-byte characters cannot be
specified.
• STOP character (stop code) is added in the printer automatically.
• Code after VALUE64 in Code A and Code B should be specified as 2 character code with ">"
attached.
• Specification code for ">" is ">J".
Parent topic Barcode Command

192
 [ESC+BI] GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) (Standard Carton ID Only)

Hexadecimal code ESC BI Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<49>16 aabbbcn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) barcode for Standard Carton ID.

[Format]
<BI>aabbbcn...n
• Parameter
a [Narrow bar] = Valid Range : 01 to 36 dots
b [Height of Barcode] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 dots
c [Barcode expository font specification]
0: No HRI
1: HRI is available (Upper part of barcode)
2: HRI is available (Under part of barcode)
n [Print data] = Barcode data (Fixed 17 digits)

For barcode data, refer to the GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) code table.

EAN128 (Barcode for Standard Carton ID)
◦ Identifier of a continuous code for freight packaging
◦ Type of packaging
◦ Country/manufacturer code
◦ Serial No. for shipping container
◦ Check digit
Note that check digit is automatically added; therefore, specify data in 17 digits excluding check
digit.

[Coding Example]
Narrow bar width:05, Height of barcode:080, HRI: Available (Under part of barcode), Print
data:12345678901234567

<A>
<V>100<H>200<BI>05080212345678901234567
<Q>2
<Z>

193
[Supplementary Explanation]
• UCC128 code is exclusive to Standard Carton ID. When printing in EAN128, designed for the
markets in the medical, fresh food, or flowers and plants, use CODE128 Barcode <BG> to
specify print data with application identification or separator that matches each specification.
• Start character code, function character, end character code, and identification code
(corresponds to [00] only) are added automatically.
• Modulus 10 check character and modulus 103 check character are automatically generated.
• Sequential number of barcode data is available.
• Line pitch between barcode and expository font is fixed at 10 dots.
• If the width of expository font is wider than that of barcode, it starts printing from the print start
position of barcode.
• If the width of expository font is narrower than that of barcode, expository font will be aligned to
the center of barcode for printing.
• Prints expository font in OCR-B.
• If expository font is outside of printing area, it will not be printed. When selecting [HRI is
available], specify Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> in consideration
of print of expository font.
• If the bar code commentary font specification to specify other than 0, 1, 2, operation is the same
as the bar code commentary font specified 0.

194
ITF, Matrix 2of5, Industrial 2of5, UPC-A, JAN/EAN8, JAN/EAN13, UPC-E, GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128), MSI
Code table

Parent topic Barcode Command

195
 [ESC+BP] Postnet

Hexadecimal code ESC BP Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<50>16 n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying POSTNET barcode.

[Format]
<BP>n...n
• Parameter
n = Print data (Refer to the POSTNET Code Table)
Note that the digits other than specified below are not allowed.
- 5 digits (POSTNET-32 format)
- 6 digits (POSTNET-37 format)
- 9 digits (POSTNET-52 format)
- 11 digits (POSTNET-62 Delivery Point format)

[Coding Example]
Postal code: 11 digits: 01234567890
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BP>01234567890
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• If specifying the value other than 5, 6, 9, and 11 digits for print data, it will be ignored.
• Only numeric can be specified as print data.

196
POSTNET Code table

Parent topic Barcode Command

197
 [ESC+BS] USPS Barcode

Hexadecimal code ESC BS Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<53>16 aabbbccccccddddddddd(e...e)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Printing USPS code.

[Format]
<BS>aabbbccccccddddddddd(e...e)
• Parameter
a [Barcode ID] = Fixed 2 digits
note: 0 to 4 should be specified for the 2nd digit.
b [Service Type ID] = Fixed 3 digits
c [Mailer ID] = Fixed 6 digits
d [Serial Number] = Fixed 9 digits
e [Routing Code] = Fixed 5 digits or fixed 9 digits or fixed 11 digits(can be omitted)

[Coding Example]
Barcode ID: 53, Service Type ID: 379, Customer Identifier: 777234, Serial Number: 994544928,
Routing Code: 51135759461
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BS>5337977723499454492851135759461
<Q>1
<Z>

[Supplementary note]
• For available parameter, refer to USPS code table in next page.

198
USPS Code table

Parent topic Barcode Command

199
 [ESC+EU] Composite symbol

Hexadecimal code ESC EU Parameter

<1B>16 <45>16<55>16 aaabbn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying the composite symbol of EAN/UCC.

[Format 1]
<EU>aabbccn...n
• Parameter
a [Type of composite symbol]
01 : GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
02 : GS1 DataBar Truncated Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
03 : GS1 DataBar Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
04 : GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni-Directional (CC-A/CC-B)
05 : GS1 DataBar Limited Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
06 : GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
/GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B)
07 : UPC-A Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
08 : UPC-E Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
09 : EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
10 : EAN8 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
b [Narrow bar] = 01 to 12 dots
c [Segment width] = 02 to 22 (Even number only)
* Only GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) are supported.
n [Print data] = Data
Maximum number of digit for 1D barcode data
GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 13 digits

GS1 DataBar Truncated Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 13 digits

GS1 DataBar Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 13 digits

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni-Directional (CC-A/CC-B) 13 digits

GS1 DataBar Limited Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 13 digits

GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 74 digits

/GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B)

UPC-A Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 11 digits

UPC-E Composite (CC-A/CC-B) Fixed 10 digits

Specify with "XX00000XXX" (X: variable) format.

EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 12 digits

EAN8 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 7 digits

◦ Check digit is automatically calculated and added.

200
 ◦ To specify the print of composite symbol, delimit one-dimensional data and two-dimensional
data with ‘|’ (7Ch).
Data = One-dimensional data | Two-dimensional data
◦ Data of GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) are needed to be specified between the 1st
and 16th digit of GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) data.
◦ GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) can contain GS1 DataBar Composite
(CC-A/CC-B) data and 74 digits of numeric character and 41 digits of alphabet.
(When numeric characters and alphabets are mixed, GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-
B) data and 41 digit characters can be specified.
Ex 1) AI(01)+Product ID code 4912345000019+AI(15)+ Best before date is set at 30/
Nov.2012:
(01)04912345000019(15)121130
Ex 2) AI(01)+Product ID code 4912345000019+AI(17)+Expiration date is set at 31/
Jan.2013+AI(10)+lot # ABC123:
(01)04912345000019(17)20130131(10)ABC123
◦ When specified data do not reach the maximum digits, blank is filled by zero.
◦ 2D data can contain up to 338 digits, but it varies by the type of Barcode.
◦ Barcode may stick out of the label depending on data and the number of digit, and scanner
cannot read it. Adjust print data beforehand so that the barcode can fit to the label.
◦ For UPC-A Composite, you can only specify 11 digits for data entry, however when 12 digits
is specified for the compatibility purpose, EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) is generated.

[Format 2]
<EU>aabbcccn...n
• Parameter
a [One-dimensional barcode type]
11 : GS1-128 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
12 : GS1-128 Composite (CC-C)
b [Minimum bar width] = 01 to 12 dots
c [Barcode height] = 001 to 500 dots
* Specify barcode height when minimum bar width is "01".
* When specifying minimum bar width "03", Barcode height "100", Barcode height become 300 dots.
n [Print data] = Data (Up to 120 digits including 1D and 2D barcode)

Maximum number of digits that can specify by merging 1D and 2D (There is a limit for the
maximum number of digits of 1D data.)
GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) with CC-A/B 338 digits

GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) with CC-C 2324 digits

Maximum number of digits that can specify 1D data

GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) with CC-A/B 48 digits

GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) with CC-C 48 digits

◦ To specify the print of composite symbol, delimit one-dimensional data and two-dimensional
data with‘|’(7CH).
Data = One-dimensional data | Two-dimensional data
◦ Use ‘#’(23H) to specify CC-A/B (Micro RDF), FNC1 (GS) of CC-C (for PDF417) as data.
◦ 2D data for GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) With CC-A/B can contain up to 338 digits.
◦ Barcode part of GS1-128 Composite is GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128).

201
◦ When 2D data of GS1-128 (UCC/EAN128) with CC-A/B are less than 56 digits, it is
identified as CC-A, and identified as CC-B when data size is between 57 digits and 338
digits automatically.
◦ The number of digits varies depending on the width of the barcode in GS1-128 (UCC/
EAN128) With CC-C, and the maximum number of digits of combination of the 1D and 2D
is 2372 digits.

202
[Coding Example1]
GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B)

<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>01040361234567890|11990102
<Q>1
<Z>

[Coding Example2]
GS1 DataBar Truncated Composite (CC-A/CC-B)

<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>02040361234567890|11990102
<Q>1
<Z>

[Coding Example3]
GS1 DataBar Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B)

<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>03040341234567890|17010200
<Q>1
<Z>

[Coding Example4]
GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni-Directional (CC-A/CC-B)

<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>04040341234567890|17010200
<Q>1
<Z>

203
[Coding Example5]
GS1 DataBar Limited Composite (CC-A/CC-B)

<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>05040351234567890|21ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUV
<Q>1
<Z>

[Coding Example6]
GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite(CC-A/CC-B)

<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>0605220104912345678904
<Q>1
<Z>

[Coding Example7]
GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked(CC-A/CC-B)

<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>0605020104912345678904
<Q>1
<Z>

[Coding Example8]
UPC-A Composite (CC-A/CC-B)

<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>0704331234567890|991234-abcd
<Q>1
<Z>

204
[Coding Example9]
UPC-E Composite (CC-A/CC-B)

<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>08041200000123|15021231
<Q>1
<Z>

[Coding Example10]
EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)

<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>0904331234567890|991234-abcd
<Q>1
<Z>

[Coding Example11]
EAN8 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)

<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>10041234567|21A12345678
<Q>1
<Z>

[Coding Example12]
GS1-128 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)

<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>11040260103212345678906|21A1B2C3D4E5F6G7H8
<Q>1
<Z>

205
[Coding Example13]
GS1-128 Composite (CC-C)

<A>
<V>100<H>100
<EU>120402600030123456789012340|02130123456789
093724#101234567ABCDEFG
<Q>1
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Parameter varies depending on one-dimensional barcode type.
Segment width can be specified only for DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) (EU06).
Barcode height can be specified only for GS1-128 (UCC/EAN-128) (EU11, EU12).
• If the value is not set to the data portion, composite symbol will not be printed.
• Parameter for print data is available up to 2361 digits including 1D barcode data and 2D
barcode data as a specification for this command. Available number for 2D barcode data varies
depending on the type of 1D barcode and/or mixture of alphabets and number. When specified
data exceed the maximum digits, barcode may not be printed properly.
• Entire size of composite symbol changes depending on the specification of narrow bar width.
• If composite symbol exceeds the printing area, only the portion located within the area will be
printed, and a scanner might read the value of such composite symbol occasionally.
• Height and width of 2D barcode of the composite symbol is adjusted by 1D barcode data size.
When the width of 1D barcode is narrow, it cannot be printed even the size of data is less than
the maximum number of digit.
• Print of HRI cannot be designated with this command.
• Rotation <%> is available, and Enlargement <L> is invalid.
• When specifying 11 (production date), 12 (term of payment), 13 (packing date), 15 (sales
period), 17 (warranty period) for application identifier, set correct data YYMMDD. When the
incorrect date is set, print result is not guaranteed.
• When specifying GS1 DataBar as a barcode type, specify 2D Barcode data with the format
based on application identifier.
• GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) is stacked automatically by segment width
and data size and printed as GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B).
• Barcode generation module has been modified for improvement. How the generated image
looks may differ due to the change, however the read result is the same.

206
Code table for Composite Symbol 2D Barcode

* Use ‘#’(23H) for specifying FNC1.

Parent topic Barcode Command

207
 [ESC+BL] UPC-A Barcode (Without HRl)

Hexadecimal code ESC BL Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<4C>16 abbcccn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Set the height of character barcode of the first digit and the last digit to the same height of the guard
bar.

[Format]
<BL>abbcccn...n
• Parameter
a [Barcode type] = H : UPC-A(Fixed ‘H’)
b [Narrow bar] = Valid Range : 01 to 36 dots
c [Height of Barcode] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Data : 11 fixed digits

[Coding Example]
Barcode type: UPC-A, Narrow bar width: 03, Barcode height: 120, Print data: 01234567890
<A>
<H>100<V>100<BL>H0312001234567890
<Q>2
<Z>

208
[Supplementary Explanation]
• This command supports UPC-A only. When barcode type is specified other than "H", command
error occurs.
• Setting of Guard bar, HRI and ratio is described as follows.
Guard bar : Available
HRI : Nil
Ratio : Fix
• When the parameter value exceeds the range, operation is not supported.
• When printing UPC-A with <D>, all character barcodes have the same height. When <BL>
is used, the height of the character barcode of the start digit and the last digit have the same
height of the guard bar.

Guide bar Guide bar

Character barcode Character barcode

First digit Last digit

UPC-A specifying <D>

Guide bar Guide bar

Character barcode Character barcode

First digit Last digit

Parent topic Barcode Command

UPC-A specifying <BL>

209
 [ESC+BL] ~ [ESC+d] UPC-A Barcode (Specifying HRl)

Hexadecimal code ESC BL～d Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<4C>16 ~ character abbcccn...n ~ <d>n...n

type

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Set the height of character barcode of the first digit and the last digit to the same height of the guard
bar.

[Format]
<BL>abbcccn...n ~ <d>n...n
• Parameter
a [Barcode type] = H : UPC-A (Fixed ‘H’)
b [Narrow bar] = Valid Range : 01 to 36 dots
c [Height of barcode] = Valid range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Data : Fixed 11 digit
d [Font type]
OA
OB
XU
XS
XM
XB
XL
U
S
M
WB
WL
n [Print data] = HRI data : fixed 12 digits

[Coding Example]
Barcode type: UPC-A, Narrow bar width: 02. Barcode height: 120, Print data: 01234567890, Font
type: XS, HRI data: 01234567890
<A>
<V>100<H>100<BL>H0212001234567890
<XS>01234567890
<Q>2
<Z>

210
[Supplementary Explanation]
• This command supports UPC-A only. When barcode type is specified other than "H", command
error occurs.
• Recommended to specify [02] or [03] for the narrow bar width.
• Check digit (12th digit) for HRI data should be set the calculation result of modulus 10.
• Setting of Guard bar, HRI and Ratio is following.
Guard bar : Available
HRI : Available
Ratio : Fix
• When the parameter value exceeds the range, operation is not supported.
• If barcode with human readable text has errors, the human readable text is printed in a normal
font.
• All character barcode have the same height when printing UPC-A specifying <BD> and then
<font>. The first and the last character barcode have the same height to the guard bar when
printing UPC-A specifying <BL> and then <font>. When printing UPC-A specifying <BD> and
<font>, HRI can be printed under the first digit and the last digit because the height of the
first digit and the last digit of the barcode is low. When printing UPC-A specifying <BM> and
<font>, the height of the first digit and the last digit of the barcode is high, and the font interval is
narrower than previous case.
Guide bar Guide bar

Character barcode Character barcode

First digit Last digit

UPC-A specifying <D> + <font>

Guide bar Guide bar

Character barcode Character barcode

First digit Last digit

Parent topic Barcode Command

UPC-A specifying <BL> + <font>

211
 [ESC+BM] UPC-A Barcode (With HRI)

Hexadecimal code ESC BM Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<4D>16 abbcccn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Set the character barcode height of the first and the last digit to the same height of the guard bar.

[Format 1]
<BM>abbcccn...n
• Parameter
a [barcode type] = H : UPC-A( fixed ‘H’)
b [Narrow bar] = Valid Range : 01 to 36 dots
c [Height of Barcode] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 dots
n [Print data] = Data : fixed 11 digits

[Coding Example]
Barcode type:UPC-A, Narrow bar width:02, Barcode height :120, Print data: 20123948573
<A>
<H>100<V>100<BM>H0212020123948573
<Q>2
<Z>

212
[Supplementary Explanation]
• This command supports UPC-A only. When barcode type is specified other than "H", command
error occurs.
• HRI needs following conditions;
203 dpi (8 dots /mm) : Set Narrow bar width to [02] or [03]
When the value other than above are specified, HRI is not printed.
• Setting of Guard bar, HRI and Ratio is following.
Guard bar : Available
HRI : Available
Ratio : Fix
• When the parameter value exceeds the range, operation is not supported.
• All character barcode have the same height when printing UPC-A specifying <D> and then
<font>. The first and the last character barcode have the same height to the guard bar when
printing UPC-A specifying <BL> and then <font>. When printing UPC-A specifying <D> and
<font>, HRI can be printed under the first digit and the last digit because the height of the
first digit and the last digit of the barcode is low. When printing UPC-A specifying <BL> and
<font>, the height of the first digit and the last digit of the barcode is high, and the font interval is
narrower than previous case.
Guide bar Guide bar

Character barcode Character barcode

First digit Last digit

UPC-A specifying <BD>

Guide bar Guide bar

Character barcode Character barcode

First digit Last digit

Parent topic Barcode Command

UPC-A specifying <BM>

213
2D Code
[ESC+2D10]
PDF417
[ESC+2D12]
Micro PDF417
[ESC+2D20]
MaxiCode
[ESC+2D30]
QR Code (Model 2)
[ESC+2D31]
QR Code (Model 1)
[ESC+2D32]
Micro QR Code
[ESC+2D50]
DataMatrix (ECC200)
[ESC+2D51]
GS1 DataMatrix
[ESC+2D70]
Aztec Code
[ESC+BQ]
QR Code (Compatible command)
[ESC+BV]
MaxiCode (Compatible command)
[ESC+BK]
PDF417 (Compatible command)
[ESC+BX]
DataMatrix (ECC200) (Compatible command)
[ESC+DC]
DataMatrix (ECC200) Data Specify (Compatible command)
[ESC+FX]
DataMatrix (ECC200) Sequential Number (Compatible command)
[ESC+QV]
QR code version

Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

[ESC+2D10] PDF417

Hexadecimal code ESC 2D10 Parameter

<1B>16 <32>16<44>16 <31>16 <30>16 ,aa,bb,c,dd,ee(,f)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying PDF417.

[Format](Setting part)
<2D10>,aa,bb,c,dd,ee(,f)
• Parameter
a [Minimum module width] = Valid Range : 01 to 27 dots
b [Minimum module height] = Valid Range : 01 to 72 dots
c [Security level] = Valid Range : 0 to 8
d [Number of data code words per one line]
Valid Range : 01 to 30
00 : Automatic (Width varies depending on number of data)
e [Number of line per symbol]
Valid Range : 03 to 90
00 : Automatic (Height varies depending on number of data)
f [Code type]
0 : Normal, When omitted 0(can be omitted)
1 : Truncated

[Format](Data part)
<DN>mmmm,n...n
• Parameter
m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 1 to 2681 bytes
n [Print data] = Data

214
[Coding Example1]
Minimum module width: 03 dots, Minimum module height: 09 dots, Security level: 3, Number of data
code words per line: 03, Number of line per symbol: 18

<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D10>,03,09,3,03,18
<DN>0010,0123456789
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example 2]
Minimum module width: 03 dots, Minimum module height: 09 dots, Security level: 3, Number of data
code words per line: 03, Number of line per symbol: 18, Code type: Truncated

<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D10>,03,09,3,03,18,1
<DN>0010,0123456789
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Base print position of PDF417 is specified by vertical print position <V> and horizontal print
position <H>
<V>100<H>200<2D10>***. . . . . . **

• When d=e=00, aspect ratio will be at 1:2 based on the number of print data.
• When parameter d and e does not match number of data, print may not be performed properly.
• When setting security level high, parameter d or e should have large number.
• Recommended to specify more than 2 dots for 8 dots/mm print head because the minimum
module width and minimum module height of QR code may not be read by the scanner.
• Barcode generation module has been modified for improvement. How the generated image
looks may differ due to the change, however the read result is the same.

[point]
• Sequential number is not available.
• Specifying print position by automatic line feed is not available.
• Print 00H to FFH is available.

215
 • Format registration is available.
• Enlarging minimum module size improves print quality.
• Increasing security level improves read rate.
• Print height varies depending on the character such as numeric only, alphabet only or mixture of
numeric and alphabets.

PDF417 Code table

[00H to FFH] can be available for PDF417.

Parent topic 2D Code

216
 [ESC+2D12] Micro PDF417

Hexadecimal code ESC 2D12 Parameter

<1B>16 <32>16<44>16 <31>16 <32>16 ,aa,bb,c,dd(,e)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying Micro PDF417.

[Format](Setting part)
<2D12>,aa,bb,c,dd(,e)
• Parameter
a [Minimum module width] = Valid Range : 01 to 27 dots
b [Minimum module height] = Valid Range : 01 to 72 dots
c [Number of data code words per row] (Cols) = Valid Range : 1 to 4
d [Number of rows per symbol] (Rows) = Valid Range : 2 rows
e [Binary mode]
0 : Normal, When omitted 0 (Can be omitted)
1 : Binary mode

[Format](Data part)
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Binary mode is Binary mode
<DS>n...n : Binary mode is Normal
• Parameter
m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 0001 to 0366 bytes
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding Example]
Module width: 02 dots, Minimum module height: 04 dots, Data code word per row: 1, Rows per
symbol: 14

<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D12>,02,04,1,14
<DN>0010,0123456789
<Q>2
<Z>

217
[Supplementary Explanation]
• Number of row per symbol is decided by number of data code words per row.
For details, refer to "Micro PDF417 – symbol size and number of data" below.
• Recommended to specify more than 2 dots for 8 dots/mm print head because the minimum
module width and minimum module height of QR code may not be read by the scanner.
• Barcode generation module has been modified for improvement. How the generated image
looks may differ due to the change, however the read result is the same.

Symbol size of Micro PDF417 has 34 types and shown in the table below.
• Micro PDF417 – symbol size and number of data

Symbol size Maximum number of data

Cols (c) Rows (d) Alphabet (A-Z) Numeric Binary mode

1 11 6 8 3

14 12 17 7

17 18 26 10

20 22 32 13

24 30 44 18

28 38 55 22

2 8 14 20 8

11 24 35 14

14 36 52 21

17 46 67 27

20 56 82 33

23 64 93 38

26 72 105 43

3 6 10 14 6

8 18 26 10

10 26 38 15

12 34 49 20

15 46 67 27

20 66 96 39

26 90 132 54

32 114 167 68

38 138 202 82

44 162 237 97

4 4 14 20 8

6 22 32 13

8 34 49 20

218
 Symbol size Maximum number of data

Cols (c) Rows (d) Alphabet (A-Z) Numeric Binary mode

10 46 67 27

12 58 85 34

15 76 111 45

20 106 155 63

26 142 208 85

32 178 261 106

38 214 313 128

44 250 366 150

• Way of mixing alphabets (Capital, lower case), numeric characters and control codes differs by
combination of number of characters.

Micro PDF417 Code table

Micro PDF417 can specify (00)16 to (FF)16 to print data when binary mode is specified.
Parent topic 2D Code

219
 [ESC+2D20] MaxiCode

Hexadecimal code ESC 2D20 Parameter

<1B>16 <32>16<44>16 <32>16 <30>16 ,a(,bbb,ccc,d...d)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying MaxiCode.

[Format](Setting part)
<2D20>,a(,bbb,ccc,d...d)
• Parameter
a [Mode]
2 : Transportation (Numeric)
3 : Transportation (Alphanumeric)
4 : Standard symbol
6 : Reader programing
* Following parameter must be specified when specifying mode 2 or mode 3.
When specifying mode 4 or mode 6, the parameter should be omitted.
b [Service class] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 (Numeric)
c [Country code] = Valid Range : 001 to 999 (Numeric)
d [Postal code] = Valid Range : 0 to 999999999 (Mode 2)
000000 to 999999 (Mode 3)
* Mode 2: Max 9 digits (Numeric only)
Mode 3: Fixed 6 digits (Capital alphabet)

[Format](Data part)
<DN>mmmm,n...n
• Parameter
m [Number of Data] = Valid Range : 1 to 138
n [Print data] = Data
* 00H cannot be specified.

Mode Service class Country code Postal code Maximum print data

Numeric only Alphanumeric

2 Fixed 3 digits Fixed 3 digits Max. 9 digits 123 84

(Numeric only) (Numeric only)
3 Fixed 6 digits
(Alphanumeric)

4 Omission 138 93

220
[Coding Example]
Mode: Transportation (Numeric only), Service class: 003, Country code: 081, Postal code:
123456789

<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D20>,2,003,081,123456789
<DN>0010,0123456789
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Size of MaxiCode are not changed by number of data for printing.
• If parameter that is not described above is used, or number of print data does not match,
symbol is not printed.
• When specifying mode 4 and mode 6, number of print data must be specified over 12. When
number of print data is specified less than 11, scanner cannot read printed MaxiCode.
• The maximum number of print data varies depending on the print data combination when using
the print data other than alphanumeric code.
• Barcode generation module has been modified for improvement. How the generated image
looks may differ due to the change, however the read result is the same.

221
MaxiCode Code table

MaxiCode can specify from 01H to FFH.

Parent topic 2D Code

222
 [ESC+2D30] QR Code (Model 2)

Hexadecimal code ESC 2D30 Parameter

<1B>16 <32>16<44>16 <33>16 <30>16 ,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying QR Code (Model 2).

[Format] (Setup part)

<2D30>,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg)
• Parameter
a [Error Correction Level]
L : 7%
M : 15%
Q : 25%
H : 30%
b [Size of one side of cell] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots

c [Data setup mode]

0 : Manual setup
1 : Automatic setup
* Note: You need to change the method of specifying print data with this setting.

d [Concatenation mode]
0 : Normal mode
1 : Concatenation mode
Following parameter must be specified when specifying 1 (Concatenation mode) in Concatenation mode.
Omit following parameter in normal mode.
e [Number of partitions of concatenation mode] = Valid Range : 01 to 16
* Number of partitions: Specifying how many QR code are to be concatenated divided by
Concatenation mode.

f [Sequential number partitioned by concatenation mode] = Valid Range : 01 to 16

* Sequential number: Specifying what number is it of divided QR code.

g [Concatenation mode parity data] = Valid Range : 00 to FF

* Parity data: Specifying exclusive OR of all the print data in divided QR code with HEX characters.

[Format] (Data part)

Manual setup (Data setup mode)
<DS>k,n...n : Use when input mode specification is Numeric mode, Alphanumeric mode and Kanji
mode.
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Use when specifying by binary.
Automatic setup (Data setup mode)
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Change input mode automatically according to input data.
• Parameter

223
 k [Input mode]
1 : Numeric mode
2 : Alphanumeric mode
3 : Kanji mode (Shift JIS Kanji)
* Specify only when specifying Manual setup in Data setting mode.
* There is binary specification other than above, but data specification command is different.

m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 1 to 2953

* Specify when specifying Automatic setup in Data setting mode or specifying binary specification
in Manual setup.

n [Print data] = Data

[Format] (Version)
<QV>pp : Use when specifying the version.
• Parameter
pp [Version] = 00 to 40 (MODEL2)
* Use when fix the size of QR symbol by specifying the version. When not specified, it will be
specified automatically. It will be Auto when specifying 00. The parameter error does not arise
in the range from 00 to 40.
* Refer to [QR code version command] for details.

[Supplementary Explanation1]
• When specifying Kanji in <DN>, specify size that is 2 X number of Kanji characters.
• For <DN> in Automatic setup, when 80H to 9FH and E0H to FFH is specified as data, it is
handed as Kanji mode, and cannot specify them as binary.

[Coding Example1]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Data setup mode: Manual setup,
Concatenation mode: Normal

<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D30>,L,05,0,0
<DS>1,012345
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation2]
• If the parameter other than the description is specified or number of print data does not match,
printing is not performed.
• Data specification command in data part varies according to parameter setup or specified data.

[Coding Example2]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 04, Mixed specification of Manual setup (Data
setup mode)
In Manual setup, you can proceed specifying data in specified input mode (Numeric, Alphanumeric,
Kanji, Binary).
<A>
<V>100<H>200
<2D30>,L,04,0,0
<DS>3,SATO
<DN>0010,0123456789
<DS>1,123

224
 <Q>1
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation3]
• Parameter part to be followed by Data part. Data part and data part should be specified in a row.
When don't specify in a row, print result may not be secured.
• Total number of data (n) need to be less than 7000 bytes. Maximum number of blocks in data
part specified in a row is 200.

[Coding Example 3]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Data setup mode: Manual setup,
Concatenation mode: Normal, Version 5
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D30>,L,05,0,0
<QV>5
<DS>1,012345
<DN>0004,6789
<Q>1
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation4]
• Specify <QV> command between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>.
• When resulted in a parameter error, it will be handled in the same manner of no specification.
• It does not become a parameter error from 00 to 40 (Set the value within the range
corresponding to each model).
For MODEL2, the setting range is from 00 to 40.
• Sending the data exceeding the data size of specified version will result in error and QR code is
not printed.

225
QR Code data size list (Model 2)

Version Error Numeric Alpha- Kanji Binary Version Error Numeric Alpha- Kanji Binary
Correction Numeric Correction Numeric

1 L 41 25 10 17 11 L 772 468 198 321

M 34 20 8 14 M 604 366 155 251
21×21 Q 27 16 7 11 61×61 Q 427 259 109 177
H 17 10 4 7 H 331 200 85 137
2 L 77 47 20 32 12 L 883 535 226 367
M 63 38 16 26 M 691 419 177 287
25×25 Q 48 29 12 20 65×65 Q 489 296 125 203
H 34 20 8 14 H 374 227 96 155
3 L 127 77 32 53 13 L 1022 619 262 425
M 101 61 26 42 M 796 483 204 331
29×29 Q 77 47 20 32 69×69 Q 580 352 149 241
H 58 35 15 24 H 427 259 109 177
4 L 187 114 48 78 14 L 1101 667 282 458
M 149 90 38 62 M 871 528 223 362
33×33 Q 111 67 28 46 73×73 Q 621 376 159 258
H 82 50 21 34 H 468 283 120 194
5 L 255 154 65 106 15 L 1250 758 320 520
M 202 122 52 84 M 991 600 254 412
37×37 Q 144 87 37 60 77×77 Q 703 426 180 292
H 106 64 27 44 H 530 321 136 220
6 L 322 195 82 134 16 L 1408 854 361 586
M 255 154 65 106 M 1082 656 277 450
41×41 Q 178 108 45 74 81×81 Q 775 470 198 322
H 139 84 36 58 H 602 365 154 250
7 L 370 224 95 154 17 L 1548 938 397 644
M 293 178 75 122 M 1212 734 310 504
45×45 Q 207 125 53 86 85×85 Q 876 531 224 364
H 154 93 39 64 H 674 408 173 280
8 L 461 279 118 192 18 L 1725 1046 442 718
M 365 221 93 152 M 1346 816 345 560
49×49 Q 259 157 66 108 89×89 Q 948 574 243 394
H 202 122 52 84 H 746 452 191 310
9 L 552 335 141 230 19 L 1903 1153 488 792
M 432 262 111 180 M 1500 909 384 624
53×53 Q 312 189 80 130 93×93 Q 1063 644 272 442
H 235 143 60 98 H 813 493 208 338
10 L 652 395 167 271 20 L 2061 1249 528 858
M 513 311 131 213 M 1600 970 410 666
57×57 Q 364 221 93 151 97×97 Q 1159 702 297 482
H 288 174 74 119 H 919 557 235 382

226
 Version Error Numeric Alpha- Kanji Binary Version Error Numeric Alpha- Kanji Binary
Correction Numeric Correction Numeric
21 L 2232 1352 572 929 31 L 4417 2677 1132 1840
M 1708 1035 438 711 M 3486 2113 894 1452
101×101 Q 1224 742 314 509 141×141 Q 2473 1499 634 1030
H 969 587 248 403 H 1897 1150 486 790
22 L 2409 1460 618 1003 32 L 4686 2840 1201 1952
M 1872 1134 480 779 M 3693 2238 947 1538
105×105 Q 1358 823 348 565 145×145 Q 2670 1618 684 1112
H 1056 640 270 439 H 2022 1226 518 842
23 L 2620 1588 672 1091 33 L 4965 3009 1273 2068
M 2059 1248 528 857 M 3909 2369 1002 1628
109×109 Q 1468 890 376 611 149×149 Q 2805 1700 719 1168
H 1108 672 284 461 H 2157 1307 553 898
24 L 2812 1704 721 1171 34 L 5253 3183 1347 2188
M 2188 1326 561 911 M 4134 2506 1060 1722
113×113 Q 1588 963 407 661 153×153 Q 2949 1787 756 1228
H 1228 744 315 511 H 2301 1394 590 958
25 L 3057 1853 784 1273 35 L 5529 3351 1417 2303
M 2395 1451 614 997 M 4343 2632 1113 1809
117×117 Q 1718 1041 440 715 157×157 Q 3081 1867 790 1283
H 1286 779 330 535 H 2361 1431 605 983
26 L 3283 1990 842 1367 36 L 5836 3537 1496 2431
M 2544 1542 652 1059 M 4588 2780 1176 1911
121×121 Q 1804 1094 462 751 161×161 Q 3244 1966 832 1351
H 1425 864 365 593 H 2524 1530 647 1051
27 L 3517 2132 902 1465 37 L 6153 3729 1577 2563
M 2701 1637 692 1125 M 4775 2894 1224 1989
125×125 Q 1933 1172 496 805 165×165 Q 3417 2071 876 1423
H 1501 910 385 625 H 2625 1591 673 1093
28 L 3669 2223 940 1528 38 L 6479 3927 1661 2699
M 2857 1732 732 1190 M 5039 3054 1292 2099
129×129 Q 2085 1263 534 868 169×169 Q 3599 2181 923 1499
H 1581 958 405 658 H 2735 1658 701 1139
29 L 3909 2369 1002 1628 39 L 6743 4087 1729 2809
M 3035 1839 778 1264 M 5313 3220 1362 2213
133×133 Q 2181 1322 559 908 173×173 Q 3791 2298 972 1579
H 1677 1016 430 698 H 2927 1774 750 1219
30 L 4158 2520 1066 1732 40 L 7089 4296 1817 2953
M 3289 1994 843 1370 M 5596 3391 1435 2331
137×137 Q 2358 1429 604 982 177×177 Q 3993 2420 1024 1663
H 1782 1080 457 742 H 3057 1852 784 1273
Parent topic 2D Code

227
 [ESC+2D31] QR Code (Model 1)

Hexadecimal code ESC 2D31 Parameter

<1B>16 <32>16<44>16 <33>16 <31>16 ,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within item The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying QR Code (Model 1).

[Format] (Setup part)

<2D31>,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg)
• Parameter
a [Error Correction Level]
L : 7%
M : 15%
Q : 25%
H : 30%
b [Size of one side of cell] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots

c [Data setup mode]

0 : Manual setup
1 : Automatic setup
* Note: You need to change the method of specifying print data with this setting.

d [Concatenation mode]
0 : Normal mode
1 : Concatenation mode

Following parameter must be specified when specifying 1 (Concatenation mode) in Concatenation mode.
Omit following parameter in normal mode.
e [Number of partitions of concatenation mode] = Valid Range : 01 to 16
* Number of partitions: Specifying how many QR code are to be concatenated divided by
Concatenation mode.

f [Sequential number partitioned by concatenation mode] = Valid Range : 01 to 16

* Sequential number: Specifying what number is it of divided QR code.

g [Concatenation mode parity data] = Valid Range : 00 to FF

* Parity data: Specifying exclusive OR of all the print data in divided QR code with HEX characters.

228
[Format] (Data part)
Manual setup (Data setup mode)
<DS>k,n...n : Use when input mode specification is Numeric mode, Alphanumeric mode and Kanji
mode.
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Use when specifying by binary.
Automatic setup (Data setup mode)
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Change input mode automatically according to input data.
• Parameter
k [Input mode]
1 : Numeric mode
2 : Alphanumeric mode
3 : Kanji mode (Shift JIS Kanji)
* Specify only when specifying Manual setup in Data setting mode.
* There is binary specification other than above, but data specification command is different.

m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 1 to 486

* Specify when specifying Automatic setup in Data setting mode or specifying binary specification
in Manual setup.

n [Print data] = Data

[Format] (version)
<QV>pp : Specify when specifying the version.
• Parameter
pp [Version] = 00 to 14 (MODEL1)
* This setting is used when fixing the size of QR symbol with the version command. When
not specified, it becomes Auto.
Specifying 00 also becomes Auto. It does not become a parameter error from 00 to 40.
* See [QR code version command] for details.

[Supplementary Explanation1]
• When specifying Kanji in <DN>, specify size that is 2 x number of Kanji characters.
• For <DN> in Automatic setup, when 80H to 9FH and E0H to FFH is specified as data, it is
handed as Kanji mode, and cannot specify them as binary.

[Coding Example1]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Data setup mode: Manual setup,
Concatenation mode: Normal

<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D31>,L,05,0,0
<DS>1,012345
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation2]
• If the parameter other than the description is specified or number of print data does not match,
printing is not performed.
• Data specification command in data part varies according to parameter setup or specified data.

229
[Coding Example 2]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 04, Mixed specification of Manual setup (Data
setup mode)
In Manual setup, you can proceed specifying data in specified input mode (Numeric, Alphanumeric,
Kanji, Binary).
<A>
<V>100<H>200
<2D31>,L,04,0,0
<DS>3,SATO
<DN>0010,0123456789
<DS>1,123
<Q>1
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation3]
• Parameter part to be followed by Data part. Data part and data part should be specified in a row.
When do not specify in a row, print result may not be secured.

[Coding Example 3]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Data setup mode: Manual setup,
Concatenation mode: Normal, Version 5
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D31>,L,05,0,0
<QV>5
<DS>1,012345
<DN>0004,6789
<Q>1
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation4]
• Specify <QV> command between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>.
• When resulted in a parameter error, it will be handled in the same manner of no specification.
• It does not become a parameter error from 00 to 40 (Set the value within the range
corresponding to each model).
Setting range(MODEL1): 00 to 14
• Sending the data exceeding the data size of specified version will result in error and QR code is
not printed.

230
QR Code data size list (Model 1)

Error Alpha- Error Alpha-

Version Correction Numeric numeric Kanji Binary Version Correction Numeric numeric Kanji Binary

1 L 40 24 10 17 10 L 690 418 177 287

M 33 20 8 14 M 526 319 135 219
21×21 Q 25 15 6 11 57×57 Q 433 262 111 180
H 16 10 4 7 H 291 176 74 121
2 L 81 49 20 34 11 L 800 485 205 333
M 66 40 17 28 M 608 368 156 253
25×25 Q 52 31 13 22 61×61 Q 493 299 126 205
H 33 20 8 14 H 342 207 87 142
3 L 131 79 33 55 12 L 915 555 234 381
M 100 60 25 42 M 694 421 178 289
29×29 Q 81 49 20 34 65×65 Q 579 351 148 241
H 52 31 13 22 H 390 236 100 162
4 L 186 113 48 78 13 L 1030 624 264 429
M 138 84 35 58 M 790 479 202 329
33×33 Q 114 69 29 48 69×69 Q 656 398 168 273
H 76 46 19 32 H 454 275 116 189
5 L 253 154 65 106 14 L 1167 707 299 486
M 191 116 49 80 M 877 531 225 365
37×37 Q 157 95 40 66 73×73 Q 738 447 189 307
H 105 63 27 44 H 498 302 127 207
6 L 321 194 82 134
M 249 151 64 104
41×41 Q 201 122 51 84
H 133 81 34 56
7 L 402 244 103 168
M 311 188 80 130
45×45 Q 253 154 65 106
H 167 101 43 70
8 L 493 299 126 206
M 378 229 97 158
49×49 Q 301 183 77 126
H 203 123 52 85
9 L 585 354 150 244
M 441 267 113 184
53×53 Q 369 223 94 154
H 239 145 61 100
Parent topic 2D Code

231
 [ESC+2D32] Micro QR Code

Hexadecimal code ESC 2D32 Parameter

<1B>16 <32>16<44>16 <33>16 <32>16 ,a,bb,c

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying QR Code (Micro QR Code).

[Format] (Setup part)

<2D32>,a,bb,c
• Parameter
a [Error Correction Level]
L : 7%
M : 15%
Q : 25%
b [Size of one side of cell] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots

c [Data setup mode]

0 : Manual setup
1 : Automatic setup

[Format] (Data part)

Manual setup (Data setup mode)
<DS>k,n...n : Use when input mode specification is Numeric mode, Alphanumeric mode and Kanji
mode.
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Use when specifying by binary.
Automatic setup (Data setup mode)
<DN>mmmm,n...n : Change input mode automatically according to input data.
• Parameter
k [Input mode]
1 : Numeric mode
2 : Alphanumeric mode
3 : Kanji mode (Shift JIS Kanji)
* There is binary specification other than above, but data specification command is different.

m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 1 to 15

* Specify when specifying Automatic setup in Data setting mode.

n [Print data] = Data

232
[Format] (version)
<QV>pp : Specify when specifying the version.
• Parameter
pp [Version] = 00 to 04 (MicroQR M1 to M4)
* This setting is used when fixing the size of QR symbol with the version command.
When not specified, it becomes Auto.
Specifying 00 also becomes Auto. It does not become a parameter error from 00 to 40.
* See [QR code version command] for details.

[Supplementary Explanation1]
• When specifying Kanji in <DN>, specify size that is 2 x number of Kanji characters.
• For <DN> in Automatic setup, when 80H to 9FH and E0H to FFH is specified as data, it is
handed as Kanji mode, and cannot specify them as binary.

[Coding Example1]
Error correction level :7%, Size of one side of cell:04

<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D32>,L,04,0
<DS>1,012345
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation2]
• If the parameter other than the description is specified or number of print data does not match,
printing is not performed.
• Data specification command in data part varies according to parameter setup or specified data.

[Coding Example2]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 04
Mixed specification of Manual setup (Data setup mode)
In Manual setup, you can proceed specifying data in specified input mode (Numeric, Alphanumeric,
Kanji, Binary) in a row.
<A>
<V>100<H>200
<2D32>,L,04,0
<DS>3,SATO
<DN>0010,0123456789
<DS>1,123
<Q>1
<Z>

233
[Supplementary Explanation3]
• Parameter part to be followed by Data part. Data part and data part should be specified in a row.
When do not specify in a row, print result may not be secured.
Micro QR Code Data size list
Version Error correction Numeric Alphanumeric Kanji Binary

M1 (11x11) L (Error detection 5 - - -

only)

M2 (13x13) L 10 6 - -
M 8 5 - -

M3 (15x15) L 23 14 6 9
M 18 11 4 7

M4 (17x17) L 35 21 9 15
M 30 18 8 13
Q 21 13 5 9

[Coding Example 3]
Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Data setup mode: Manual setup,
Concatenation mode: Normal, printed in version M4
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D32>,L,05,0,0
<QV>4
<DS>1,012345
<DN>0004,6789
<Q>1
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation4]
• Specify <QV> command between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>.
• When resulted in a parameter error, it will be handled in the same manner of no specification.
• It does not become a parameter error from 00 to 40 (Set the value within the range
corresponding to each model).
For MicroQR, the setting range is from 00 to 04.
• Sending the data exceeding the data size of specified version will result in error and QR code is
not printed.
Parent topic 2D Code

234
 [ESC+2D50] DataMatrix (ECC200)

Hexadecimal code ESC 2D50 Parameter

<1B>16 <32>16<44>16 <35>16 <30>16 ,aa,bb,ccc,ddd

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying DataMatrix Code (ECC200).

[Format] (Setup part)

<2D50>,aa,bb,ccc,ddd
• Parameter
a [Horizontal cell size] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots
b [Vertical cell size] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots
c [Number of cell in one line]
Valid Range : 010 to 144
000 : (Auto-setting)
d [Number of cell lines]
Valid Range : 008 to 144
000 : (Auto-setting)

[Format] (Data part)

<DN>mmmm,n...n
• Parameter
m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 1 to 3116
n [Print data] = Data
* When print 7EH, specify "7EH, 7EH"
* If Parameter other than above is specified or print data does not match, printing is not performed.

[Coding Example]
Horizontal cell size: 3 dots, Vertical cell size: 3 dots
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D50>,03,03,000,000
<DN>0010,0123456789
<Z>

235
[Supplementary Explanation]
• If Parameter other than above is specified or print data do not match, printing is not performed.
• When specifying print format, secure more than 2 mm blank space in four sides of the
DataMatrix for read margin for the scanner.
• When print data is 7EH, specify "7EH, 7EH". Number of data will be "0002".
• When Auto setup (000) is applied for [Number of cell in one row] and [Number of cell lines] ,
square DataMatrix is printed.
• The number of addressable data at data part is depending on data format. Following chart
shows the number of addressable data (When the number of cell is set automatically or the
maximum number of cell is specified).

Data format Number of data

Data format Numeric 3116

Alphanumeric 2335

Binary (00H to FFH) 1556

• It is likely that symbol cannot be read by reducing the size of cell, which depends on the
performance of scanner. In this case, it is required to specify the size of cell which is large
enough for reading symbol.

236
* Symbol size of DataMatrix (ECC200) is following 30 types.
Symbol size and number of data of DataMatrix(ECC200)

Symbol size Maximum data digits

Number of cell Number of Number of Numeric Alphanumeric Briary
in one line(c) cell line(d) block

10 10 1 6 3 1
Square

12 12 1 10 6 3
14 14 1 16 10 6
16 16 1 24 16 10
18 18 1 36 25 16
20 20 1 44 31 20
22 22 1 60 43 28
24 24 1 72 52 34
26 26 1 88 64 42
32 32 4 124 91 60
36 36 4 172 127 84
40 40 4 228 169 112
44 44 4 288 214 142
48 48 4 348 259 172
52 52 4 408 304 202
64 64 16 560 418 278
72 72 16 736 550 366
80 80 16 912 682 454
88 88 16 1152 862 574
96 96 16 1392 1042 694
104 104 16 1632 1222 814
120 120 36 2100 1573 1048
132 132 36 2608 1954 1302
144 144 36 3116 2335 1556
18 8 1 10 6 3
Rectangle

32 8 2 20 13 8
26 12 1 32 22 14
36 12 2 44 31 20
36 16 2 64 46 30
48 16 2 98 72 47

* Mixture of Numeric, Alphanumeric and Control code varies according to number of characters.

237
DataMatrix Code table

DataMatrix can specify from 00H to FFH.

When print 7EH, specify "7EH, 7EH".
Parent topic 2D Code

238
 [ESC+2D51] GS1 DataMatrix

Hexadecimal code ESC 2D51 Parameter

<1B>16 <32>16<44>16 <35>16 <31>16 ,aa,bb,ccc,ddd

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying GS1 DataMatrix Code.

[Format] (Setup part)

<2D51>,aa,bb,ccc,ddd
• Parameter
a [Horizontal cell size] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots
b [Vertical cell size] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots
c [Number of cell in one line]
Valid Range : 010 to 144
000 : (Auto-setting)
d [Number of cell lines]
Valid Range : 008 to 144
000 : (Auto-setting)

[Format] (Data part)

<DN>mmmm,n...n
• Parameter
m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 1 to 3116
n [Print data] = Data
* When print 7EH, specify [7EH, 7EH].
* When print 1BH, specify [1BH, 1BH].
* When print FNC1, specify [1BH, 31H].
* If Parameter other than above is specified or print data do not match, print is not secured.

[Coding Example]
Horizontal cell size: 3 dots, Vertical cell size: 3 dots
<A>
<V>100<H>200<2D51>,03,03,000,000
<DN>0014, <1B>161100123456789
<Q>2
<Z>

* <1B>16 specifies character code "1BH".

239
[Supplementary Explanation]
• If Parameter other than above is specified or print data do not match, printing is not performed.
• When specifying print format, secure more than 2 mm blank space in four sides of the
DataMatrix for read margin for the scanner.
• When print data is 7EH, specify [7EH, 7EH]. Number of data will be "0002".
• When [7EH] is specified solely, the command error occurs and the code will not be printed.
• When print data is 1BH, specify [1BH, 1BH]. Number of data will be "0002".
• When print data is FNC1, specify [1BH, 31H]. Number of data will be "0002".
• When [1BH] is specified solely, printing and the content of printing will not be guaranteed.
• When Auto setup (000) is applied for [Number of cell in one row] and [Number of cell lines],
square DataMatrix is printed.
• When the same value other than 000 is specified (manual setting) in the "number of cell in one
row" and "number of cell lines", square DataMatrix will be printed.
• When different value other than 000 is specified (manual setting) in the "number of cell in one
row" and "number of cell lines", rectangle DataMatrix will be printed.
• The number of data can be specified in the data part depends on the data format. Available data
number is as follows.
(Number of cell is auto setting or the maximum cell number is specified):
Data format Number of data

Data format Numeric 3116

Alphanumeric 2335

Binary (00H to FFH) 1556

• The symbol may not be read by a scanner when the cell size is smaller. In the above case,
specify enough cell size for the scanner.
• The symbol size available in the GS1 DataMatrix is limited to the 30 types in the below table.
Also, the maximum number of data is limited depending on the symbol size. Refer to the "The
maximum digit of the number of data" table.
• Make sure to specify 1BH and 31H at the beginning of the data.

240
 Symbol size and number of data of GS1 DataMatrix.

Symbol size Maximum data digits

Number of cell Number of Number of Numeric Alphanumeric Briary

in one line(c) cell line(d) block
10 10 1 6 3 1
Square

12 12 1 10 6 3
14 14 1 16 10 6
16 16 1 24 16 10
18 18 1 36 25 16
20 20 1 44 31 20
22 22 1 60 43 28
24 24 1 72 52 34
26 26 1 88 64 42
32 32 4 124 91 60
36 36 4 172 127 84
40 40 4 228 169 112
44 44 4 288 214 142
48 48 4 348 259 172
52 52 4 408 304 202
64 64 16 560 418 278
72 72 16 736 550 366
80 80 16 912 682 454
88 88 16 1152 862 574
96 96 16 1392 1042 694
104 104 16 1632 1222 814
120 120 36 2100 1573 1048
132 132 36 2608 1954 1302
144 144 36 3116 2335 1556
18 8 1 10 6 3
Rectangle

32 8 2 20 13 8
26 12 1 32 22 14
36 12 2 44 31 20
36 16 2 64 46 30
48 16 2 98 72 47

* Mixture of Numeric, Alphanumeric and Control code varies according to number of characters.

241
GS1 DataMatrix Code table

S I S O

B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1

B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1

B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F

0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P ｀ p

0 0 0 1 1 ！ 1 A Q a q

0 0 1 0 2 ” 2 B R b r

0 0 1 1 3 # 3 C S c s

0 1 0 0 4 $ 4 D T d t

0 1 0 1 5 % 5 E U e u

0 1 1 0 6 & 6 F V f v

0 1 1 1 7 ’ 7 G W g w

1 0 0 0 8 ( 8 H X h x

1 0 0 1 9 ) 9 I Y i y

1 0 1 0 A * : J Z j z

1 0 1 1 B + ； K ［ k ｛

1 1 0 0 C ， < L ￥ l ｜

1 1 0 1 D - = M ］ m ｝

1 1 1 0 E ． > N ＾ n ~

1 1 1 1 F / ？ O ＿ o DEL

Data n Data n+1

FNC1 1BH 31H

GS1 DataMatrix can specify from 00H to FFH.

When print data is 7EH, specify [7EH, 7EH].

242
 When print data is 1BH, specify [1BH, 1BH].
When specifying FNC1, specify [1BH, 31H].
Parent topic 2D Code

243
 [ESC+2D70] Aztec Code

Hexadecimal code ESC 2D70 Parameter

<1B>16 <32>16<44>16 <37>16 <30>16 ,a,bb,cc,dd,e,f...f

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifies Aztec Code.

[Format] (Setup part)

<2D70>,a,bb,cc,dd,e,f...f
• Parameter
a [Symbol Type]
0 : Full Range Symbol
1 : Compact Symbol
b [ECC Percentage]
0 : Default error correction level
01 to 99 : Error correction percentage
c [Symbol Size]
0 : Automatic minimization
1 to 4 : 1 to 4 – layer (Compact Symbol) * Following symbol size table reference.
4 to 32 : 4 to 32 – layer (Full Range Symbol) * Following symbol size table reference.
d [Number of symbols for structured append]
0 : Encodes without append
1 : Automatic Setting
2 to 26 : Append structured blocks
e [Message ID]
Y : Specify Message ID for structured bound symbol
N : No Message ID
f [Message ID for structured bound symbol]
Printable ASCII string (0x21 to 0x7E) with maximum 24 bytes.

[Format] (Data part)

<DS>n..n // for ASCII data
<DN>mmmm,n..n // for Binary data
• Parameter
m [Number of Data] = 0001 to 1914
- Set this parameter when Print data are in Binary.

n [Print data] = Data

- When selecting [1BH], make sure to specify [1BH,1BH].
- When selecting [FNC1], make sure to specify [1BH,30H]
- When selecting [ECI], make sure to specify [1BH,*]. (‘*’ refers from 31H to 36H. )

244
[Coding Example]
Symbol Type: Compact, ECC Percentage: Default, Symbol Size: 2 layer, Structured Append:
Without append, Message ID: No, Message ID for structured bound symbol: None, Barcode Data:
THIS IS TEST.
<A>
<V>0100<H>0100<L>0404
<2D70>,1,0,2,0,N,<DS>THIS IS TEST
<Q>1
<Z>
• Generated Label

[Notes]
• When parameters other than the description are specified, symbol may not print.
• When the size of the Aztec code is small, the symbol might not be able to read according to
the performance of the scanner. In that case, please magnify the size of the symbol to make it
large enough by using <ESC>+L command maintaining the same ratio of magnification for both
length and width.
• The smallest symbol size is 15x15 modules and largest is 151x151 modules. Available Aztec
code formats and its maximum capacity are as follows:
Symbol size table
Parameter c Format Digit Text Binary data

1 15x15 Compact 13 12 6

2 19x19 Compact 40 33 19

3 23X23 Compact 70 57 33

4 27X27 Compact 110 89 53

4 31X31 128 104 62

5 37X37 178 144 87

6 41X41 232 187 114

7 45X45 294 236 145

8 49X49 362 291 179

9 53X53 433 348 214

10 57X57 516 414 256

11 61X61 601 482 298

12 67X67 691 554 343

13 71X71 793 636 394

14 75X75 896 718 446

15 79X79 1008 808 502

16 83X83 1123 900 559

17 87X87 1246 998 621

245
 Parameter c Format Digit Text Binary data

18 91X91 1378 1104 687

19 95X95 1511 1210 753

20 101X101 1653 1324 824

21 105X105 1801 1442 898

22 109X109 1956 1566 976

23 113X113 2116 1694 1056

24 117X117 2281 1826 1138

25 121X121 2452 1963 1224

26 125X125 2632 2107 1314

27 131X131 2818 2256 1407

28 135X135 3007 2407 1501

29 139X139 3205 2565 1600

30 143X143 3409 2728 1702

31 147X147 3616 2894 1806

32 151X151 3832 3067 1914

• Aztec code is settable within the range (00H – FFH). For Binary data, user needs to set the data
number properly by using the <ESC>DN command. If Data number and Print data does not
match, symbol will not print properly.
• When print data is [1BH], specify [1BH,1BH]. Data number becomes [0002].
• Use [1BH,*] in pairs within input data when presenting ECI. ‘*’ must be a value between 31H
and 36H. The number in the following FLG(1) - FLG(6) are the number of digits of the data to be
used for ECI.
<ESC>1→FLG(1) The number of digits specified for ECI data is 1 digit.
<ESC>2→FLG(2) The number of digits specified for ECI data is 2 digits.
<ESC>3→FLG(3) The number of digits specified for ECI data is 3 digits.
<ESC>4→FLG(4) The number of digits specified for ECI data is 4 digits.
<ESC>5→FLG(5) The number of digits specified for ECI data is 5 digits.
<ESC>6→FLG(6) The number of digits specified for ECI data is 6 digits.

e.g.)A sample data with <ESC>4 : <ESC>41111ABCDE

The scanned data when <ESC>4 will be "\001111ABCDE" ( '\' may differ depending on scanner
settings).
1) <ESC>4 means FLG(4). The succeeding "1111"(4 digits) will be treated as ECI data.
2) Since it is short by 2 digits, 0 is padded in the beginning to make it "\001111".
• The message ID is enabled only when it is separated to print after automatic setting with
"Number of symbols for structured append" with specifying "Append structured blocks".

246
Aztec Code Table

S I S O
b8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
b7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
b6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
b5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 b3 b2 b1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P ｀ p
0 0 0 1 1 ! 1 A Q a q
0 0 1 0 2 ” 2 B R b r
0 0 1 1 3 # 3 C S c s
0 1 0 0 4 $ 4 D T d t
0 1 0 1 5 % 5 E U e u
0 1 1 0 6 & 6 F V f v
0 1 1 1 7 ’ 7 G W g w
1 0 0 0 8 ( 8 H X h x
1 0 0 1 9 ) 9 I Y i y
1 0 1 0 A * : J Z j z
1 0 1 1 B + ; K [ k {
1 1 0 0 C , < L ＼ l
1 1 0 1 D - = M ] m }
1 1 1 0 E . > N ^ n ~
1 1 1 1 F / ? O _ o DEL

Data n Data n+1

FNC1 1BH 30H
ECI 1BH 31H to 36H

Aztec code is settable within the range (00H – FFH).

To set 1BH, specify [1BH,1BH]
To set FNC1, specify [1BH, 30H].
Parent topic 2D Code

247
 [ESC+BQ] QR Code (Compatible command)

Hexadecimal code ESC BQ Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<51>16 Manual setup: abcc,

(ddeeff,)g(hhhh)n
Auto setup: abcc,(ddeeff,)gn

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between The set parameter becomes invalid.

items

[Function]
Specifying QR code.

[Format]
[Manual setup] <BQ>abcc,(ddeeff,)g(hhhh)n
[Auto setup] <BQ>abcc,(ddeeff,)0n
• Parameter
a [Error correction level]
1 : 7% High density level (L)
2 : 15% Standard level (M)
3 : 30% High reliability level (H)
4 : 15% High reliability level (Q)
b [Concatenation mode]
0 : Normal mode
1 : Concatenation mode
c [Size of one side of cell]
Valid Range : 01 to 99 (dot)
e.x.) cc=04
4 dots

Feed direction
4 dots

d [No. of partitions by concatenation mode]

Valid range : 01 to 16
e [Sequential number partitioned by concatenation mode]
Valid range : 01 to 16
f [Concatenation mode parity data]
Valid range : 00 to FF
g [Character mode]
0 : Auto setup mode
1 : Number mode
2 : Alphanumeric mode
3 : Binary mode
4 : Kanji mode
h [No. of data]
Valid range : 0001 to 7366 (dot)
n [Print data] = Data

248
[Coding Example]
Error correction level: 30%, Concatenation mode: Normal, Size of one side of cell: 10
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BQ>3010,112345
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Carry out XOR logic operation of all the partitioned print data of the QR code and then, specify
this operation data in hexadecimal character. This is what we call [Parity data].
• When character mode is set to other than binary mode, it is not necessary to set data number
parameter.

[Precautions during use]

• This is the command of MB2i series. Recommend the use of <2D31>.

249
QR Code data size list (Model 1)

Error Alpha- Error Alpha-

Version Correction Numeric numeric Kanji Binary Version Correction Numeric numeric Kanji Binary

1 L 40 24 10 17 10 L 690 418 177 287

M 33 20 8 14 M 526 319 135 219
21×21 Q 25 15 6 11 57×57 Q 433 262 111 180
H 16 10 4 7 H 291 176 74 121
2 L 81 49 20 34 11 L 800 485 205 333
M 66 40 17 28 M 608 368 156 253
25×25 Q 52 31 13 22 61×61 Q 493 299 126 205
H 33 20 8 14 H 342 207 87 142
3 L 131 79 33 55 12 L 915 555 234 381
M 100 60 25 42 M 694 421 178 289
29×29 Q 81 49 20 34 65×65 Q 579 351 148 241
H 52 31 13 22 H 390 236 100 162
4 L 186 113 48 78 13 L 1030 624 264 429
M 138 84 35 58 M 790 479 202 329
33×33 Q 114 69 29 48 69×69 Q 656 398 168 273
H 76 46 19 32 H 454 275 116 189
5 L 253 154 65 106 14 L 1167 707 299 486
M 191 116 49 80 M 877 531 225 365
37×37 Q 157 95 40 66 73×73 Q 738 447 189 307
H 105 63 27 44 H 498 302 127 207
6 L 321 194 82 134
M 249 151 64 104
41×41 Q 201 122 51 84
H 133 81 34 56
7 L 402 244 103 168
M 311 188 80 130
45×45 Q 253 154 65 106
H 167 101 43 70
8 L 493 299 126 206
M 378 229 97 158
49×49 Q 301 183 77 126
H 203 123 52 85
9 L 585 354 150 244
M 441 267 113 184
53×53 Q 369 223 94 154
H 239 145 61 100

250
QR Code (Numeric mode) Code table

251
QR Code (Alphanumeric mode) Code table

252
QR Code (Binary mode) Code table

QR Code can specify from 00H to 7FH, and from A0H to DFH.

253
QR Code (Kanji mode) Code table

254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
Parent topic 2D Code

273
 [ESC+BV] MaxiCode (Compatible command)

Hexadecimal code ESC BV Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<56>16 a,b,c,ddddddddd,eee,fff,n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between The set parameter becomes invalid.

items

[Function]
Specifying MaxiCode.

[Format]
<BV>a,b,c,ddddddddd,eee,fff,n...n
• Parameter
a [Symbol number] = Valid Range : 1 to 8
b [Number of symbol digit] = Valid Range : 1 to 8
c [Mode]
2 : Transportation only
3 : Transportation only
4 : Standard symbol
6 : Reader programing
d [Postal code] = Valid Range : 0 to 999999999 (Mode 2)
000000 to 999999 (Mode 3)
* Mode 2: Max 9 digits (Numeric only)
* Mode 3: Fixed 6 digits (Capital alphabet)
e [Country code] = Valid Range : 001 to 999
f [Service class] = Valid Range : 001 to 999
n [Low priority message] = Alphanumeric/Symbol

Mode Service class Country code Postal code Maximum print data

Numeric only Alphanumeric

2 Fixed 3 digits Fixed 3 digits Max. 9 digits 123 84

(Numeric only) (Numeric only)
3 Fixed 6 digits
(Alphanumeric)

4 Omission 138 93

[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BV>1,1,2,123456789,001,002,SAHTHA
<Q>2
<Z>

274
[Supplementary Explanation]
• Size of MaxiCode are not changed by number of data for printing.
• If parameter that is not described above is used, or number of print data does not match,
symbol is not printed.
• When specifying mode 4 and mode 6, number of print data must be specified over 12. When
number of print data is specified less than 11, scanner cannot read printed MaxiCode.

[Precautions during use]

• This is the command of MB2i series. Recommend the use of <2D20>.

MaxiCode Code table

MaxiCode can specify from 1H to FFH.

Parent topic 2D Code

275
 [ESC+BK] PDF417 (Compatible command)

Hexadecimal code ESC BK Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<4B>16 aabbcddeeffffg...g(,h)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between The set parameter becomes invalid.

items

[Function]
Specifying PDF417.

[Format]
<BK>aabbcddeeffffg...g(,h)
• Parameter
a [Minimum module width] = Valid range : 01 to 27 dots
b [Minimum module height] = Valid range : 01 to 72 dots
c [Security level] = Valid range : 0 to 8
d [No. of data code words per digit]
Valid range : 01 to 30
00 : Automatic (Width varies depending on the No. of data specified)
e [Digit No. per symbol]
Valid range : 03 to 90
00 : Automatic (Height varies depending on the No. of data specified)
f [Digit No. of data] = Valid data : 0001 to 2681
g [Print data] = Data
h [PDF code type]
When omitted : PDF417
T : Truncated scale
M : Micro PDF

[Coding Example]
Minimum module width: 03 dots, Minimum module height: 09 dots, Security level: 3, Number of data
codewords per line: 03, Digit Number of line per symbol: 18
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BK>0309303180010PDF1234567
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Minimum module width can be set to 01 and 02; however, this may not be read properly.
• 01, 02, and 03 are designable for Minimum module height however; it may cause a reading
problem.
• When d=e=00, aspect ratio will be at 1:2 based on the number of print data.
• When specifying security level high, parameter d or e should have large number.
• Maximum number of digit of data is 2,681, but it varies depending on Minimum module size,
Security level and type of print data.

276
 • When parameter d and e does not match number of data, print may not be performed properly.
• When Micro PDF is specified by PDF type, number per symbol is specified by number of data
codeword per line, and accordingly maximum number of data digit is specified. For details, refer
to "Symbol size and number of data" below.
• When specifying Micro PDF by PDF code type, security level is disabled.

[Point]
• Sequential number is not available.
• Specifying print position by automatic line feed is not available.
• Print 00H to FFH is available.
• Format registration is available.
• Enlarging minimum module size improves print quality.
• Increasing security level improves read rate.
• Print height varies depending on the character such as numeric only, alphabet only or mixture of
numeric and alphabets.

[Precautions during use]

• This is the command of MB2i series. Recommend the use of <2D10>.
* Symbol size of Micro PDF417 is following 34 types in the table below.
[Symbol size and number of data of MicroPDF417 ]

Symbol size Maximum number of data

Cols(c) Rows(d) Alphabet (A to Z) Numeric Binary mode

1 11 6 8 3

14 12 17 7

17 18 26 10

20 22 32 13

24 30 44 18

28 38 55 22

2 8 14 20 8

11 24 35 14

14 36 52 21

17 46 67 27

20 56 82 33

23 64 93 38

26 72 105 43

3 6 10 14 6

8 18 26 10

10 26 38 15

12 34 49 20

15 46 67 27

277
 Symbol size Maximum number of data

Cols(c) Rows(d) Alphabet (A to Z) Numeric Binary mode

20 66 96 39

26 90 132 54

32 114 167 68

38 138 202 82

44 162 237 97

4 4 14 20 8

6 22 32 13

8 34 49 20

10 46 67 27

12 58 85 34

15 76 111 45

20 106 155 63

26 142 208 85

32 178 261 106

38 214 313 128

44 250 366 150

• Mix of Alphabet (Capital letter, small letter), Numeric and Control code varies depending on
number of combined characters.

278
PDF417 Code table

PDF417 can specify from 00H to FFH.

Parent topic 2D Code

279
 [ESC+BX] DataMatrix (ECC200) (Compatible command)

Hexadecimal code ESC BX Parameter

<1B>16 <42>16<58>16 aabbccddeeefffghh

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between The set parameter becomes invalid.

items

[Function]
Specifying DataMatrix (ECC200).

[Format] (Setup part)

<BX>aabbccddeeefffghh
• Parameter
a [Format ID]
Valid Range : 01 (Fixed)
b [Error correction level]
Valid Range : 20 (Fixed)
c [Cell width]
Valid Range : 01 to 99 (dot per cell)
d [Cell pitch]
Valid Range : 01 to 99 (dot per cell)
e [Number of cells per line]
Valid Range : 010 to 144
000 : (Auto setup)
f [Number of cell lines]
Valid Range : 008 to 414
000 : (Auto setup)
g [Mirror image]
Valid Range : 0 (Fixed)
h [Size of guide cell]
Valid Range : 01 (Fixed)

[Supplementary Explanation]
• 01 and 02 are designable for [Cell width] and [Cell Pitch]; however, they may not be read
properly. In this case, 00 will be an error.
• If 000 is specified for both [No. of cells per line] and [Number of cell lines], optimum matrix size
is set automatically based on the Number of data.

[Precautions during use]

• This is the command of MB2i series. Recommend the use of <2D50>.
Parent topic 2D Code

280
 [ESC+DC] DataMatrix (ECC200) Data Specify (Compatible
command)

Hexadecimal code ESC DC Parameter

<1B>16 <44>16<43>16 n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between The set parameter becomes invalid.

items

[Function]
Specifying data for DataMatrix (ECC200).

[Format] (Data specification part)

<DC>n...n
• Parameter
n [Print data] = Data

[Coding Example]
Cell width: 02, Cell pitch: 02, Number of cells per line: 000 (Auto setup), Number of cell lines: 000
(Auto setup), Print data: 1234567890
<A>
<V>100<H>200
<BX>01200202000000001
<DC>1234567890
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• DataMatrix (ECC200) can specify from 00H to FFH except for printer control code of 05H, 10H,
11H, 18H, 1BH. When specifying control code for data, use DataMatrix<2D50>.

Data format Number of data

Data format Numeric 3116

Alphanumeric 2335

Binary (00H to FFH) 1556

* Value in above table shows the maximum number of data that can be specified as barcode data.

[Precautions during use]

• This is the command of MB2i series. Recommend the use of <2D50>.
Parent topic 2D Code

281
 [ESC+FX] DataMatrix (ECC200) Sequential Number
(Compatible command)

Hexadecimal code ESC FX Parameter

<1B>16 <46>16<58>16 aaabcccdddeee

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between The set parameter becomes invalid.

items

[Function]
Specifying sequential number for DataMatrix.

[Format] (Sequential number part)

<FX>aaabcccdddeee
• Parameter
a [Number of duplication to print]
Valid Range : 001 to 999
b [Flag of increase and decrease]
+ : Increment
- : Decrement
c [Number of increase and decrease]
Valid Range : 001 to 999
d [Specification of digit position]
Valid Range : 001 to 999
e [Number of digit]
Valid Range : 001 to 999

[Coding Example]
Number of duplication to print: 001, Flag of increase and decrease: +, Number of increase and
decrease: 001, Digit position: 005, Number of digit: 003
<A>
<V>100<H>200
<FX>001+001005003
<BX>01100202000000001
<DC>00006000
<Q>2
<Z>

[Precautions during use]

• This is the command of MB2i series. Recommend the use of <2D50>.

282
GS1 DataMatrix (ECC200) Code table (<DC>)

GS1 DataMatrix (ECC200) can specify from 00H to FFH except for printer control code of 05H, 10H,
11H, 18H, 1BH.
When specifying 7EH, specify [7EH, 7EH].
Parent topic 2D Code

283
 [ESC+QV] QR code version

Hexadecimal code ESC QV Parameter

<1B>16 <51>16<56>16 aa

Initial value aa=00

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is
made.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes a default value in the next
item <A>.

[Function]
Specifying any QR code version can print the code with fixed cell size.
When not specified, it becomes the auto setting.

[Format]
<QV>aa
• Parameter
a [Version number]
Valid range : 00 to 40
(Specifying this range does not become a parameter error.
An error may arise for some QR code types, while analyzing the image.)

Print valid MODE1 : 00 to 14 (00: Auto setting)

MODE2 : 00 to 40 (00: Auto setting)
MicroQR : 00 to 04 (M1 to M4) (00: Auto setting)

[Coding Example 1]
MODEL 1, Error correction: H, Cell size font: 05, Manual setting, Normal mode, Version 14
<A>
<V>100<H>100 <2D31>,H,05,0,0
<QV>14
<DN>0011,0123456789X
<Q>1
<Z>

[Coding Example 2]
MODEL 2, Error correction: H, Cell size font: 05, Manual setting, Normal mode, Version 35
<A>
<V>100<H>100 <2D30>,H,05,0,0
<QV>35
<DN>0011,0123456789X
<Q>1
<Z>

284
[Coding Example 3]
MicroQR, Error correction: L, Cell size font: 05, Manual setting, Version M3
<A>
<V>100<H>100 <2D32>,L,05,0
<QV>3
<DN>005,01234
<Q>1
<Z>

[Supplemental Explanation]
• MODEL 1: up to 14, MODEL 2 up to 40, MicroQR: up to 4
The valid parameter range is from 0 to 40 and it varies depending on the QR code type.
• For MicroQR, 1 to 4 correspond with M1 to M4.
• Specifying <QV> 0 becomes Auto (Default: Compatible with the existing code).
• Sending the data exceeding the data size of specified version will result in error and QR code
will not be printed.
• Specify the <QV> command in between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>.
• It does not affect other than QR code.
• When resulted in a parameter error, it will be handled in the same manner of no specification.

[About the version]

Refer to the specifications of QR code for details.
Refer to the QR code specification for details. Version 1: 21 x 21 cell, Version 2: 25 x 25 cell, …,
Version 40: 177 x 177 cell.
For MicroQR, M1 to M4 = 11 x 11 to 17 x 17 cell, smaller than MODEL 1/2.
Parent topic 2D Code

285
Graphic Command
[ESC+G]
Graphic Print
[ESC+GM]
BMP File Print
[ESC+GP]
PCX File Print

Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

[ESC+G] Graphic Print

Hexadecimal code ESC G Parameter

<1B>16 <47>16 abbbcccn...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying the print of graphic.

[Format]
<G>abbbcccn...n
• Parameter
a [Data specification by HEX and BIN]
H : Hex data
Specify graphic data as 2 characters of ASCII 0-F which is equal to 8 dots,
output it as hex code corresponding to ASCII.
B : Binary data
Specify graphic data as one byte of binary which is equal to 8 dots.
b [Specification of crosswise graphic area per byte] = Valid range: Refer to the table below.
c [Specification of lengthwise graphic area per byte] = Valid range: Refer to the table below.
n [Graphic data]

[Coding Example 1]
[H: HEX data] is specified for [Data specification by HEX and BIN]
[□] is printed with the below specification.
<A>
<V>50<H>50
<G>H001001<46463831383138313831383138314646>16
<Q>1
<Z>

[Coding Example 2]
[B: Binary data] is specified as [Data specification by HEX and BIN]
[□] is printed with the below specification.
<A>
<V>50<H>50
<G>B001001<FF818181818181FF>16
<Q>1

286
 <Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Specification of [B] has shorter program description than that of specification [H]; and, transfer
data length is 50 percent shorter. This could be advantage in data capacity.
• Specification of Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available.
• <L> command should be placed just before <G> command.
• When using rotation <%> and enlargement <L> commands at the same time, specify <%>
command before <L>.
• The crosswise maximum byte and lengthwise maximum byte are specified in the table below,
however, it is possible to specify up to 999 bytes to have compatibility with MB2i series.
The graphic data less than 2,937,600 bytes can be printed.
• The calculation of graphic data size is [crosswise maximum byte x lengthwise maximum byte x
8].

[Initial value of parameter and Valid Range]

Head density Crosswise max. bytes Lengthwise max. bytes

203 dpi 55 400

Parent topic Graphic Command

287
 [ESC+GM] BMP File Print

Hexadecimal code ESC GM Parameter

<1B>16 <47>16<4D>16 aaaaa,n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying the print of BMP file created by such as Image editing application.

[Format]
<GM>aaaaa,n...n
• Parameter
a [Total bytes of BMP file]
n [Data]

[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>50<H>50<GM>04500,<424D00...00>16
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Data is sent in binary data (Outputs 8-dot, one byte in binary all at once) (BMP file size = Total
byte size, BMP file data = data).
• When [Total bytes of BMP file] is not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of
malfunction.
• Total bytes are the file size displayed at [Property] and such.
• BMP file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing is not guaranteed. Also,
this command is not valid for BMP compressed file.
Make sure that the file extension is set to [BMP] before printing.
• Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available.
• Enlargement <L> should be placed just before this command.
• When using rotation <%> and enlargement <L> commands at the same time, specify <%>
command before <L>.
Parent topic Graphic Command

288
 [ESC+GP] PCX File Print

Hexadecimal code ESC GP Parameter

<1B>16 <47>16<50>16 aaaaa,n...n

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying the print of PCX file created by such as Image editing application.

[Format]
<GP>aaaaa,n...n
• Parameter
a [Total bytes of PCX file]
n [Data]

[Coding Example]
<A>
<V>50<H>50<GP>04500,XXXXXXXXXXXX
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Data is sent in binary data (Outputs 8-dot, one byte in binary all at once) (PCX file size = Total
byte size, PCX file data = data).
• If [Total bytes of PCX file] is not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of
malfunction.
• Total bytes are the file size displayed at [Property] and such.
• PCX file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing will not be performed due
to command error. Also, this command is not valid for PCX compressed file.
Make sure that the file extension is set to [PCX] before printing.
• Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available.
• Enlargement <L> should be placed just before this command.
• When using rotation <%> and enlargement <L> commands at the same time, specify <%>
command before <L>.
Parent topic Graphic Command

289
System Command
[ESC+CS]
Print Speed
[ESC+#F]
Print Darkness
[ESC+#E]
MB2i
Print
command)
series
Darkness
compatible
(
[ESC+A1]
Media Size
[ESC+A3]
Base Reference Point
[ESC+EP]
Print End Position
[ESC+*]
Memory Clear
[ESC+@]
Offline
[ESC+C]
Reprint
[ESC+E]
Auto Line Feed
[ESC+PG]
(MB2i
Designation
series compatible
of Registration
command)
on Printer Motion
[ESC+PO]
Offset
[ESC+IG]
Sensor Type
[ESC+PM]
Print mode
[ESC+KM]
Mincho (Kanji)
[ESC+KG]
Gothic (Kanji)
[ESC+CE]
European code page
[ESC+TK]
Forced Tear Off
[ESC+TW]
Option Waiting Time
[ESC+CL]
Delete CR/LF

Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

[ESC+CS] Print Speed

Hexadecimal code ESC CS Parameter

<1B>16 <43>16<53>16 aa

Initial value Refer to the table below.

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Specifying the speed of printing.

[Format]
<CS>aa
• Parameter
a [Print speed] = Refer to the table below.

[Coding Example]
<A>
<CS>4
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Print speed value specified by the command or LCD is maintained.
• When operation mode is linerless cutter, the maximum speed will be 4 inches/sec, and initial
value will be 4 inches/seconds. No command error will occur when 5 inches/seconds and the
maximum value of each model is specified. In this case, no value will be set.

[Notes]
• If the value over valid range is specified, command error will occur and print speed will not be
changed.
• Use default set operation of the printer to set back the value to the initial one.

290
[Parameter Initial Value and Specified Range]

Head density Initial Parameter Valid Range Print speed corresponding

value [aa] to parameter

203 dpi 4 3,4,5,6 3: 3 (inch/s) 76.2 (mm/s)

4: 4 (inch/s) 101.6 (mm/s)
5: 5 (inch/s) 127.0 (mm/s)
6: 6 (inch/s) 152.4 (mm/s)

Parent topic System Command

291
 [ESC+#F] Print Darkness

Hexadecimal code ESC #F Parameter

<1B>16 <23>16<46>16 ab or aab

Initial value Refer to the table below.

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Specifies print darkness.

[Format]
<#F>ab
<#F>aab
• Parameter
a [Print darkness level specification]
1 ↑ Lightest
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 ↓ Darkest

b [Print darkness specification]

A to F (omissible)
This parameter is usually "A".
The parameter valid range differs depending on the model. (Refer to the table below)

[Coding Example]
<A>
<#F>5A
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Print darkness value specified by the command or LCD is maintained.

[Notes]
• If the value over valid range is specified, command error will occur and print darkness will not be
changed.
• Initial value is settable by default setting operation of the printer.

292
[Print darkness level range]

Initial value Parameter valid range When setting outside of valid range

5 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Command error will occur when other values than parameter

valid range in the left is specified.

[Print darkness range]

Initial value Parameter valid range When setting outside of valid range

A A From B to F are reserved. The same darkness as A.

Print darkness other than from A to F will be replaced with A.
(It will not be a command error.)

Parent topic System Command

293
 [ESC+#E] Print Darkness (MB2i series compatible command)

Hexadecimal code ESC #E Parameter

<1B>16 <23>16<45>16 ab

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Specifies print darkness.

[Format]
<#E>ab
• Parameter
a [Print darkness level specification]
1 ↑ Lightest
2
3
4
5 ↓ Darkest

b [Print darkness specification]

A to F (omissible)
This parameter is usually "A".
The parameter valid range differs depending on the model. (Refer to the table below)

[Coding Example]
<A>
<#E>3A
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Print darkness value specified by the command.

[Notes]
• This command is for the compatibility with MB2i series. The print darkness level obtained by
DC2+PB, and the print darkness level on the display screen becomes twice the value set by this
command.

[Print darkness level range]

Head Parameter valid range When setting outside of valid range

density

203 dpi 1,2,3,4,5 Command error will occur when other values than parameter
valid range in the left is specified.

294
[Print darkness range]

Parameter valid range When setting outside of valid range

A From B to F are reserved. The same darkness as A.

Print darkness other than from A to F will be replaced with A. (It will not be a
command error.)

Parent topic System Command

295
 [ESC+A1] Media Size

Hexadecimal code ESC A1 Parameter

<1B>16 <41>16<31>16 aaaabbbb

VaaaaaHbbbb

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Specifying media size.

[Format]
<A1>aaaabbbb (A，B fixed) *Label size is less than 9999.
<A1>VaaaaaHbbbb (A，B variable)
• Parameter
a [Height of label] = Valid range: Refer to the table below.
b [Width of label] = Valid range: Refer to the table below.

[Valid Range]

Head density Width of label (dots) Height of label (dots)

203 dpi 1 to 440 1 to 8000

[Coding example 1]
Label length: 800 dots, label width: 640 dots
<A>
<A1>08000640
<Z>

[Coding example 2]
Label length: 800 dots, label width: 640 dots
<A>
<A1>V800H640
<Z>

[Coding example 3]
Label length: 1200 dots, label width: 40 dots
<A>
<A1>12000040
<Z>

[Coding example 4]
Label length: 1200 dots, label width: 40 dots

296
 <A>
<A1>V1200H40
<Z>

[Coding example 5]
Label length: 11200 dots, label width: 240 dots
<A>
<A1>V11200H240
<Z>

297
[Supplementary Explanation]
• If using the label smaller than the head width, use this command for specifying the label size
and adjust the start point position corresponding to the label size.
• For specifying the label size, include the size of backing paper.
(Side alignment)
Start point
1
1

Label feed
100mm

direction
Label
800 dots
80 mm x100 mm

1249mm
80mm 9992dots
640 dots

167.5mm
1340 dots

(Center alignment)
Start point
1
1
Label feed

100mm
direction

Label
800dots
80mm×100mm

80mm 600mm
640dots 4800dots

112mm
896dots

Parent topic System Command

298
 [ESC+A3] Base Reference Point

Hexadecimal code ESC A3 Parameter

<1B>16 <41>16<33>16 VabbbbbHcdddd

Initial value a=+,b=00000,c=+,d=0000

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained. (with the start point
command correction)

The set parameter is maintained. (without the start point

correction)

Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Changing the start point coordinate in User mode of the printer (normally).

[Format]
<A3>VabbbbbHcdddd
• Parameter
a [Vertical start point correction sign] = +, -
b [Vertical start point correction (No. of dots)] = Refer to the table below
c [Horizontal start point correction sign] = +, -
d [Horizontal start point correction (No. of dots)] = Refer to the table below

[Coding Example]
<A>
<A3>V+10H+10
<Z>
Original start point

b
Feed direction

New start point

[Supplementary Explanation]
• If changing start point correction and being located outside of printing area, printing may not be
performed.
• When changing start point correction through multiple label formats, correction will affect all of
the formats.

299
NOTE:
• This command is effective prior to the User mode settings of printer LCD.
• The offset value specified by the start point correction <A3> with the start point correction sign is
not saved. Thus, the offset value specified by the <A3> command is maintained until the change
is made by the next <A3> or the power is off (See [Valid range and saving parameter]).
• The offset value specified by the <A3> command without the sign (+/-) is registered also in
the user mode of the printer LCD. Thus, the offset value specified by the <A3> command is
maintained even the power is off. However this is a format to be compatible with MB2i series.
Please specify the sign (+/-) in normal operation (See [Valid range and saving parameter]).

[Valid range and saving parameter]

Head density Horizontal start point Vertical start point

correction (dots) correction (dots)

203 dpi 0 to 300 0 to 300

Head density Horizontal start point Vertical start point Saving parameter
correction (dots) correction (dots)

203 dpi -300 to +300 -300 to +300 With (+/-) sign: Not saved
*1
Without (+/-) sign: Saved

*1 The setting "without sign" is only applicable to MB2i series. Please specify the sign (+/-) in normal operation .
Parent topic System Command

300
 [ESC+EP] Print End Position

Hexadecimal code ESC EP Parameter

<1B>16 <45>16<50>16 [,aaaaa]

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set command is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set command becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set command becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifying the label stop position in the sensor ignored mode.

[Format]
<EP>[,aaaaa]
• Parameter
a [print stop position] = Refer to the table below.

[Range of specification]

Head density Length of label(dots)

203 dpi 0 to 8000

[Coding Example]
<A>
<A1>14240832
<Z>
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XS>ABCD
<Q>2
<EP>
<Z>
Example) 8 dots/mm
Start point
1
1
Feed direction

Stop position without

command <EP> 1249mm

9992 dots
Feed direction

ABCD
Stop position with
command <EP>

104mm
832 dots

301
[Coding Sample 2]
<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XS>ABCD
<Q>2
<EP>,128
<Z>

Print stop position

Feed direction

ABCD

128 dots

Label stop position

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Use this command in the sensor invalid mode.
• Use this command in combination with Label Size <A1>.
• When you specify the parameter, the last position of printing + value specified in parameter will
be the stop position of label.
However, if last position of printing + position specified in parameter exceeds label length, the
size is truncated to label length.
• If you specify label size <A1> in Format Registration <YS> and Form Overlay Registration <&S>
make sure to specify Print End Position <EP> when you specify Format Call <YR> and Form
Overlay Call <&R>.
• The label stop position depends on the following combination. The table below shows which
commands will be adopted by the combination of <A1> ~ LCD setting items.

<A1> <EP> LCD Adopted Remarks

setting command
Without With item
parameter parameter

○ ○ - - <A1>

○ - ○ - <EP>

○ - - ○ LCD(Print End If you do not specify of the <EP>.

Position)

○ ○ - ○ <A1>

○ - ○ ○ <EP>

- ○ - - <A1> If after power ON, <A1> is designated

once.

LCD(Label If after power ON, <A1> is not specified

Length) even once.

- - ○ - <EP>

- - - ○ LCD(Print End If you do not specify of the <EP>.

Position)

- ○ - ○ <A1> If after power ON, <A1> is designated

once.

302
 <A1> <EP> LCD Adopted Remarks
setting command
Without With item
parameter parameter

LCD(Label If after power ON, <A1> is not specified

Length) even once.

- - ○ ○ <EP>

Parent topic System Command

303
 [ESC+*] Memory Clear

Hexadecimal code ESC * Parameter

<1B>16 <2A>16 a

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Clears print jobs and specific item in memory.

[Format]
<*>a
• Parameter
a Item to be cleared
Not specified : Single item buffer, Receive buffer, Edit buffer (reprint is not possible)
Multi item buffer, Receive buffer, Edit buffer (Clears job in parsing)
T : User defined characters
& : Form overlay
X : All clear
(Receive buffer, Edit buffer, User defined characters, form overlay)
Note the job, which is currently in progress, will not be cleared.

[Coding Example1] Clear receive and edit buffer

<A>
<*>
<Z>

[Coding Example2] All clear

<A>
<*>X
<Z>

[Coding Example3] Clear user-defined characters

<A>
<*>T
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Set this command between Start code <A> and Stop code <Z>.
• This command <*> (a=X) will clear all the data sent before the command. However, the data
which is completely parsed before the command will not be cleared. X will also clear user-
defined characters and form overlay.

304
[Notes]
• After the command <*> is executed, have an interval of more than 100 ms before sending next
print data.
• The job in printing will not be terminated by the command <*>.
Parent topic System Command

305
 [ESC+@] Offline

Hexadecimal code ESC @ Parameter

<1B>16 <40>16 Nil

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set command is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set command becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set command becomes invalid.

[Function]
Set printer offline.

[Format]
<@>

[Coding Example]
<A>
<@>
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Set this command between Start code<A> and Stop code<Z>.
• When this command is used at offline state, the printer goes offline when the printer status
becomes online next time.
Parent topic System Command

306
 [ESC+C] Reprint

Hexadecimal code ESC C Parameter

<1B>16 <43>16 Nil

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set command is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set command becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set command becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifies to reprint the last label.

[Format]
<C>

[Coding Example]
<A>
<C>
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Since the last print data will be cleared by powering off, reprint operation will not be available
after the printer rebooted.
• The forced tear-off command <TK> does not execute reprinting.

[Notes]
• In case the print data contains sequential numbering by command <F>, the same number will
be printed.
Parent topic System Command

307
 [ESC+E] Auto Line Feed

Hexadecimal code ESC E Parameter

<1B>16 <45>16 aaa

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifies amount of line spacing and CR (Line feed).

[Format]
<E>aaa
• Parameter
a [line spacing] = valid range : 0 to 999 dots

[Coding Example]
<A>
<E>10
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XM>ABCDE+CR
FGHIJ+CR
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• When CR (0DH) is specified, linefeed based on line pitch will be performed.
• Rotation command <%> can be used in combination with this command.
• The command <E> may be used in a job and change the line spacing as necessary.
• Specify this command before designating the consecutive print of 1-line.
• Specifying this command executes the line feed regardless of CR/LF deletion setting.
• Performing auto linefeed by the designation of CR (0DH), print start position of linefeed will be
determined based on the pitch specified with <E> and the value specified with Horizontal Print
Position <H> designated after <E>. In case that <H> is specified several times after <E>, return
position by CR (0DH) will be at the end of <H>.

308
[Print sample]
<A><E>0
<V>100<H>100
<XM>ABC
<V>100<H>150
<XM>ABC+CR
DEF
<Z>

Font data to specify the base Font data to specify the base
reference point reference point

<V>100<H>100<XM>ABC <V>100<H>150<XM>ABC+CR

Line Feed

ABC ABC
DEF
Font data include line feed

Parent topic System Command

309
 [ESC+PG] Designation of Registration on Printer Motion
(MB2i series compatible command)

Hexadecimal code ESC E Parameter

<1B>16 <50>16<47>16 abcdefghiiiijjjjkkkkllllmmmnnnooopppqrs

Initial value Refer to the table below

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Gives offset to media’s stop position on the fly.

[Format]
<PG>abcdefghiiiijjjjkkkkllllmmmnnnooopppqrs
• Parameter
Using ASCII code for parameter. For the detailed parameter, refer to the table below.

[Coding Example]
<A>
<PG><33 33 41 31 30 31 30 30 31 32 38 30 30 33 38 34 2B 30 30 31 2B 30 30
31 2B 30 30 2B 30 30 2B 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30>16
<Z>
Describing parameter value in ASCII code.
<30>16<30>16<02>16・・・・・<00>16

[Supplementary Explanation]
• This command is not necessary in the normal label printing operation.
• Operation settings specified with this command are still in effect after turning off the printer.
• The same setting are accessible from the printer setting tool.

310
[Note]
• This command is for MB2i series. Please use Language Common Command DC2+PA.
• It is required to validate PT compatible setting (COMP_PT_PG) at [SBPL] section of Language
Common Command DC2+PA to use this command.
Parameter

No. Item Explanation Digit Remarks

number

a Print speed 1: Max. 75 mm/sec 1

2: Max. 103 mm/sec

b Print darkness level 1: Lightest 1 *1

2: Light
3: Normal
4: Dark
5:Darkest

c Print darkness range A to C 1 *1

d Backfeed (Dispenser) 1: Motion 1 (Head position) 1

2: Motion 2 (Dispensing position)
3: No backfeed

Backfeed (Linerless) 1: Head position, no initial paper feed movement *2

2: Head position, with initial paper feed
movement
3: No backfeed, no initial paper feed movement

e Zero slash 0: Disable 1

1: Enable

f Kanji code 0: JIS code 1

1: Shift JIS code

g Initial feed 0: Disable 1

1: Enable

h Proportional pitch 0: Release of proportional pitch 1

1: Designation of proportional pitch

i Height of label 0001 to 1280 dots 4

j Width of label 0001 to 0384 dots (4 digits) 4

k Vertical start point 1st digit: +, - (4 digits) 4

correction 2nd to 4th digit: 000 to 300

l Horizontal start point 1st digit: +, - (4 digits) 4

correction 2nd to 4th digit: 000 to 300

m Label pitch offset 1st digit: +, - (3digits) 3 *3

2nd to 4th digit: 00 to 99

n Tear-off offset 1st digit: +, - (3digits) 3 *3

2nd to 4th digit: 00 to 99

o Dispenser offset 1st digit: +, - (3digits) 3 *3

2nd to 4th digit: 00 to 99

p Auto power off 000: No auto power off (3 digits) 3

311
 No. Item Explanation Digit Remarks
number

001 to 999 minutes

q Print mode 0 : Label printing mode (1digit) 1 *4

1 : Journal printing mode (mode 1) *5
2 : Dual-color Label printing mode
3 : Dual-color Journal printing mode
4 : Linerless label printing mode (mode 1)
5 : Journal printing mode (mode 2)
6 : Linerless label printing mode (mode 2)

r Print operation mode 0: Tear-off (1 digit) 1 *5

1: Continuous

s Sensor type 0: Reflective sensor (I-mark) (1 digit) 1 *5

1: See-thru sensor (Gap) *6

*1 The darkness level will be twice as what was set. For darkness, A will be applied for specifying either A, B or
C.

Value set with <PG> Value in PW

1A, 1B, 1C 2A

2A, 2B, 2C 4A

3A, 3B, 3C 6A

4A, 4B, 4C 8A

5A, 5B, 5C 10A

*2 The linerless behavior in PW2 will be limited only to "Head position, no initial feed movement". Therefore,
the printer works as "1: Head position, no initial feed movement" even if "2: Head position, with initial feed
movement" or "3: No backfeed, no initial feed movement" are set.
*3 The following table explains the behavior of each offset. (range of PT208e)

Range of PT208 (dots) Range of PW208m/PW208

Valid range with <PG> (dots)

Label pitch offset -40 to 99 -90 to 99

Tearoff offset -99 to 99 -99 to 99

Dispenser offset -40 to 99 -20 to 99

Note: If a value below -20 is set in dispenser offset, it will be replaced with the minimum range
of -20 for PW.
*4 Dual-color printing is out of specification for PW2. When you specify "2: Dual-color Label printing mode", the
printer will work as "0: Label printing mode", and when you specify "3: Dual-color Journal printing mode" it
will work as "1: Journal printing mode (mode 1)".
*5 The below is the table of combinations for the print mode, print operation mode and sensor type.

Configuration with <PG> Behavior of PW printer

q.Print mode r.Print s.Sensor type Print operation Sensor type

operation mode

0: Print label 0: Tear-off 0: I-Mark sensor Tear-off I-Mark sensor

2: Dual-color Label printing
1: Gap sensor Gap sensor

312
 Configuration with <PG> Behavior of PW printer

q.Print mode r.Print s.Sensor type Print operation Sensor type

operation mode

1: Continuous 0: I-Mark sensor Continuous I-Mark sensor

1: Gap sensor Gap sensor

4: Linerless printing - - Linerless I-Mark sensor

5: Dual-color linerless
printing
6:Linerless printing mode
(Motion 2)

1: Journal printing 0: Tear-off - Tear-off Sensor disabled

3: Dual-color journal printing
1: Continuous - Continuous Sensor disabled
mode

*6 The GAP sensor cannot be specified for PW208mNX. The old value stays instead.
Parent topic System Command

313
 [ESC+PO] Offset

Hexadecimal code ESC PO Parameter

<1B>16 <50>16<4F>16 abcc

Initial value a=0, b=+, cc=00

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Gives offset to media’s stop position on the fly.

[Format]
<PO>abcc
• Parameter
a Offset
1 : Dispenser
2 : Tear-off
3 : Continuous
4 : Linerless
b Offset direction
+ : Feed forward
- : Backward
c Amount of offset = Valid range : 00 to 99 (dot)

[Coding Example]
<A>
<PO>3+08
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• This command does not need to be set in normal printing.
• Please specify an appropriate value when the printing is off, which is unique for each printer.
Printer will not work properly if you do not specify appropriate value.
Parent topic System Command

314
 [ESC+IG] Sensor Type

Hexadecimal code ESC IG Parameter

<1B>16 <49>16<47>16 a

Initial value a=1

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Specifies the sensor type.

[Format]
<IG>a
• Parameter
a [Sensor type]
0 : Reflective (I-mark)
1 : Transmissive (Gap)
2 : Sensor disabled

[Coding Example]
<A>
<IG>1
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The setting by this command is normally not needed.
• The set parameter is maintained after turning off the printer.
• Do not use this command while printing operation as sensor may not work properly.
• Receiving print command after changing the sensor type executes printing after backfeed
except specifying the "ignore sensor" to the sensor type. Feed motion is not performed after
turning the printer's power off and then power on.
• When printer operation mode is set to [Dispense], the range will be available only in 0:
Reflective sensor (I-MARK), and 1: Transmissive sensor (GAP). There will be no command
error when 2:Ignore sensor is specified. In this case, no value will be set.
• When printer operation mode is set to [Linerless cutter], the range will be available only in
0: Reflective sensor (I-MARK) and 2: Ignore sensor. When 1: Transmissive sensor (GAP) is
specified, there will be no command error. In this case, no value will be set.
• No value will be set when 1: Transmissive sensor (GAP) is specified because PW208mNX does
not have any transmissive sensors (GAP).
Parent topic System Command

315
 [ESC+PM] Print mode

Hexadecimal code ESC PM Parameter

<1B>16 <50>16<4D>16 a

Initial value a=0

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Specifies print mode.

[Format]
<PM>a
• Parameter
a Print mode
0 : Continuous
1 : Tear-off
7 : Dispenser (head position)
8 : Dispenser (dispenser position)
C : Linerless (tear-off position)
D : Dispenser (no backfeed)

[Coding Example]
<A>
<PM>0
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• The valid print operation mode depends on printer model.

Model Specify print operation mode

PW208mNX Continuous, Tear-off, Linerless (tear-off position)

PW208NX Continuous, Tear-off, Dispenser (head position), Dispenser (dispenser position)

Linerless (tear-off position), Dispenser (no backfeed)

Printer does not shift to the specified print operation mode if anything other than the above is
specified.
• The below explains how each print operation mode works.
(0) Continuous
The printer stays still after printing.
(1) Tear-off
The media will be fed up to the tear-off edge after printed. Then the printer, after receiving next
print data, will back feed the next label to the print head position.
(7) Dispense (Head position)
Back feeds the labels to head position after dispensing.
(8) Dispense (Dispense position)

316
 The media will be fed up to the head position after data receiving and the label will be fed to the
dispense position after printing.
(C) Linerless cutter operation (tear-off position)
The media will be fed up to the head position after data receiving and the label will be fed to the
dispense position after printing.
(D) Dispense(No back feed)
No back feed.
• PW208mNX dispenser mode is set automatically when the cover is closed. (Printer will be set
to dispenser mode when you have the dispenser bar on the dispenser mode position) Backfeed
motion needs to be set if you specify dispenser with this command.
Parent topic System Command

317
 [ESC+KM] Mincho (Kanji)

Hexadecimal code ESC KM Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<4D>16 Nil

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Sets Kanji font style to Mincho.

[Format]
<KM>

[Coding Example]
<A>
<KM>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304
<K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B
<KG>
<V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0304
<K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• This command can be used more than once in single item.
Parent topic System Command

318
 [ESC+KG] Gothic (Kanji)

Hexadecimal code ESC KG Parameter

<1B>16 <4B>16<47>16 Nil

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Sets Kanji font style to Gothic.

[Format]
<KG>

[Coding Example]
<A>
<KG>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304
<K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B
<KG>
<V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0304
<K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B
<Q>2
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• This command can be used more than once in single item.
Parent topic System Command

319
 [ESC+CE] European code page

Hexadecimal code ESC CE Parameter

<1B>16 <43>16<45>16 a...a(,b)

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Specify the European code page to be used.

[Format]
<CE>a...a(,b)
• Parameter
a [Code page name] = Valid range : refer to the [Code page parameter] in the next page.
b [Code page setting maintain] = Valid range : P (fixed)
Specify [P] to retain selected code page. (omissible)
When omitted, the selected code page is not retained.

[Coding Example1] Win 1253 setting

<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<CE>1253<XU>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Coding Example1] DOS 855 setting

<A>
<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<CE>855<XU>ABCDE
<Q>2
<Z>

[Code page parameter]

Parameter a Official name Supplemental explanation

858 DOS 858 Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro character

Default Code page proprietary to SATO.

88591 ISO 8859/1 ISO 8859-1 Latin 1

88592 ISO 8859/2 ISO 8859-2 Latin 2

88599 ISO 8859/9 ISO 8859-9 Latin 5

850 DOS 850 Latin 1 Multilingual

852 DOS 852 Latin 2

855 DOS 855 Cyrillic

857 DOS 857 Turkish

320
 Parameter a Official name Supplemental explanation

737 DOS 737 Greek

866 DOS 866 Cyrillic II

1250 Win 1250 Central Europe

1251 Win 1251 Cyrillic

1252 Win 1252 Western Latin 1

1253 Win 1253 Greek

1254 Win 1254 Turkish

1257 Win 1257 Baltic

869 IBM 869 IBM 869 Greek

201 X0201 Japanese X0201

UTF-8 UTF-8 Unicode encoding in UTF-8

[Code page support font]

Following bitmap fonts are extended for supporting European code page.

Font name Size Font type

U 5x9 Helvetica

S 8x15 Universal Condensed

M 13x20 Universal Condensed

WB 18x30 Universal

WL 28x52 Sans Serif Bold

XU 5x9 Helvetica

XS 17x17 Universal Condensed Bold

XM 24x24 Universal Condensed Bold

XB 48x48 Universal Condensed Bold

XL 48x48 Universal

Refer to the European code page specification for the print character set.
Parent topic System Command

321
 [ESC+TK] Forced Tear Off

Hexadecimal code ESC TK Parameter

<1B>16 <54>16<4B>16 Nil

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Executes Tear off compulsory.

[Format]
<TK>

[Coding Example]
<A>
<TK>
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• This command can be specified only in Tear off mode.
• With this command, the printer executes Tear off motion without waiting the time set by
command <ESC+TW>. If the next data is received before Tear off motion, Tear off is executed
compulsory.
• This command cannot be used in combination with other commands. Please send the
command independently.

[Notes]
• This command can be used to shorten print time set at Option Waiting Time, if it is sure that
there is no following item.
Parent topic System Command

322
 [ESC+TW] Option Waiting Time

Hexadecimal code ESC TW Parameter

<1B>16 <54>16<57>16 aaa

Initial value aaa = 000

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Specifies waiting time for optional device.

[Format]
<TW>aaa
• Parameter
aaa [Waiting time] = Valid range : 000, 005 to 200 (unit: 100ms)

[Coding Example] (waiting time = 1.5 seconds)

<A>
<TW>015
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• This command specifies, in Tear-off mode, the waiting time between print completion and Tear-
off motion.
• The set parameter becomes valid soon after receiving the command and will be retained after
power off.
Parent topic System Command

323
 [ESC+CL] Delete CR/LF

Hexadecimal code ESC CL Parameter

<1B>16 <43>16<4C>16 a

Initial value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

Valid range between items The set parameter is valid until the next valid setting.

[Function]
Deletes CR/LF included in print commands.

[Format]
<CL>a
• Parameter
a [Delete CR/LF]
0 : Do not delete CR/LF
1 : Deletes CR/LF

[Coding Example]
<A>
<CL>1
<Z>

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> with this command
for use.
• This command cannot be used in combination with other commands.
Parent topic System Command

324
Intelligent Command
[ESC+IK]
Label Feed Control

Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

[ESC+IK] Label Feed Control

Hexadecimal code ESC IK Parameter

<1B>16 <49>16<4B>16 a(,bbbb)

Initial Value Nil

Valid range and term of When the power is OFF The set parameter is not maintained.
command
Valid range within items The set parameter becomes invalid.

Valid range between items The set parameter becomes invalid.

[Function]
Feeding forward or backward for the specified number of labels.

[Format]
<IK>a(,bbbb)
• Parameter
a [Feed direction]
0 : Forward feed
1 : Backfeed
b [Number of label feed]
Valid Range : Refer to the table described below. (Omissible only for forward feed.)
Feeds one label when omitting this parameter.

[Coding Example1]
When 120 dots feeding forward the media
<A>
<IK>0,120
<Z>

Head position

Before receiving command (1) (2) (3)

Command received

After receiving command (1) (2) (3)

Feeds 120 dots to forward direction

325
 When print data is received without returning to the original position with <IK>1,120, printing will start
from the current stop position.

[Coding Example2]
When feeding one label
<A>
<IK>0
<Z>
Head position

Before receiving command (1) (2) (3)

Command received

(1) (2) (3)

After receiving command

Feeds one label

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> with this command.
When specifying this command with the same item as print data, the command will be ignored.
• When setting [Label feed direction] to [1: Backfeed], length of label feed needs to be checked. If
this length is very long, it may cause overlapped prints or label may fall off the platen and result
in detection error as paper-end.
• When omitting [No. of label feed] in forward feed, printer motion will be similar to label feed
motion when pressing the FEED key in offline state.
• Label feed motion with this command will be activated at the time of online.
• When omitting [No. of label feed] in backfeed, label feed will not be performed due to command
error.
• When the specified feed value is outside of valid range, printing will not be performed due to
command error.
• Actual feed distance may be different from the set value according to the individual difference of
each printer, supplies and operating environment. Recommend to adjust the feed value before
operation.
• In cutter and dispenser mode, do not attempt to backfeed right after cutting and dispensing
label.
• Printer always feeds 20 mm of label using <IK>0 (omit the amount of feeding label) when
sensor is set to disabled.

[Valid Range]

Head density Media feed direction Media feed direction

= Forward direction = Backward direction
feed length (dots) feed length (dots)

203 dpi 20 to 1600 20 to 100

Parent topic Intelligent Command

326
Common commands for all languages
The common commands are the commands independent from the applications such as SBPL,
SZPL.
The common specifications of the common command for all languages will be described as follows.
• The structure begins from [DC2]<12>16 and two characters follow it.
• When the two characters follow [DC2] are not the common commands, nothing will be returned
and the data after that will be ignored.
• The command to specify the data size will wait the data until the data size satisfies the specified
size and no data will be returned.
• When initializing the printer, turning the printer's power off and updating the printer, [NAK]<15>16
will be returned. However, the cancel request command can be received.
• It runs after resuming from power-save mode when the printer is in power-saving mode or
resuming from power-save mode, and returns [ACK]<06>16 or [NAK]<15>16. However, the reset
command and the power off command and the cancel request command can be received.
• The common commands cannot be used when the printer is set to the non-standard mode.
[DC2+PA]
Printer setting command
[DC2+PB]
Printer setting information acquisition
[DC2+PC]
Printer device information acquisition
[DC2+PD]
Each sensor information acquisition
[DC2+PG]
Printer status information acquisition
[DC2+PH]
Cancel request
[DC2+PI]
Application change
[DC2+DB]
Initialization
[DC2+DC]
Reset
[DC2+DD]
Power OFF
[DC2+DE]
File download
[DC2+DF]
File name information acquisition
[DC2+DG]
File information acquisition
[DC2+DH]
File deletion

Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

327
 [DC2+PA] Printer setting command

Command DC2 PA Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <50>16<41>16 a...a,bb,c...c,d...d,(,ee,f...f,g...g,h...h,i...i)...

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power The set parameter is maintained.
command
Valid range The set parameter is valid until the next setting.

Printer operation in The command cannot be received during the printer

progress operation. ([NAK] return)

Error Commands cannot be received even if an error is

occurring. ([NAK] return)

[Function]
These are commands to save printer settings.

[Format]
DC2(12H) + PA,a...a,bb,c...c,d...d,(,ee,f...f,g...g,h...h)...
Data sample)
[PA], PA,87,CA,35,SPEED:2
LABELV:12345
LABELH:456
,SB,39,ZEROSLASH:0
SHOTAI:0
PROPORTIONAL:0

[Parameters]

Symbol Parameter name Valid range Acquisition method

a Total number of data in bytes 0 to 524277 Acquire until ","

* Total number of data in bytes after
parameter "b". Does not include the comma
in between parameter "a" and "b".

b(e...) Identifier CA: Common settings Acquire fixed two-

CB: Notification system character

IL: LAN settings

IU: USB settings
IW: WLAN settings
IB: Bluetooth settings
IN: NFC settings
* IN is only for PW208NX/
PW208mNX.

SB: SBPL setting

SZ: SZPL settings
SP: SPOS settings
(reserve)

328
 Symbol Parameter name Valid range Acquisition method

SC: SCPL settings

(reserve)

c(f...) Data size of settings in bytes 0 to 524277 Acquire until ","

* The size of setting information is equivalent
to the bytes by section from parameter d.
The comma in between the sections is not
included.

d(g...) Setting data Refer to the table of Data sized of setting

* text format [Setting data] below. information

* Items that need to be encrypted to perform

encryption

[Setting data format]

"Name of setting item" + ":" + "Setting data" + "Line feed(0DH, 0AH)"
h...h:i...i[CR][LF](j...j:k...k[CR][LF])...

[Setting data]

Symbol Parameter Valid range Acquisition method

name

h(j ...) Setting item See Settings Table Valid until ":"

i(k ...) Setting data See Settings Table Valid until "[CR][LF]"

Data sample)
SPEED:4
LEVEL:5

[Return data format (normal)]

[ACK]<06>16

[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]

[NAK]<15>16

[Exception processing]

Parameter name Exception condition

A value outside the The specified size and

range is specified received size are different

Total number of data in bytes Command Error Command Error

*1 *2

Identifier Invalid identifier (skip) Command Error

Data size of settings in bytes Command Error Command Error

*3

Setting item Invalid setting item (skip)

Setting data Invalid setting item (skip)

*1 If the data size from the first identifier (bb) to the last data item does not match the data size of setting
information, and the data size calculated from the format, a command error will occur.
*2 However, nothing will be returned until receiving the number of data equals to the total number of data bytes.

329
 *3 If the data during the receipt of the setting information data size from the beginning of the setting information
data is not ",", a command error occurs.

Terminology Description

Command Error All items are not set. The data received after a command error is determined is
not considered as a parameter of this command.

Invalid identifier The corresponding setting information data (data equivalent to the succeeding
setting information data size) is ignored.

Invalid item The data of one item (data up to [CR] [LF]) is ignored.

[Supplementary information]
• If the sum of the total data size and configuration information data size does not match, an error
will occur and they will not be set.
• If the data size of settings and data size of actual settings do not match, an error will occur and
the value will not be set.
• Setting for each identifier and setting item can be omitted.
• Setting for each identifier and setting item can be in random order.
• When re-setting a setting with same identifier, the last value that was set will be enabled.
• If the value in setting was out of range, then the setting item will have an error and will be
skipped.
• No malfunction will occur when a character string with the same name as the setting item was
set.
e.g.) When you set "DeviceName" as setting value for the setting item named "DeviceName".
• Do not send this command when the printer is printing. Use this command in the standby status.

[Setting saving function]

This command proceeds the setting when the item name and the setting value were specified
basically. However, the problem may occur when the setting data are set in order of receiving the
data because the setting item can be omitted and set in random order. These items will be saved
firstly and set after all the received data were analyzed.
The target items and their setting process are described as follows.

Target item Setting process

[PRINTER] Time zone The time zone must be set firstly because the time difference
[PRINTER] Date calculated from the local time is necessary for setting the date and
time.
[PRINTER] Time

[PRINTER] Main port Settings of the main port and sub-port cannot be duplicated, and the
[PRINTER] Sub port duplicated code will be ignored.

[BLUETOOTH] ISI • When "ISI" is smaller than "ISW", it is not set.

[BLUETOOTH] ISW • There is a function that when "0" is set to both "ISI" and "ISW", Bluetooth
[BLUETOOTH] PSI module does not respond to the search. Regarding this function, to avoid
conflicting settings, setting it under following condition.
[BLUETOOTH] PSW
ISI ISW Process

="0" ="0" Set

≠"0" Do not set

≠"0" ="0" Do not set

330
 Target item Setting process

ISI ISW Process

≠"0" Set

• When "PSI" is smaller than "PSW", it is not set.

[BLUETOOTH] Delete pairing There are 10 paring information and they are arrayed. You cannot
information delete them one by one because the deleted area is filled with next
data and the number will be inconsistent. You can delete the data
when you know all the paring information to be deleted.

[SBPL] STX Each control code cannot be duplicated, and the duplicated code will
[SBPL] ETX be ignored.

[SBPL] ESC
[SBPL] ENQ
[SBPL] CAN
[SBPL] NULL
[SBPL] OFFLINE

[SZPL] Command Head Each control code cannot be duplicated, and the duplicated code will
[SZPL] Control head be ignored.

[SZPL] Delimiter

[Encryption of data]
The method for encryption shall be bit inversion plus conversion of binary to ASCII. Therefore there
will be twice as much data after encryption.
Table) Table of encryption code

Original Encrypted Original Encrypted Original Encrypted

Character code Character code Character code Character code Character code Character code
[HEX] (SJIS) [HEX] [HEX] (SJIS) [HEX] [HEX] (SJIS) [HEX]

Space 20 df 64 66 @ 40 bf 62 66 ` 60 9f 39 66

! 21 de 64 65 A 41 be 62 65 a 61 9e 39 65

" 22 dd 64 64 B 42 bd 62 64 b 62 9d 39 64

# 23 dc 64 63 C 43 bc 62 63 c 63 9c 39 63

$ 24 db 64 62 D 44 bb 62 62 d 64 9b 39 62

% 25 da 64 61 E 45 ba 62 61 e 65 9a 39 61

& 26 d9 64 39 F 46 b9 62 39 f 66 99 39 39

' 27 d8 64 38 G 47 b8 62 38 g 67 98 39 38

( 28 d7 64 37 H 48 b7 62 37 h 68 97 39 37

) 29 d6 64 36 I 49 b6 62 36 i 69 96 39 36

* 2A d5 64 35 J 4A b5 62 35 j 6A 95 39 35

+ 2B d4 64 34 K 4B b4 62 34 k 6B 94 39 34

, 2C d3 64 33 L 4C b3 62 33 l 6C 93 39 33

- 2D d2 64 32 M 4D b2 62 32 m 6D 92 39 32

. 2E d1 64 31 N 4E b1 62 31 n 6E 91 39 31

/ 2F d0 64 30 O 4F b0 62 30 o 6F 90 39 30

331
 Original Encrypted Original Encrypted Original Encrypted

Character code Character code Character code Character code Character code Character code
[HEX] (SJIS) [HEX] [HEX] (SJIS) [HEX] [HEX] (SJIS) [HEX]

0 30 cf 63 66 P 50 af 61 66 p 70 8f 38 66

1 31 ce 63 65 Q 51 ae 61 65 q 71 8e 38 65

2 32 cd 63 64 R 52 ad 61 64 r 72 8d 38 64

3 33 cc 63 63 S 53 ac 61 63 s 73 8c 38 63

4 34 cb 63 62 T 54 ab 61 62 t 74 8b 38 62

5 35 ca 63 61 U 55 aa 61 61 u 75 8a 38 61

6 36 c9 63 39 V 56 a9 61 39 v 76 89 38 39

7 37 c8 63 38 W 57 a8 61 38 w 77 88 38 38

8 38 c7 63 37 X 58 a7 61 37 x 78 87 38 37

9 39 c6 63 36 Y 59 a6 61 36 y 79 86 38 36

: 3A c5 63 35 Z 5A a5 61 35 z 7A 85 38 35

; 3B c4 63 34 [ 5B a4 61 34 { 7B 84 38 34

< 3C c3 63 33 \ 5C a3 61 33 | 7C 83 38 33

= 3D c2 63 32 ] 5D a2 61 32 } 7D 82 38 32

> 3E c1 63 31 ^ 5E a1 61 31 ~ 7E 81 38 31

? 3F c0 63 30 _ 5F a0 61 30

332
[A list of setting items]

[PRINTER] section

Name of Setting initial

Setting value Default Vale. R/W Contents of Setting item
item CA

SPEED "3": 3inches/sec 4 R/W ○ Print speed

"4": 4inches/sec <CS>
"5": 5inches/sec
"6": 6inches/sec
(Linerless : 3-4)
(Dispenser : 3-4)
LEVEL “1”: Darkness 1 5 R/W ○ Print darkness level
“2”: Darkness 2 <#F>
“3”: Darkness 3
“4”: Darkness 4
“5”: Darkness 5
“6”: Darkness 6
“7”: Darkness 7
“8”: Darkness 8
“9”: Darkness 9
“10”: Darkness 10
CONCENTRATION "A" A R/W ○ Print darkness
"B" <#F>
"C"
"D"
"E"
"F"
LABELV "1" to "8000"(dot) 1760 R/W ○ Vertical size of label

LABELH "1" to "440"(dot) 440 R/W ○ Horizontal size of label

PITCHOFFSET "-99" to "99"(dot) 0 R/W ○ Pitch offset

BASEV "-300" to "300"(dot) 0 R/W ○ Pitch offset

BASEH "-300" to "300"(dot) 0 R/W ○ Offset of vertical base reference point
<A3>
PRINT "0": Continuous 0 R/W ○ Offset of horizontal base reference
"1": Te ar-off point
"4": Linerless <A3>
PEEL "0": Motion 3 (No backfeed) 1 R/W ○ Dispenser motion
"1": Motion 1 (Thermal head (backfeed motion)
position) <PM>
"2": Motion 2 (Dispenser
position)
NONSEPA "2": Motion 2 (Dispenser 2 R/W ○ Linerless motion
position) (Backfeed motion)
<PM>
TEAR_OFFSET "-99" to "99" (dot) 0 R/W ○ Tear-off Offset adjust
<PO>
DISP_OFFSET "-99" to "99" (dot) 0 R/W ○ Dispenser Offset adjust
<PO>
TYPE "1": Direct thermal 1 R/W ○ Print method
<PH>
SENSOR PW208NX: PW208NX : 2 R/W ○ Sensor type
"0": Disable sensor PW208mNX : 0 <IG>
"1": GAP Sensor value of the active print mode.
"2": I-MARK
PW208mNX:
"0": Disable sensor
"2": I-MARK
(Continuous or Te ar-off :
0,1,2)
(Linerless : 0,2)
(Dispenser : 1,2)

333
[PRINTER] section

Name of Setting initial

Setting value Default Vale. R/W Contents of Setting item
item CA
PEND_TYPE PW208NX: 0 R/W ○ Type of paper end sensor
"0": I-MARK * NAK returns when GAP is selected
"1": GAP at PW208mNX.
PW208mNX
"0": I-MARK
MEDIA_CHECK "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Media check
"1": Enable
HEADCHECK "0": Disable 1 R/W ○ Head check mode
"1": Normal range
"2": Barcode range
HEADCHECK_MOD "0": Check one page 0 R/W ○ Head check mode
E "1": Specify start and end
"2": Specify number of pages

HEADCHECK_PAGE "1" to "9999" 1 R/W ○ Number of headcheck pages

"0": English 0
LANGUAGE R/W ○ Language settings
"22": Japanese
0: Disable 5
POWER_SAVE R/W ○ Power saving setting
5 to 999 sec
"0": /Buzzer off
BUZZER 3 R/W ○ Buzzer volume
"3": /Buzzer on

ADJUSTPITCH "-30" to "30"(dot) 0 R/W - Adjust print position

ADJUSTOFFSET "-30" to "30"(dot) 0 R/W - Offset adjust

OPTIONTIME "0", "5" to "200"(x 100 ms) 0 R/W ○ Waiting time in tearoff mode for next
data
<TW>
AUTO_ONLINE "0": Disable 1 R/W ○ Automatic measurement of label
"1": Enable length
FEED "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Initial feed
"1": Enable
ONLINE_FEED "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Online feed
"1": Enable <LF>
IGNORE_CRLF "0": Do not remove CR/LF 0 R/W ○ Ignore CR/LF
"1": Remove CR/LF <CL>
BYTECOMMAND "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Remove CAN/DLE
"1": Enable <1B>
IMLVL_RL "0" to "127": reflective sensor 63 R/W - Adjust reflective sensor level
level (Receiving light) (Receiving light)
IMLVL_LE "0" to "3": reflective sensor 2 R/W - Adjust reflective sensor level (Light
level (Light emission) emission)
IM_SL "0.0": Automatic setting 0.0 R/W - Reflective sensor slice level
"0.1" to "3.3": Manual setting
GAPLVL_RL PW208NX: 63 R/W - Adjust transmissive sensor level
"0" to "127": transmissive (Receiving light)
sensor level(Receiving
light)
PW208mNX: None
GAPLVL_LE PW208NX: 4 R/W - Adjust transmissive sensor level
"0" to "7": transmissive (Light emission)
sensor level (Light
emission)
PW208mNX: None

334
[PRINTER] section

Name of Setting initial

Setting value Default Vale. R/W Contents of Setting item
item CA
GAP_SL PW208NX: 0.0 R/W - Transmissive sensor slice level
"0.0": Automatic setting
"0.1" to "3.3": Manual
setting
PW208mNX:None
PRIORITY "0": Prioritize command 0 R/W ○ Priority setting
"1": Prioritize LCD setting
PRINT_AREA "0": Normal 0 R/W ○ Move printing area
ADJUSTDARK "0" to "99" 50 R/W - Adjust darkness
OP_FEED "0" to "2040"(dot) 0 R/W ○ Optional feed volume
PASS_SET "0": Disable 0 R/W - Input password
"1": Enable
ALL_QTY "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Display total number of labels to print
"1": Enable
HEX_DUMP_MODE "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ HEX DUMP MODE of Enable/Disable
"1": Enable
APP_MODE "SB": SBPL - R - Application mode
"SZ": SZPL
"SP": SPOS
"SC": SCPL
* PW208NX/208mNX only

APP_MODE_AUTO "SB": SBPL - R - Application mode of AUTO mode

"SZ": SZPL
"SP": SPOS
"SC": SCPL
* PW208NX/208mNX only
REPRINT "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Reprint
"1": Enable
INSTALL_SECURITY "0": Disable 0 R/W - Install Security
"1": USB Password control for pkg install
"2": Always
PRINTEND_POSITIO "0" to "8000"(dot) 0 R/W ○ Print End Position
N
LEVEL_BAR "1": Darkness 1 5 R/W ○ Print darkness level (Barcode)
"2": Darkness 2 <#F>
"3": Darkness 3
"4": Darkness 4
"5": Darkness 5
"6": Darkness 6
"7": Darkness 7
"8": Darkness 8
"9": Darkness 9
"10": Darkness 10
CONCENTRATION_ "A" A R/W ○ Print darkness (barcode)
BAR "B" <#F>
"C"
"D"
"E"
"F"
DISPLVL_RL PW208NX: 16 R/W - Adjust reflective sensor level
0 to "31": Adjust (Receiving light)
reflective sensor level
(Receiving light)
PW208mNX: None
DISPLVL_LE PW208NX: 4 R/W - Adjust reflective sensor level (Light
"0" to "7": Adjust emission)
reflective sensor level
(Light emission)
PW208mNX: None

335
[PRINTER] section

Name of Setting initial

Setting value Default Vale. R/W Contents of Setting item
item CA
PRINT_CONTROL “0”: reserved 0 R/W ○ Print control settings(reserved)
“1”: reserved
“2”: reserved
DISPENSE_MODE PW208NX: PW208NX: 0 R/W ○ Sets dispenser behavior
"0": Auto PW208mNX: 2
"2": Disable
PW208mNX:
"1": Manual
"2": Disable
AUTO_POWER_OFF "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Turns off power automatically
1 to 999 (sec)
LARGE_ICON "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Shows large icons
"1": Enable
ECO_CHARGE "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Ecological charging
"1": Enable
FULL_CHARGE_OF "0": Disable 1 R/W ○ Turns off power after full charge
F "1": Enable
COLD_MODE "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Controls low temperature printing
"1": Enable
LINELVL_RL PW208NX: 16 R/W - Adjusts linerless
"0" to ”31": Adjusts linerless sensor level(reception)
sensor level (reception)
PW208mNX: None
LINELVL_LE PW208NX: 4 R/W - Adjusts linerless sensor
"0" to "7": Adjusts linerless level(emission)
sensor level (emission)
PW208mNX: None
POWER_SAVE2 0: Disable PW208NX/PW208mNX: R/W ○ Power saving setting 2
5 to 999 (sec) 5

ACTIVE_PRINT "0": Continuous 1 R - Active print motion

"1": tear-off
"2": Dispenser
"4": Linerless
ACTIVE_SENSOR "0": Disable sensor PW208NX: 2 R - Active Sensor type
"1": GAP PW208mNX: 0 * NAK is returned when GAP is
"2": I-MARK selected for PW208mNX
(Continuous or Te ar-off : 0,1,2)
(Linerless : 0,2)
(Dispenser : 1,2)
SENSOR_CONTINU "0": Disable sensor PW208NX: 2 R/W ○ Sensor type (Continuous)
OUS "1": GAP PW208mNX: 0 <IG>
"2": I-MARK
SENSOR_TEAROFF "0": Disable sensor PW208NX: 2 R/W ○ Sensor type (Tear-off )
"1": GAP PW208mNX: 0 <IG>
"2": I-MARK
SENSOR_PEEL PW208NX: 2 R/W ○ Sensor type (Dispenser)
"0": Disable sensor <IG>
"1": GAP
"2": I-MARK
PW208mNX: None
SENSOR_LINERLES "0": Disable sensor 2 R/W ○ Sensor type (Linerless)
S "2": I-MARK <IG>
UNIT "0": Dot 0 R/W ○ Unit
"1": inch * Only applicable to PW208NX/
"2": mm PW208mNX

336
[COUNT]

initial
Name of Setting item Setting value Default Vale. R/W Contents of Setting item
CB
PRTCLN "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Notification for printer cleanup
"1": Enable
PRTCLN_ITV_COUNT "10" to "1000" (m) 150 R/W ○ Distance to display notification for
printer cleanup
PRTCLN_COUNT "XXXX" - R - Cleaning distance
*Unit: 1 / 24 mm
HDCHG "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Notification for replacing thermal
"1": Enable head
HDCHG_ITV_COUNT "10" to "100" (km) 30 R/W ○ Distance to display notification for
replacing thermal head
HDCHG_COUNT "XXX" - R - Print distance of a thermal head
* Unit: 1 / 24 mm
ROLLER "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Notification for replacing platen roller
"1": Enable
ROLLER_ITV_COUNT "10" to "100" (km) 30 R/W ○ Distance to display notification for
replacing platen roller
ROLLER_COUNT "XXX" - R - Distance of the platen roller
* Unit: 1 / 24 mm
BATTERY_CYCLE_C "XXX" - R - Battery cycle count
OUNT

337
[LAN]

initial
Name of Setting
Setting value Default Vale. R/W Contents of Setting item
item IL

DHCPv4 PW208NX: 1 R/W - DHCPv4 setting

"0": Disable
"1": Enable
PW208mNX: None
IPv4_ADDRESS PW208NX: 0.0.0.0 R/W - IPv4 Address
AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
Allow "0" to"255" for A – D
PW208mNX: None
IPv4_SUBNETMAS PW208NX: 255.255.255.0 R/W - IPv4 Subnet mask
K AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
Allow "0" to "255" for A – D
PW208mNX: None
IPv4_DEFGATEW PW208NX: 0.0.0.0 R/W - IPv4 Default gateway
AY AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
Allow "0" to "255" for A – D
PW208mNX: None
IPv4_DNSPrimaryI PW208NX: 0.0.0.0 R/W - IPv4 DNS primary address
PAddress AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
Allow "0" to "255" for A – D
PW208mNX m: None
IPv4_DNSSeconda PW208NX: 0.0.0.0 R/W - IPv4 DNS secondary address
ryIPAddress AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
Allow "0" to "255" for A – D
PW208mNX: None
IPv6_ADDSET PW208NX: 0 R/W - IPv6 address setting
"0": AUTO
"1": DHCP
"2": Manual Setting
PW208mNX: None
IPv6_ADDRESS PW208NX: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0 R/W - IPv6 address
AAAA: BBBB: CCCC: DDDD:
EEEE: FFFF: GGGG: HHHH
Specified in the ASCII of 128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is Omissible.
PW208mNX: None
IPv6_ROUTER PW208NX: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0 R/W - IPv6 Default Router
AAAA: BBBB: CCCC: DDDD:
EEEE: FFFF: GGGG: HHHH
Specified in the ASCII of 128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is Omissible.
PW208mNX: None
IPv6_PREFIX PW208NX: 1 to 128 64 R/W - IPv6 Subnet prefix
PW208mNX: None
IPv6_DNSPrimaryI PW208NX: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0 R/W - IPv6 DNS primary address
PAddress AAAA: BBBB: CCCC: DDDD:
EEEE: FFFF: GGGG: HHHH
Specified in the ASCII of 128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is Omissible.
PW208mNX: None
KEEPALIVETIME PW208NX: "30" to "300"(seconds) 180 R/W ○ Keep alive time
PW208mNX: None

338
[LAN]

initial
Name of Setting
Setting value Default Vale. R/W Contents of Setting item
item IL

KEEPALIVECOUN PW208NX: "1" to "99"(times) 17 R/W ○ Keep alive count

T PW208mNX: None
SOCKET_CANCEL PW208NX: 0 R/W ○ Socket compatibility
"0": Normal mode
"1": Compatible mode
PW208mNX: None
PROTOCOL "1": Status 4 (ENQ) 1 R/W ○ Communication protocol
"2": Status 3 (For SBPL)
"4": NONE
PORT1 PW208NX: "1" to "65535" 1024 R/W ○ Port 1
PW208mNX: None
PORT2 PW208NX: "1" to "65535" 1025 R/W ○ Port 2
PW208mNX: None The number is set in priority order of
Port 3>Port 2>Port 1
PORT3 PW208NX: "1" to "65535" 9100 R/W ○ Port 3
PW208mNX: None The number is set in priority order of
Port 3>Port 2>Port 1
SNMP PW208NX: PW208NX: 1 R/W ○ SNMP settings
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_R_VERSIO PW208NX: 0 R/W ○ SNMP Version
N "0": 1|2c|3
"1": 1|2c
"2": 3
"3": Disable
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_R_COMMU PW208NX: public R/W ○ Read-only community name
NITY_NAME Max 32 digit character (empty string to
*Encrypted data disable)
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_R_USER_N PW208NX: rouser R/W ○ Read-only user name
AME Max 32 digit character (empty string to
*Encrypted data disable)
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_R_SECURI PW208NX: none R/W ○ Read-only security
TY "0": none
"1": Authentication
"2": Privacy
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_R_AUTHPR PW208NX: 0 R/W ○ Read-only Authentication protocol
OTCOL "0": MD5
"1": SHA
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_R_AUTHPA PW208NX: mypassword R/W ○ Read-only Authentication password
SS String of 8 to 32 digits
*Encrypted data
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_R_PRIVPR PW208NX: 0 R/W ○ Read-only Encryption protocol
OTCOL "0": DES
"1": AES
PW208mNX: None

339
[LAN]

initial
Name of Setting
Setting value Default Vale. R/W Contents of Setting item
item IL

SNMP_R_PRIVPA PW208NX: mypassword R/W ○ Read-only Encryption password

SS String of 8 to 32 digits
*Encrypted data
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_RW_VERSI PW208NX: 0 R/W ○ SNMP Version
ON "0": 1|2c|3
"1": 1|2c
"2": 3
"3": Disable
PW208mNX: None

SNMP_RW_COMM PW208NX: private R/W ○ Read Write community name

UNITY_NAME Max 32 digit character (empty string to
*Encrypted data disable)
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_RW_USER PW208NX: rwuser R/W ○ Read Write user name
_NAME Max 32 digit character (empty string to
*Encrypted data disable)
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_RW_SECU PW208NX: none R/W ○ Read Write security
RITY "0": none
"1": Authentication
"2": Privacy
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_RW_AUTH PW208NX: 0 R/W ○ Read Write Authentication protocol
PROTCOL "0": MD5
"1": SHA
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_RW_AUTH PW208NX: mypassword R/W ○ Read Write Authentication
PASS String of 8 to 32 digits password
*Encrypted data
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_RW_PRIVP PW208NX: DES R/W ○ Read Write Encryption protocol
ROTCOL "0": DES
"1": AES
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_RW_PRIVP PW208NX: mypassword R/W ○ Read Write Encryption password
ASS String of 8 to 32 digits
*Encrypted data
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP PW208NX: 0 R/W ○ Trap
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_VER PW208NX: 0 R/W ○ Trap version
SION "0": SNMPv1
"1": SNMPv2c
"2": SNMPv3
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_DES PW208NX: 1 R/W ○ Trap Destinations
TINATIONS "1": Destination1
"2": Destination2
"3": Destination3
PW208mNX: None

340
[LAN]

initial
Name of Setting
Setting value Default Vale. R/W Contents of Setting item
item IL

SNMP_TRAP_IPV PW208NX: 4 R/W ○ Trap IP Version

ERSION "4": IPv4
"6": IPv6
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_DES PW208NX: 0.0.0.0 R/W ○ IPv4 Trap Destination1
TINATION1v4 AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
Allow "0" to "255" for A – D
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_DES PW208NX: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0 R/W ○ IPv6 Trap Destination1
TINATION1v6 AAAA: BBBB: CCCC: DDDD:
EEEE: FFFF: GGGG: HHHH
Specified in the ASCII of 128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is Omissible.
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_DES PW208NX: 0.0.0.0 R/W ○ IPv4 Trap Destination2
TINATION2v4 AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
Allow "0" to "255" for A – D
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_DES PW208NX: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0 R/W ○ IPv6 Trap Destination2
TINATION2v6 AAAA: BBBB: CCCC: DDDD:
EEEE: FFFF: GGGG: HHHH
Specified in the ASCII of 128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is Omissible.
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_DES PW208NX: 0.0.0.0 R/W ○ IPv4 Trap Destination3
TINATION3v4 AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD
Allow "0" to "255" for A – D
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_DES PW208NX: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0 R/W ○ IPv6 Trap Destination3
TINATION3v6 AAAA: BBBB: CCCC: DDDD:
EEEE: FFFF: GGGG: HHHH
Specified in the ASCII of 128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is Omissible.
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_CO PW208NX: trapcom R/W ○ Trap community name
MMUNITY Max 32 digit character
* Encrypted data
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_USE PW208NX: trapuser R/W ○ Trap user name
R Max 32 digit character
* Encrypted data
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_ENG PW208NX: Number R/W ○ Trap Engine ID
INEID Even number generated from
10 to 64 digits Unique Code
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_SEC PW208NX: none R/W ○ Trap Security
URITY "0": none
"1": Authentication
"2": Privacy
PW208mNX: None

341
[LAN]

initial
Name of Setting
Setting value Default Vale. R/W Contents of Setting item
item IL

SNMP_TRAP_AUT PW208NX: 0 R/W ○ Trap Authentication protocol

HPROTCOL "0": MD5
"1": SHA
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_AUT PW208NX: mypassword R/W ○ Trap Authentication password
HPASS String of 8 to 32 digits
* Encrypted data
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_PRI PW208NX: DES R/W ○ Trap Encryption protocol
VPROTCOL "0": DES
"1": AES
PW208mNX: None
SNMP_TRAP_PRI PW208NX: mypassword R/W ○ Trap Encryption password
VPASS String of 8 to 32 digits
* Encrypted data
PW208mNX: None
LPD PW208NX: 1 R/W ○ LPD
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
PW208mNX: None
FTP PW208NX: 0 R/W ○ FTP
"0": Disable
"1": Enable
PW208mNX: None
ACTIVE_NETWOR PW208NX: "2": WLAN - R - LAN/WLAN Switching (Auto)
K PW208mNX: None

[USB]
initial
Name of Setting
Setting value Default Value R/W Contents of Setting item
item IU

PROTOCOL "0": Status4 0 R/W ○ Communication protocol (for SBPL)

"2": NONE

[WLAN] * PW208mNX: WLAN is not equipped.

Name of Setting initial Contents of Setting item

Setting value Default Value R/W
item IW
DHCPv4_WLAN "0": Static 1 R/W ○ DHCPv4 setting
"1": DHCP
IPv4_ADDRESS_ AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD 0.0.0.0 R/W ○ Ipv4 Address
WLAN Allow "0" to "255" for A - D
IPv4_SUBNETMAS AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD 255.255.255.0 R/W ○ IPv4 Subnet mask
K_WLAN Allow "0" to "255" for A - D

IPv4_DEFGATEW AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD 0.0.0.0 R/W ○ IPv4 Default

AY_WLAN Allow "0" to "255" for A - D gateway

IPv4_DNSPrimaryI AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD 0.0.0.0 R/W ○ IPv4 DNS primary address

PAddress_WLAN Allow "0" to "255" for A - D

342
[WLAN] * PW208mNX: WLAN is not equipped.

Name of Setting initial Contents of Setting item

Setting value Default Value R/W
item IW
IPv4_DNSSeconda AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD 0.0.0.0 R/W ○ IPv4 DNS secondary address
ryIPAddress_WLA Allow "0" to "255" for A - D
N
IPv6_ADDSET_WL "0": AUTO 3 R/W ○ IPv6 address setting
AN "1": DHCP
"2": Manual Setting
"3": Disable
IPv6_ADDRESS_ AAAA: BBBB: CCCC: DDDD: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0 R/W ○ IPv6 address
WLAN EEEE: FFFF: GGGG: HHHH
Specified in the ASCII of 128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is Omissible.
IPv6_ROUTER_W AAAA: BBBB: CCCC: DDDD: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0 R/W ○ IPv6 Default Router
LAN EEEE: FFFF: GGGG: HHHH
Specified in the ASCII of 128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is Omissible.
IPv6_PREFIX_WL 1 to 128 64 R/ W ○ IPv6 Subnet prefix
AN
IPv6_DNSPrimaryI AAAA: BBBB: CCCC: DDDD: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0 R/W ○ IPv6 DNS primary address
PAddress_WLAN EEEE: FFFF: GGGG: HHHH
Specified in the ASCII of 128bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H is Omissible.
WLANMODE "0": Infrastructure mode 1 R/W ○ Select WLAN Mode
"1": Ad Hoc mode
ESSID 1 to 32 digit long character SATO_PRINTER R/W ○ SSID
HIDEESSID "0": Disable 1 R/W ○ Hidden SSID
"1": Enable
CHANNEL "1" to "11" 6 R/W ○ Channel number
"1" to "13"
*The range follows Region.
WLANNETWORKS "0": None 0 R/W ○ Infrastructure mode
ECINF "1": WEP Network security
"2": WPA+WPA2
"3": WPA2
"4": Dynamic WEP
WLANNETWORKS "0": None 0 R/W ○ Ad Hoc mode
ECAD "1": WEP Network security
WEPAUTH "0": Open System 0 R/W ○ WEP key
"1": Shared Key
WEPKEY1 5 or 13 digit character String of empty W ○ WEP key 1
10 or 26 digit hexadecimal
* Encrypted data
WEPKEY2 5 or 13 digit character String of empty W ○ WEP key 2
10 or 26 digit hexadecimal
* Encrypted data
WEPKEY3 5 or 13 digit character String of empty W ○ WEP key 3
10 or 26 digit hexadecimal
* Encrypted data
WEPKEY4 5 or 13 digit character String of empty W ○ WEP key 4
10 or 26 digit hexadecimal
*Encrypted data
WEPKEYINDEX "1" to "4" 1 R/W ○ WEP key index

343
[WLAN] * PW208mNX: WLAN is not equipped.

Name of Setting initial Contents of Setting item

Setting value Default Value R/W
item IW
WPAAUTH "0": Personal (PSK), 0 R/W ○ WPA authentication
"1": Enterprise (802.1x)
"2": CCKM
PSK 8-63 ASCII or 64 HEX digits String of empty W ○ PSK
* Encrypted data *WPA Auth is PSK
EAPMODE "0": FAST 0 R/W ○ EAP Mode
"1": LEAP *WPA Auth is not PSK
"2": PEAP
"3": TLS
"4": TTLS
INNER_FAST "0": MSCHAPv2 "0": MSCHAPv2 R/W ○ Inner Method if EAP Mode=FAST
"1": GTC
"2": TLS
INNER_PEAP "0": MSCHAPv2 "0": MSCHAPv2 R/W ○ Inner Method if EAP Mode=PEAP
"1": GTC
"2": MD5
"3": OTP
"4": TLS
INNER_TTLS "0": MSCHAPv2 "0": MSCHAPv2 R/W ○ Inner Method if EAP Mode=TTLS
"1": MSCHAP
"2": CHAP
"3": PAP
"4": EAP-GTC
"5": EAP-MD5
"6": EAP-MSCHAPv2
"7": EAP-OTP
"8": EAP-TLS
EAP_USERNAME 0-63 digit long characters NULL R/W ○ EAP authentication user name

EAP_PASSWORD 0-32 digit long characters String of empty W ○ EAP authentication password
* Encrypted data
EAP_ANON 0-63 digit long characters NULL R/W ○ Anon. Outer ID
If EAP Mode=FASE,PEAP,TTL S
EAP_VERIFY "0": Disable 1 R/W ○ Verify Server Cert.
"1": Enable Not for LEAP
EAP_PRIVATEKE 0-64 digit long characters String of empty W ○ Private Key P/W
Y * Encrypted data
EAP_AUTO_PA C "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ PAC Auto Provisioning
"1": Enable If EAP Mode=FAST
EAP_PAC_PA SS 0-64bytes String of empty W ○ PAC Password
* Encrypted data If EAP=FAST & Auto prov.=off
SignalLevel1 -85 dBm - R - Threshold for electrical field strength
1
SignalLevel2 -74 dBm - R - Threshold for electrical field strength
2
SignalLevel3 -64 dBm - R - Threshold for electrical field strength
3
FWversion x.x.x. - R - Firmware version for WLAN module

MACADDRESS "AA: BB: CC: DD: EE: FF" - R - MAC address

WIFI_DEVICE_NA 1-32 digit long characters SATO_PRINTER R/W ○ Wi-Fi Direct Device Name
ME

344
[BLUETOOTH]
initial Contents of Setting item
Name of Setting
Setting value Default Value R/W
item IB

BLUETOOTH "0": Disable 1 R/W ○ Bluetooth

"1": Enable
PROTOCOL "0": status 3 1 R/W ○ Communication protocol (for SBPL)
"1": status 4
"2": NONE
BLUELEVEL "0": No authentication 0 R/W ○ Authentication level
"1": Auth. level 2-1
"2": Auth. level 2-2
"3": Auth. level 3
"4": Auth. level 4
PINCODE 0-16 digit characters (except '"') 0000 R/W ○ PIN code
*Encrypted data
DEVICENAME 0-53 digit characters SATO R/W ○ Device name
PRINTER (xxxxxxxxxxxx is BD address)
_
xxxxxxxxxxxx
ISI "0", "12" to "1000" 800 R/W ○ ISI
(hexadecimal) value will be set to Bluetooth module
after deducting 1 from the value when
odd number is set with ISI
ISW "0", "11" to "1000" 12 R/W ○ ISW
(hexadecimal) Set ISI≧ISW
PSI "12" to "1000" (hexadecimal) 800 R/W ○ PSI
value will be set to Bluetooth module
after deducting 1 from the value when
odd number is set with PSI
PSW "11" to "1000" (hexadecimal) 12 R/W ○ PSW
Set PSI≧PSW
BLUEADDRESS "aabbccddeeff" - R - BD address

B L U E V E RS I O N "spp3_vX.YY" - R - Bluetooth firmware version

CRC "0": Disabled 0 R/W ○ CRC mode

"1": Enabled
PAIRING1 "0": Do not remove 0 W - Remove paring information 1 or not
"1": Remove
PAIRING2 "0": Do not remove 0 W - Remove paring information 2 or not
"1": Remove
PAIRING3 "0": Do not remove 0 W - Remove paring information 3 or not
"1": Remove
PAIRING4 "0": Do not remove 0 W - Remove paring information 4 or not
"1": Remove
PAIRING5 "0": Do not remove 0 W - Remove paring information 5 or not
"1": Remove
PAIRING6 "0": Do not remove 0 W - Remove paring information 6 or not
"1": Remove
PAIRING7 "0": Do not remove 0 W - Remove paring information 7 or not
"1": Remove
PAIRING8 "0": Do not remove 0 W - Remove paring information 8 or not
"1": Remove
PAIRING9 "0": Do not remove 0 W - Remove paring information 9 or not
"1": Remove
PAIRING10 "0": Do not remove 0 W - Remove paring information 10 or not
"1": Remove
SPP_TIME "0" to "10" 0 R/W ○ Time to timeout for disconnection
(Unit: seconds) (SPP layer)
LMP_TIME "0" to "999" 100 R/W ○ Time to timeout for disconnection
(Unit: 0.1 seconds) (LMP layer)

345
[BLUETOOTH]
initial Contents of Setting item
Name of Setting
Setting value Default Value R/W
item IB

PAIRING_INFO1 "aabbccddeeff" - R - Paring information 1

(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO2 "aabbccddeeff" - R - Paring information 2
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO3 "aabbccddeeff" - R - Paring information 3
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO4 "aabbccddeeff" - R - Paring information 4
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO5 "aabbccddeeff" - R - Paring information 5
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO6 "aabbccddeeff" - R - Paring information 6
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO7 "aabbccddeeff" - R - Paring information 7
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO8 "aabbccddeeff" - R - Paring information 8
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO9 "aabbccddeeff" - R - Paring information 9
(BD address only)
PAIRING_INFO10 "aabbccddeeff" - R - Paring information 10
(BD address only)
IOS_RECONNECT 0: Disable 0 R/W ○ iOS Re-Connect
1: Manual
IAP_FUNCTION 0: CP Chip not implemented - R - iAP function
1: CP Chip abnormal
2: CP Chip normal
GIVE_BDADDRESS 0: Disable 1 R/W ○ Set BD address
1: Enable (Enable to add BD address to the
device name)
* Only PW208NX/PW208mNX
IOCAPABILITY_C 0: Disable 0 R/W ○ Compatibility with the Bluetooth IO
OMPATI 1: Enable capability of PW208
* Only PW208NX/PW208mNX

346
[SBPL]
initial Contents of Setting item
Name of Setting item Setting value Default Value R/W
SB
ZEROSLASH "0": Disable 1 R/W ○ Zero slash
"1": Enable <LH>,<LD>
SHOTAI "1": Gothic 1 R/W ○ Type face
"0": Mincho <KG>, <KM>
PROPORTIONAL "0": Fixed pitch 1 R/W ○ Proportional pitch
"1": Proportional pitch <PS>, <PR>
STDCODE "0": Standard code 0 R/W ○ Protocol code
"1": Non-standard code
CMDERR "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ Command error
"1": Enable
STXCODE "0" to "255" standard non-standard R/W ○ STX
2(0x02) 123(0x7B) <LD>
ETXCODE "0" to "255" 3(0x03) 125(0x7D) R/W ○ ETX
<LD>
ESCCODE "0" to "255" 27(0x1B) 94(0x5E) R/W ○ ESC
<LD>
ENQCODE "0" to "255" 5(0x05) 64(0x40) R/W ○ ENQ
<LD>
CANCODE "0" to "255" 24(0x18) 33(0x21) R/W ○ CAN
<LD>
NULLCODE "0" to "255" 0(0x00) 126(0x7E) R/W ○ NULL
<LD>
OFFLINECODE "0" to "255" 64(0x40) 93(0x5D) R/W ○ OFFLINE
<LD>
EUROCODE "0" to "255" 213(0xD5) 213(0xD5) R/W ○ EURO
<LD>
KANJI "0": JIS code 3 R/W ○ Kanji code
"1": SJIS code <KC>
"2": Unicode (UTF16) "6": Unicode(UTF8) is only
"3": GB18030 applicable to
PW208NX/PW208mNX.
"4": BIG5
"5": KSC5601 (EUC-KR)
"6": Unicode (UTF8)

347
[SBPL]
initial Contents of Setting item
Name of Setting item Setting value Default Value R/W
SB
KNJ_MODE "0": JIS X0208 compatible 3 R/W ○ Kanji mode
"1": JIS X0208
"2": JIS X0213
"3": GB18030
"4": BIG5
"5": KSC5601 (EUC-KR)
"6": Unicode (UTF8)
CODE_PAGE "0": UTF8 1 R/W ○ Code page
"1": CP858
"2": ISO8859-1
"3": ISO8859-2
"4": ISO8859-9
"5": CP737
"6": CP855
"7": CP850
"8": CP852
"9": CP857
"10": CP866
"11": CP1250
"12": CP1251
"13": CP1252
"14": CP1253
"15": CP1254
"16": CP1257
"17": CP869
"18": JIS X0201
COMP_PT_K3 "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ PT /MB Compatible (K3)
"1": Enable
COMP_PT_PG "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ PT /MB Compatible (PG)
"1": Enable
COMP_PT_ENQ "0": Disable 0 R/W ○ PT/MB Compatible
"1": Enable (Status)
Orientation "0": Portrait 0 R/W ○ Orientation
"1": Landscape
"2": Inv. Portrait
"3": Inv. Landscape
CODE128(C)_Zero_Fil "0" : Disable 0 R/W ○ Compatible Code128
l "1" : Enable
CALL_FONTLOGO “0” : Disable 0 R/W ○ Character code compatible
“1” : Enable at Download Font / Log call
QTY_Update_Timing “0” : Disable 0 R/W ○ QTY_Update_Timing
“1” : Enable
COMP_PT_PITCH “0” : Disable 0 R/W ○ PT200e/MB200i
“1” : Enable Compatible pitch command

348
[SZPL] section
initial
Name of Setting item Setting value Default Value R/W Contents of Setting item
SZ

PITCH_OFFSET "-120" to "120" (dot) 0 R/W ○ Pitch offset at top of label

SHIFT_OFFSET 609 dpi: "-2496" to "2496" (dot) 0 R/W ○ Label shift offset

305 dpi: "-1248" to "1248" (dot)

205 dpi: "-832" to "832" (dot)

PROTOCOL "0": None 0 R/W ○ Protocol

"1": ACK/NAK

CMD_HEAD "0" to "255" 94 R/W ○ Command head

CTR_HEAD "0" to "255" 126 R/W ○ Control head

DELIMITER "0" to "255" 44 R/W ○ Delimiter

DATE_FORM "0": Normal 0 R/W ○ Date and time format

"1": MM/DD/YY (24 hours)

"2": MM/DD/YY (12 hours)

"3": DD/MM/YY (24 hours)

"4": DD/MM/YY (12 ours)

DEF_FONT "0": none 0 R/W ○ Default font

"1": SATO Hebe Sans

"2": SATO Hebe Sans Arabic

"3": SATO Hebe Sans Thai

"4": SATO Hebe Sans Hindi

"5": SATO Gothic T Chinese

"6": SATO Gothic Japanese

"7": SATO Gothic S Chinese

"8": SATO Gothic Korean

"9": SATO Silver Serif

"10": SATO Mincho T Chinese

"11": SATO Mincho Japanese

"12": SATO Mincho S Chinese

"13": SATO Mincho Korean

"14": SATO Roman Arabic

"15": SATO Hebe Sans Hebrew

349
 [NFC] section * PW208NX/208mNX only
initial Contents of Setting item
Name of Setting
Setting value Default Value R/W
item IN

IF "0": Disable 1 R/W ○ NFC communication availability

"1": Enable
ISINSTALLED "0": not checked 0 R ○ Whether NFC module is installed
"1": installed
"2": not installed
MODULE_INFO "AAAAAAAAAAAAAA,BBCCDD - R - information of the installed NFC
EE" module

AAAAAA...A : Serial number

BBCCDDEE : Capability
Container
BB : E1 - NFC Forum
CC : version number
ex)11 indicates 1.1
DD :memory size of the
data
area.
ex) EA x 8 = 1876
bytes
EE : read and write ccess
capability of the data
area
ex)00 indicates r/w ok
CONFIRM "0": none 0 R/W ○ Whether display confirmation
"1": confirm screen when install setting from
"2": password NFC

Host This product

DC2 + PA,a...a,bb,c...c,d...d,(,ee,f...f,g...g,h...h)...

ACK/NAK

Parent topic Common commands for all languages

350
 [DC2+PB] Printer setting information acquisition

Command DC2 PB Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <50>16<42>16 (,aa(,b...b)) + EOT(04h)

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power -

command
Valid range -

Printer operation in The command can be received even during the printer
progress operation.

When acquiring label Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
sensor information information. ([NAK] reply)

Error The command can be received even if an error is

occurring.

[Function]
This command is used to acquire the printer information.

[Format]
[DC2]PB(,aa(,b...b))[EOT]

[Parameters]

Symbol Parameter name Valid range Note

a Identifier Refer to [Identifier] below When omitted, all items will be

returned.

b Setting Item name Refer to [DC2 + PA] Acquire up to [EOT]

command

[Return data format (normal)]

[STX]a...a,bb,c...c,d...d(,ee,f...f,g...g)...[ETX]

[Return data]

Symbol Parameter name Valid range

a Total number of data byte Data size from the first identifier until before
[ETX]
* This is the total number of bytes after parameter
b. The delimiting comma between parameters a
and b, and the ETX are not included.

b(e) Identifier Refer to [Identifier] below.

c(f) Setting information data size Size of the corresponding setting information
data
* Number of bytes of the section unit after
parameter d. The delimiting comma between
sections is not included.

d(g) Setting information data Refer to "Setup information data" below.

* Text format

351
[Identifier]
Valid range
CA: Common settings
CB: Notification functionality
IL: LAN settings
IU: USB settings
IW: WLAN settings
IB: Bluetooth settings
IN: NFC settings * PW208NX/PW208ｍNX only
SB: SBPL settings
SZ: SZPL settings
SP: SPOS settings (reserve)
SC: SCPL settings (reserve) * PW208NX/PW208mNX only

[Setting information data format]

"Setting item name" + ":" + "Setting data" + "Line feed (0DH, 0AH)"
h...h:i...i[CR][LF](j...j:k...k[CR][LF])...

[Setting information data]

Symbol Parameter name Valid range

h(j...) Setting Item name Refer to the list of setting items of [DC2+PA].

i(k...) Setting data Refer to the list of setting items of [DC2+PA].

Data Example)
CA,12345,SPEED:4
LEVEL:5
CONCENTRATION:A
:

[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]

[NAK]<15>16

[Exception processing]

Parameter name Exception condition

A value outside the The specified size and

range is specified received size are different

Identifier Command error Invalid receive data

Terminology Description

Command error The data received after a command error is determined is not considered as a
parameter of this command.

352
 Host This product

DC2 + PB･･･[EOT]

STX + a…a,bb,c…c,d…d(,ee,f…f,g…g)… + ETX

[Note]
• When identifiers are omitted, all data will be returned.
• When setting item names are specified, setting information of the item which was set will be
returned.
Parent topic Common commands for all languages

353
 [DC2+PC] Printer device information acquisition

Command DC2 PC Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <50>16<43>16 None

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power -

command
Valid range -

Printer operation in The command can be received even during the printer
progress operation.

When acquiring label Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
sensor information information. ([NAK] reply)

Error The command can be received even if an error is

occurring.

[Function]
This command returns the printer device information.

[Format]
DC2 (12H) + PC

[Return data format (normal)]

[STX]a...a,b...b:c...c[CR][LF](d...d:e...e[CR][LF]) ... [ETX]

[Return data]

Symbol Parameter name Valid range

a Total number of data byte Data size from the first device information
name up to before [ETX]
* This is the total number of bytes after parameter
b. The delimiting comma between parameters a
and b, and the ETX are not included.

b(d) Device information name Refer to the printer device information list.
* Text format

c(e) Device information data Refer to the printer device information list.
* Text format

Data Example)
[STX]12345,MODEL: Model name[CR][LF]FW Ver:1.0.0[CR][LF]...[CR][LF] [ETX]

[Printer device information list]

No. Description Device information name Device information data

1 Model name MODEL M...M

M: Model name

2 Kernel version KERNEL Ver R...R

R: OS release number

354
No. Description Device information name Device information data

3 Main firmware version MAIN FW Ver V...V

V: Version

4 Main firmware MAIN FW Date YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS TTT

Creation date T: Time zone

5 Printer module Boot MODULE BOOT FW Ver P...P.boot-V.V.V-S...S

firmware Version P: Platform name
V: Version
S: Release = Release version
Alpha/Beta = Test version
xxxuser = Custom version
urgent = Urgent version

6 Printer module Boot MODULE BOOT FW Date YY.MM.DD

firmware Creation date

7 Printer module Boot MODULE BOOT FW CCCC

firmware Check sum CHECKSUM C: Check sum

8 Printer module Main MODULE MAIN FW Ver P...P.main-V.V.V-S...S

firmware Version P: Platform name
V: Version
S: Release = Release version
Alpha/Beta = Test version
xxxuser = Custom version
urgent = Urgent version

9 Printer module Main MODULE MAIN FW Date YY.MM.DD

firmware Creation date

10 Printer module Main MODULE MAIN FW CCCC

firmware Check sum CHECKSUM C: Check sum

11 PLD version of CONT CONT PLD Ver VV

board V: Version

12 PLD version and INTF PLD/FPGA Ver V1 V1 /V2 V2

FPGA version of
V1: PLD Version
interface board
V2: FPGA Version

13 Sensor module Boot SENSOR BOOT FW Ver P...P.main-V.V.V-S...S

firmware Version P: Platform name
V: Version
S: Release = Release version
Alpha/Beta = Test version
xxxuser = Custom version
urgent = Urgent version
* Return PW208NX/PW208mNX only

14 Sensor module Boot SENSOR BOOT FW Date YY.MM.DD

firmware Creation date * Return PW208NX/PW208mNX only

15 Sensor module Boot SENSOR BOOT FW CCCC

firmware Checksum CHECKSUM C: Check sum

16 Sensor module Main SENSOR MAIN FW Ver P...P.main-V.V.V-S...S

firmware Version

355
No. Description Device information name Device information data

P: Platform name
V: Version
S: Release = Release version
Alpha/Beta = Test version
xxxuser = Custom version
urgent = Urgent version
* Return PW208NX/PW208mNX only

17 Sensor module Main SENSOR MAIN FW Date YY.MM.DD

firmware Creation date * Return PW208NX/PW208mNX only

18 Sensor module Main SENSOR MAIN FW CCCC

firmware Checksum CHECKSUM C: Check sum
* Return PW208NX/PW208mNX only

19 LAN MAC Address LAN MAC XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

X: Alphanumeric

20 WLAN MAC Address WLAN MAC XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

X: Alphanumeric

21 BD Address BD xxxxxxxxxxxx
X: Alphanumeric

22 Head counter 1 Head Count1 Numeric value (unit: mm)

23 Head counter 2 Head Count2 Numeric value (unit: mm)

24 Head counter 3 Head Count3 Numeric value (unit: mm)

25 Life counter Life Count Numeric value (unit: mm)

26 Free space size in MEM_FROM Numeric value (unit: byte)

user area

27 USB memory available MEM_USB1 Numeric value (unit: byte)

size (Printer front port
connection)

28 USB memory available MEM_USB2 Numeric value (unit: byte)

size (Printer rear port
connection)

29 SBPL form overlay SBPL_FOL_SLOT1 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

SLOT1 X: Registration count
Number of registered Y: Number of registered bytes
counts, number of
registered bytes

30 SBPL form overlay SBPL_FOL_SLOT1_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

SLOT1 X: Registration No., * Repeated as many
Registration number times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

31 SBPL format SLOT1 SBPL_FMT_SLOT1 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

Number of registered X: Registration count
counts, number of Y: Number of registered bytes
registered bytes

32 SBPL format SLOT1 SBPL_FMT_SLOT1_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

Registration number

356
No. Description Device information name Device information data

X: Registration No., * Repeated as many

times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

33 SBPL graphic SLOT1 SBPL_GRA_SLOT1 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

Number of registered X: Registration count
counts, number of Y: Number of registered bytes
registered bytes

34 SBPL graphic SLOT1 SBPL_GRA_SLOT1_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

Registration number X: Registration No., * Repeated as many
times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

35 SBPL BMP file SLOT1 SBPL_BMP_SLOT1 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

Number of registered X: Registration count
counts, number of Y: Number of registered bytes
registered bytes

36 SBPL BMP file SLOT1 SBPL_BMP_SLOT1_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

Registration number X: Registration No., * Repeated as many
times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

37 SBPL PCX file SLOT1 SBPL_PCX_SLOT1 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

Number of registered X: Registration count
counts, number of Y: Number of registered bytes
registered bytes

38 SBPL PCX file SLOT1 SBPL_PCX_SLOT1_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

Registration number X: Registration No., * Repeated as many
times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

39 SBPL external SBPL_EXC_SLOT1 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

character SLOT1 X: Registration count
Number of registered Y: Number of registered bytes
counts, number of
registered bytes

40 SBPL external SBPL_EXC_SLOT1_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

character SLOT1 X: Registration No., * Repeated as many
Registration number times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

41 SBPL TrueType font SBPL_TTF_SLOT1 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

SLOT1 X: Registration count
Number of registered Y: Number of registered bytes
counts, number of
registered bytes

42 SBPL TrueType font SBPL_TTF_SLOT1_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

SLOT1 X: Registration No., * Repeated as many
Registration number times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

357
No. Description Device information name Device information data

43 SBPL form overlay SBPL_FOL_SLOT2 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

SLOT2 X: Registration count
Number of registered Y: Number of registered bytes
counts, number of
registered bytes

44 SBPL form overlay SBPL_FOL_SLOT2_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

SLOT2 X: Registration No., * Repeated as many
Registration number times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

45 SBPL format SLOT2 SBPL_FMT_SLOT2 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

Number of registered X: Registration count
counts, number of Y: Number of registered bytes
registered bytes

46 SBPL format SLOT2 SBPL_FMT_SLOT2_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

Registration number X: Registration No., * Repeated as many
times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

47 SBPL graphic SLOT2 SBPL_GRA_SLOT2 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

Number of registered X: Registration count
counts, number of Y: Number of registered bytes
registered bytes

48 SBPL graphic SLOT2 SBPL_GRA_SLOT2_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

Registration number X: Registration No., * Repeated as many
times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

49 SBPL BMP file SLOT2 SBPL_BMP_SLOT2 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

Number of registered X: Registration count
counts, number of Y: Number of registered bytes
registered bytes

50 SBPL BMP file SLOT2 SBPL_BMP_SLOT2_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

Registration number X: Registration No., * Repeated as many
times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

51 SBPL PCX file SLOT2 SBPL_PCX_SLOT2 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

Number of registered X: Registration count
counts, number of Y: Number of registered bytes
registered bytes

52 SBPL PCX file SLOT2 SBPL_PCX_SLOT2_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

Registration number X: Registration No., * Repeated as many
times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

53 SBPL external SBPL_EXC_SLOT2 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

character SLOT2 X: Registration count
Number of registered Y: Number of registered bytes
counts, number of
registered bytes

358
No. Description Device information name Device information data

54 SBPL external SBPL_EXC_SLOT2_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

character SLOT2 X: Registration No., * Repeated as many
Registration number times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

55 SBPL TrueType font SBPL_TTF_SLOT2 XXXX,YYYYYYYYYY

SLOT2 X: Registration count
Number of registered Y: Number of registered bytes
counts, number of
registered bytes

56 SBPL TrueType font SBPL_TTF_SLOT2_No XXX (,XXX,XXX･･･)

SLOT2 X: Registration No., * Repeated as many
Registration number times as the registration numbers
* If the registration count is zero, the value is
ignored.

57 Remaining amount of BATT_REMAIN Specify numeric value (Unit: %)

battery

58 Battery recycle count BATT_CYCLE_CNT Specify numeric value (Unit: times)

59 Status of battery BATT_HEALTH 0: OK / 1: Exchange / 2: Deteriorated

60 Status of charging BATT_CHARGE_STAT 1: AC adapter is not connected (Not

(Battery icon) charging (Charging is stopped after full
charge or by error)
2: Normal charge
3: Eco-friendly charge
4: Waiting for charging

61 Printer Serial PR_SN XXXXXXXX

X: alphanumeric

359
[Precautions during use]
• The printer device information update cycle must be five seconds or longer. When sending this
command in continuation, be sure to set an interval of five seconds or more.
• When a USB memory is used, only the available space of the memory connected first is
returned even when a connection is established via the HUB.
• It takes more than one second to create the return data immediately after the startup in order to
obtain the checksum of the module.
• It takes more time to create the return data when there are a lot of registrations by SBPL
command. (It takes approx. 1.5 seconds to register 10,000 data.)

Host This product

DC2 + PC

STX + a…a,b…b:c…c[CR][LF](d…d:e…e[CR][LF]) … + ETX

Parent topic Common commands for all languages

360
 [DC2+PD] Each sensor information acquisition

Command DC2 PD Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <50>16<44>16 None

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power -

command
Valid range -

Printer operation in The command can be received even during the printer
progress operation.

When acquiring label Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
sensor information information. ([NAK] reply)

Error The command can be received even if an error is

occurring.

[Function]
This command is used to acquire the information of each sensor. The sensor information
corresponds to the information immediately after the reception of the command.

[Format]
DC2 (12H) + PD

[Return data format (normal)]

[STX]a...a,b...b:c...c,(d...d:e...e) ... [ETX]

Symbol Parameter name Valid range

a Total number of data byte Data size from the first identifier until before
[ETX]
* This is the total number of bytes after parameter
b. The delimiting comma between parameters a
and b, and the ETX are not included.

b(d) Sensor information name Refer to the sensor information data list.
* Text format

c(e) Sensor information data Refer to the sensor information data list.
* Text format

Data Example)
[STX]xx,IM:0.2/SL1.5,GAP:0.9/SL1.0...[ETX]

[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]

[NAK]<15>16

361
[Sensor information data list]

No. Sensor information name Description Sensor information data

1 IM I-Mark sensor X.X/SLY.Y

X.X = 0.0 to 3.3 : Sensor level
Y.Y = 0.0 to 3.3 : Slice level

2 GAP Gap sensor X.X/SLY.Y

X.X = 0.0 to 3.3 : Sensor level
Y.Y = 0.0 to 3.3 : Slice level

3 PEEL Dispense sensor X.X/Y

X.X = 0.0 to 3.3 : Sensor level
Y = 0: Without label, 1: With
label

4 LINERLESS Linerless sensor X.X/Y

X.X = 0.0 to 3.3 : Sensor level
Y = 0: Without label, 1: With
label

5 HEAD OPEN Head Open 0: Close, 1: Open

6 HEAD TEMP Head thermistor -XX to XX: Thermistor

temperature

7 MOTOR TEMP Motor thermistor -XX to XX: Thermistor

temperature

8 BOARD TEMP Board thermistor -XX to XX: Thermistor

temperature

9 BATTERY TEMP Battery thermistor -XX to XX: Thermistor

temperature

10 SENSOR HIGH Value of High of active sensors X.X = 0.0 to 3.3 : Sensor level

11 SENSOR LOW Value of Low of active sensors X.X = 0.0 to 3.3 : Sensor level

[Note]
• When sending this command in continuation, be sure to set a fixed interval (100 msec or more).
• If the sensor information acquisition processing for each sensor does not finish within 100 msec,
a timeout is thought to have occurred, and [NAK] is returned. A timeout may occur during the
printer operation.
• SENSOR HIGH, SENSOR LOW is the value of the last label that passed through the sensor.
Therefore it may sometimes be different from test printing results (the value measured with the
label before the printing label).
• If the sensor type is sensor disabled, the SENSOR HIGH, the SENSOR LOW returns 0.0.

362
 Host This product

DC2 + PD

STX + a…a,b…b:c…c,(d…d:e…e) … + ETX

Parent topic Common commands for all languages

363
 [DC2+PG] Printer status information acquisition

Command DC2 PG Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <50>16<47>16 None

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power -

command
Valid range -

Printer operation in The command can be received even during the printer
progress operation.

When acquiring label Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
sensor information information. ([NAK] reply)

Error The command can be received even if an error is

occurring.

[Function]
This command returns the printer status.

[Format]
DC2 (12H) + PG

[Return data format (normal)]

[STX]a...a,b...bc,d...de,...[ETX] * There is no ", (comma)" before ETX

Symbol Parameter name Valid range

a Total number of data byte Data size from the first identifier until before
[ETX]
* This is the total number of bytes after parameter
b. The delimiting comma between parameters a
and b, and the ETX are not included.

b(d) Printer status information name Refer to the printer status information data
* Text format list.

c(e) Printer status information data Refer to the printer status information data
* Text format list.

Data Example)
[STX]32,PS0,RS0,RE0,PE0,EN00,BT0,Q000000[ETX]

[Printer status information data list]

No. Description Printer status Printer status information data

information name

1 Printer status PS 0: Standby (waiting for receiving data)

1: Waiting for dispensing
2: Analyzing
3: Printing
4: Offline
5: Error

364
No. Description Printer status Printer status information data
information name

2 Receive buffer status RS 0: Buffer available

1: Buffer near full
2: Buffer full

3 Ribbon status RE 0: Ribbon present

* Monitoring can be performed during 1: Ribbon near end
printing and feeding.
2: No ribbon
The correct value cannot be 3: Direct thermal model
acquired when the operation has
stopped.

4 Media status PE 0: Media present (including during startup)

* Monitoring can be performed during 1: Label near end
printing and feeding.
2: No media
The correct value cannot be
acquired when the operation has
stopped.

5 Error No.
*1 EN 00: Online *Not an error. Return is
performed
01: Offline *Not an error. Return is
performed
02: Machine error
03: Memory error
04: Program error
05: Setting information error (FLASH-
ROM error)
06: Setting information error (EE-PROM
error)
07: Download error
08: Parity error
09: Over run
10: Framing error
11: LAN timeout error
12: Buffer over
13: Head open
14: Paper end
15: Media error
16: Sensor error
17: Printhead error
18: Cover open error
19: Cutter error
20: Cutter sensor error
21: Stacker full error
22: Command error
23: Sensor error at Power-On
24: Interface card error
25: Rewinder error
26: Other error
27: Head density error
28: Kanji data error
30: Item No error

365
 No. Description Printer status Printer status information data
information name

31: BCC error

32: Cutter cover open error
33: Communication timeout error
34: Lid latch open error
35: Head lift error
36: Head overheat error
37: SNTP time correction error
38: CRC error
39: Cutter motor error
40: Scanner reading error
41: Scanner checking error
42: Scanner connection error
43: Bluetooth Module error
44: EAP authentication error (EAP failed)
45: EAP authentication error (Timeout)
46: Battery error
47: Low Battery error
48: Low Battery error (Charging)
49: Battery not installed error
50: Battery temperature error
51: Battery deterioration error
52: Motor temperature error
53: Inside chassis temperature error
54: Jam error
55: SIPL Field full error
56: Power off error while charging
57: WLAN module error
58: Option inconsistency error
59: Bad battery error (Caution)
60: Bad battery error (Warning)
61: Power off error
62: Barcode reader connection error
63: Barcode reading error
64: Barcode reading error (Verification
start position abnormality)
65: Barcode verification error
66: NFC Module error
67: NFC Command error

6 Battery status BT 0: Normal

1: Battery near end
2: Battery error

7 Remaining number of print Q 000000 to 999999: 6-digit remaining

number of print

*1 Described error numbers contain errors which will never occur on this printer.

[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]

366
 [NAK]<15>16

[Supplemental explanation]
• In the case of power supply, the battery status is always returned as 0: Normal.
• The media status is returned as "Media present" unless paper end has reached during printing.
• The correct value will be returned for receive buffer, ribbon end, media status, and battery when
the error is updated.

Host This product

DC2+PG

STX + a…a,b…bc,d…de,… + ETX

Parent topic Common commands for all languages

367
 [DC2+PH] Cancel request

Command DC2 PH Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <50>16<48>16 None

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power -

command
Valid range -

Printer operation in The command can be received even during the printer
progress operation.

Error The command can be received even if an error is

occurring.

[Function]
This command cancels print jobs and clears the entire contents of receive buffer.

[Format]
[DC2] PH

[Return data format (normal)]

[ACK]<06>16

[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]

[NAK]<15>16

[Supplemental explanation]
• The response data is returned after the cancel processing ends.
• After sending the cancel request command, wait for response reception before sending the next
data.

Host This product

DC2+PH

Clear receive buffer

Clear number of
labels to print
ACK/NAK

Parent topic Common commands for all languages

368
 [DC2+PI] Application change

Command DC2 PI Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <50>16<49>16 ,aa

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power -

command
Valid range -

Printer operation in The command cannot be received during the printer

progress operation. ([NAK] return)

When acquiring label Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
sensor information information. ([NAK] reply)

Error The command cannot be received while an error is

occurring. ([NAK] return)

Others Commands cannot be received other than when the

screen is Online or Offline. ([NAK] return)

[Function]
This command is used to switch applications such as SBPL and SZPL.

[Format]
DC2 (12H) + PI,aa

[Parameters]

Symbol Parameter name Valid range Acquisition

method

aa Identifier SB: SBPL Two characters

SZ: SZPL fixed acquisition

SP: SPOS (reserve)

SC: SCPL (reserve)
* SZPL and SCPL are only for PW208NX/
PW208mNX.

[Return data format (normal)]

[ACK]<06>16

[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]

[NAK]<15>16

369
[Exception processing]

Parameter name Exception condition

A value outside the The specified size and

range is specified received size are different

Identifier Command error Invalid receive data

Terminology Description

Command error The data received after a command error is determined is not considered as a
parameter of this command.

Invalid receive data The data corresponding to Byte 2 and thereafter of the identifier is ignored.

[Supplemental explanation]
• Setting value of the printer will be switched when switching the application. So, obtaining and
saving the setting of the application before switching, then switching it, and then put it back
to the original application, after that set it by previously saved settings, and it performs the
operation before switching it.
e.g.) When switching the application such as SBPL -> STCL -> SBPL
1. Obtain and save the setting value of SBPL state (obtain the setting value by AIOT,
[DC2]PB[EOT] and so on).
2. Switch the application to STCL.
3. Switch the application to SBPL.
4. Set the setting value obtained and saved in the step 1).
• Please send this command in a state which the printer is not working anything in Offline or
Online standby state waiting state.
The result of this command sent in pause status during cancellation is not guaranteed. In such
case, restart the printer.

Host This product

DC2+PI,aa

ACK/NAK (when a command error occurs)

Parent topic Common commands for all languages

370
 [DC2+DB] Initialization

Command DC2 DB Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <44>16<42>16 ,aa

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power -

command
Valid range -

Printer operation in The command cannot be received during the printer

progress operation. ([NAK] return)

When acquiring label Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
sensor information information. ([NAK] reply)

Error The command cannot be received while an error is

occurring. ([NAK] return)

[Function]
This command initializes the printer setting.

[Format]
[DC2] DB,aa

[Parameters]

Symbol Parameter Valid range Initialization target Acquisition method

name

a Identifier CA: Common settings [PRINTER] section Two characters fixed

initialization acquisition

CB: Warning function [COUNT] section

initialization

IL: LAN settings [LAN] section

initialization

IU: USB settings [USB] section

initialization

IW: WLAN settings [WLAN] section

initialization

IB: Bluetooth settings [BLUETOOTH] section

initialization

IN: NFC settings [NFC] section

initialization * PW208NX/PW208mNX
only

SB: SBPL settings [SBPL] section

initialization

SZ: SZPL settings [SZPL] section

initialization

SP: SPOS settings [SPOS] section (reserve)

initialization

371
 Symbol Parameter Valid range Initialization target Acquisition method
name

SC: SCPL setting [SCPL] section (reserve)

initialization * PW208NX/PW208mNX
only

CX: Registration SBPL Download

information initialization font

TrueType

Log Image

Hex Dump

Error

Key

Date

Head

Buffer

SBPL BMP

Overlay

Format

PCX

Graphic

Custom
Designed

TrueType

BJD

[Return data format (normal)]

[ACK]<06>16

[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]

[NAK]<15>16

[Exception processing]

Parameter name Exception condition

A value outside the The specified size and

range is specified received size are different

Identifier Command error Invalid receive data

Terminology Description

Command error Initialization not performed. The data received after a command error is
determined is not considered as a parameter of this command.

Invalid receive data The data corresponding to Byte 2 and thereafter is ignored.

[Supplemental explanation]

372
 • Refer to "[DC2+PA] Printer setting command" in this document for the items to be initialized in
each identifier.
• If you initialize the interface settings, a response may not be returned.

Host This product

DC2 + DB,aa

Initialization
processing
ACK/NAK

Parent topic Common commands for all languages

373
 [DC2+DC] Reset

Command DC2 DC Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <44>16<43>16 None

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power -

command
Valid range -

Printer operation in The command cannot be received during the printer

progress operation. ([NAK] return)

When acquiring label Commands are accepted while acquiring sensor

sensor information information.

Error The command can be received even if an error is

occurring.

[Function]
This command is used to restart the printer.

[Format]
[DC2] DC

[Response (only during printing)]

[NAK]<15>16

Host This product

DC2 + DC

Power off
process
Printer restart

Parent topic Common commands for all languages

374
 [DC2+DD] Power OFF

Command DC2 DD Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <44>16<44>16 None

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power -

command
Valid range -

Printer operation in The command cannot be received during the printer

progress operation. ([NAK] return)

When acquiring label Commands are accepted while acquiring sensor

sensor information information.

Error The command can be received even if an error is

occurring.

[Function]
This command is used to turn OFF the printer.

[Format]
[DC2] DD

[Response (only during printing)]

[NAK]<15>16

Host This product

DC2 + DD

Power off process

↓

Power off

Parent topic Common commands for all languages

375
 [DC2+DE] File download

Command DC2 DE Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <44>16<45>16 ,aa,b,c...c,d...d,e...e

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power The file is maintained.
command
Valid range -

Printer operation in The command cannot be received during the printer

progress operation. ([NAK] return)

When acquiring label Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
sensor information information. ([NAK] reply)

Error The command can be received even if an error is

occurring.

[Function]
This command is used to download the specified file.

[Format]
[DC2]DE,aa,b,c...c,d...d,e...e

[Parameters]

Symbol Parameter name Valid range Acquisition method

a Identifier SB: SBPL settings Two characters fixed

SZ: SZPL settings acquisition

SP: SPOS settings (reserve)

SC: SCPL settings (reserve)
* SZPL and SCPL are only for PW208NX/
PW208mNX.

CA: Common settings (when specifying other

than font logo and TrueType fonts)

b File type 0: Font/logo One character fixed

1: TrueType font acquisition

2: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi Root CA)

3: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi Private Key)
4: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi Private Key)
5: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi EAP_FAST
PAC_file)
6: HTTPS certificate

c File name Data within 255 characters including the Acquired up to ","
following character groups.
• Alphabet
• Numeral
• Hyphen ("-")
• Underscore ("_")
• Period (".")

376
 Symbol Parameter name Valid range Acquisition method

d File size 0 to 999999999 (byte) Acquired up to ","

e File data - Equivalent to file size

[Return data format (normal)]

[ACK]<06>16

[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]

[NAK]<15>16

[Return data format (when the same file name error occurs)]
1<31>16

[Exception processing]

Parameter name Exception condition

A value outside the The specified When the same file name
range is specified size and received
size are different

Identifier Command error Command error -

File type Command error Command error -

File name Command error - Same file name error

File size Command error - -

File data - Invalid receive data -

Terminology Description

Command error Downloading not performed. The data received after a command error is
determined is not considered as a parameter of this command.

Same file name error The file is not saved.

Invalid receive data The data exceeding the file size is ignored.

[Supplemental explanation]
• Send this command when printing has stopped. The content of the response data is not
guaranteed even when this command is received during printing.
• When you specify SZPL for "Parameter a: Identifier ", "0: Font/logo", "1: TrueType font" settings
of "Parameter b: File type" will be ignored.

377
 Host This product

DC2 + DE,aa,b,c･･･c,d･･･d,e･･･e

ACK/NAK/<31>16

Parent topic Common commands for all languages

378
 [DC2+DF] File name information acquisition

Command DC2 DF Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <44>16<46>16 ,aa,b

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power -

command
Valid range -

Printer operation in The command cannot be received during the printer

progress operation. ([NAK] return)

When acquiring label Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
sensor information information. ([NAK] reply)

Error The command can be received even if an error is

occurring.

[Function]
This command returns a list of file names of the specified folder.

[Format]
[DC2]DF,aa,b

[Parameters]

Symbol Parameter name Valid range Acquisition method

a Language SB: SBPL settings Two characters fixed

SZ: SZPL settings acquisition

SP: SPOS settings (reserve)

SC: SCPL settings (reserve)
* SZPL and SCPL are only for PW208NX/
PW208mNX.

CA: Common settings (when specifying other

than font logo and TrueType fonts)

b File type 0: Font/logo One character fixed

1: TrueType font acquisition

2: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi Root CA)

3: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi Client
Certificate)
4: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi Private Key)
5: Wireless LAN certificate (Wi-Fi EAP_FAST
PAC_file)
6: HTTPS certificate

379
[Return data format (normal, data exists)]
[STX]a...a,b...b(,c...c)[ETX]
Data example) [STX]xxxx,SBPL_001.dfl, SBPL_002.dfl[ETX]

Symbol Parameter name Valid range

a Total number of data byte Data size from the first identifier until
before [ETX]
* This is the total number of bytes after parameter b. The
delimiting comma between parameters a and b, and the
ETX are not included.

b(c) File name

[Return data format (normal, no file)]

[STX]0[ETX]

[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]

[NAK]<15>16

[Exception processing]

Parameter name Exception condition

A value outside the The specified size and

range is specified received size are different

Language Command error Command error

File type Command error Invalid receive data

Conditions Exception condition

When directory of the specified parameter does not Command error

exist. (Condition: Never registered in the past and so
on.)

Terminology Description

Command error The file name list is not returned. The data received after a command error is
determined is not considered as a parameter of this command.

Invalid receive data The subsequent data is ignored.

[Supplemental explanation]
• Send this command when printing has stopped. The content of the response data is not
guaranteed even when this command is received during printing.
• When you specify SZPL for "Parameter a: Language", "0: Font/logo", "1: TrueType font" settings
of "Parameter b: File type" will be ignored. So all file names registered with SZPL will return.

380
 Host This product

DC2 + DF,aa,b

Normal: STX + a…a,b…b(,c…c)+ ETX

No data: STX + 0 + ETX
Abnormal: NAK

Parent topic Common commands for all languages

381
 [DC2+DG] File information acquisition

Command DC2 DG Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <44>16<47>16 ,aa,b,cccccc,ddddddd

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power -

command
Valid range -

Printer operation in The command cannot be received during the printer

progress operation. ([NAK] return)

When acquiring label Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
sensor information information. ([NAK] reply)

Error The command can be received even if an error is

occurring.

[Function]
This command returns the specified file data information.

[Format]
[DC2]DG,aa,b,cccccc,ddddddd

[Parameters]

Symbol Parameter name Valid range Acquisition method

a Language SB: SBPL settings Two characters fixed

SZ: SZPL settings acquisition

SP: SPOS settings (reserve)

SC: SCPL settings (reserve)
* SZPL and SCPL are only for PW208NX/
PW208mNX.

b File type 0: Font/logo One character fixed

1: TrueType font acquisition

c File name size (byte) 1 to 255 Acquired up to ","

d File name Data including the following character groups Acquired up to the file
name size
*1 Only the file name is • Alphabet
specified.
• Numeral
• Hyphen ("-")
• Underscore ("_")
• Period (".")

382
[Return data format (normal, data exists)]
[STX]a...a,b...b[ETX]

Symbol Parameter name Valid range

a Total number of data byte Data size from the first identifier until before
[ETX]
* This is the total number of bytes after parameter b.
The delimiting comma between parameters a and b,
and the ETX are not included.

d File data

[Return data format (normal, no data)]

[STX]0[ETX]

[Return data format (when a command error occurs)]

[NAK]<15>16

[Exception processing]

Parameter name Exception condition

A value outside The specified size and received size are different
the range
is specified

Language Command error Invalid receive data

File type Command error Command error

File name size Command error Excessively small: Command error, Excessively large:
Remaining data standby

File name Command error Excessively small: Remaining data standby, Excessively large:
Command error

Terminology Description

Command error The file name list is not returned. The data received after a command error is
determined is not considered as a parameter of this command.

Invalid receive data The subsequent data is ignored.

[Supplemental explanation]
• When a file name is bigger than the size of the file name and still the file name is valid, it
operates and finishes normally.
• When you specify SZPL for "Parameter a: Language", "0:Font/logo", "1:TrueType font" settings
of "Parameter b: File type" will be ignored.

383
 Host This product

DC2 + DG,aa,b,cccccc,ddddddd

Normal: STX + aaaaa,bbb...bb,ccc...cc + ETX

No data: STX + 0 + ETX

Abnormal: NAK

Parent topic Common commands for all languages

384
 [DC2+DH] File deletion

Command DC2 DH Parameter

Hexadecimal code <12>16 <44>16<48>16 aa,b,c(,ddddd,eeeee)

Initial Value None

Valid range and term of When turning off the power -

command
Valid range -

Printer operation in The command cannot be received during the printer

progress operation. ([NAK] return)

When acquiring label Commands are not accepted while acquiring sensor
sensor information information. ([NAK] reply)

Error The command can be received even if an error is

occurring.

[Function]
This command is used to delete the registered files.

[Format]
[DC2]DH,aa,b,c(,ddddd,eeeee)

[Parameters]

Symbol Parameter name Valid range Acquisition method

a Language SB: SBPL settings Two characters fixed

SZ: SZPL settings acquisition

SP: SPOS settings (reserve)

SC: SCPL settings (reserve)
* SZPL and SCPL are only for PW208NX/
PW208mNX.

b File type 0: Font/logo One character fixed

1: TrueType font acquisition

c Deletion type 0: File specification One character fixed

1: All files acquisition

d File name size (byte) 1 to 255 Acquired up to ","

e File name Data including the following character groups Acquired up to the file
* Only the file name is name size
• Alphabet
specified.
• Numeral
• Hyphen ("-")
• Underscore ("_")
• Period (".")

[Return data format (normal)]

[ACK]<06>16

385
 [NAK]<15>16

[Exception processing]

Parameter name Exception condition

A value outside the The specified size and

range is specified received size are different

Language Command error Command error

File type Command error Command error

Deletion type Command error 0: Command error

*1
1: Invalid receive data

File name size Command error Command error

File name Command error

*1 Note that all data will be deleted even though subsequent data is not appropriate when specifying deleting all
the files.

Terminology Description

Command error The file is not deleted. The data received after a
command error is determined is not considered as a
parameter of this command.

Invalid receive data The subsequent data is ignored.

[Supplemental explanation]
• Do not specify the parameter d and e when the parameter c specifies 1 (delete all files). When
specified, the parameter d and e are not handled as data of this command.
• When a file name is bigger than the size of the file name and still the file name is valid, it
operates and finishes normally.
• When you specify SZPL for "Parameter a: Language", "0: Font/logo", "1: TrueType font" settings
of "Parameter b: file type" will be ignored. Beware that all files registered with SZPL will be
deleted if you specify "1: All files" in "Parameter c: Deletion type ".

Host This product

DC2 + DH,aa,b,c(,ddddd,eeeee) + EOT

Delete
the specified file
ACK/NAK

Parent topic Common commands for all languages

386
Time zone list

Time zone name UTC offset Cover area

Africa

Africa/Addis Ababa +03:00 Addis Ababa (Ethiopia)

Africa/Algiers +01:00 Alger (Algeria)

Africa/Cairo +02:00 Egypt

Africa/Cape Town +02:00 South Africa

Africa/Casablanca +00:00 Morocco

Africa/Khartoum +03:00 Sudan

Africa/Lagos +01:00 Nigeria

Africa/Tripoli +02:00 Libya

Africa/Tunis +01:00 Tunisia

Asia

Asia/Baghdad +03:00 Iraq

Asia/Bangkok +07:00 Thai

Asia/Beirut +02:00 Lebanon

Asia/Brunei +08:00 Brunei

Asia/Calcutta +05:30 India

Asia/Dhaka +06:00 Bangladesh

Asia/Dubai +04:00 Dubai

Asia/Hong Kong +08:00 Hong Kong

Asia/Hovd +07:00 Ubs, Khovd (Mongol)

Asia/Irkutsk +09:00 Irkutsk Oblast (Russia)

Asia/Jakarta +07:00 Java, Sumatra (Indonesia)

Asia/Jerusalem +02:00 Israel

Asia/Kabul +04:30 Afghanistan

Asia/Karachi +05:00 Pakistan

Asia/Krasnoyarsk +08:00 Krasnoyarsk (Russia)

Asia/Kuala Lumpur +08:00 Malaysia

Asia/Kuwait +03:00 Kuwait

Asia/Magadan +12:00 Magadan (Russia), Chishima islands

Asia/Makassar +08:00 Borneo, Sulawesi, Bali, Lesser Sunda, West Timor

(Indonesian)

Asia/Manila +08:00 Philippines

Asia/Novosibirsk +07:00 Novosibirsk Novosibirsk Oblast (Russia)

387
 Time zone name UTC offset Cover area

Asia/Oral +05:00 West Kazakhstan Province (Kazakhstan)

Asia/Phnom Penh +07:00 Cambodia

Asia/Pontianak +07:00 Borneo (Indonesia)

Asia/Rangoon +06:30 Myanmar

Asia/Riyadh +03:00 Saudi Arabia

Asia/Saigon +07:00 Vietnam

Asia/Seoul +09:00 Korea

Asia/Shanghai +08:00 Shanghai

Asia/Singapore +08:00 Singapore

Asia/Taipei +08:00 Taiwan

Asia/Tehran +03:30 Iran

Asia/Tokyo +09:00 Japan

Asia/Ulaanbaatar +08:00 Mongol (excluding Ubs, Khovd and Bayan Ologey)

Asia/Vientiane +07:00 Laos

Asia/Vladivostok +11:00 Jewish Autonomous Oblast, Khabarovsk region,

maritime region
Central part of Sakha Republic (Russia)

Asia/Yakutsk +10:00 Amurskaya oblast, Zabaykal'skiy Kray

East part of Sakha Republic (Russia)

Asia/Yekaterinburg +06:00 Respublika Bashkortostan, Chelyabinsk Oblast,

Khantia-Mansia, Kurgan Oblast, Orenburg Oblast,
Perm Krai, Sverdlovsk Oblast, Tyumen Oblast,
Yamalo-Nenets Autonomous Okrug (Russia)

Australia

Australia/Adelaide +09:30 South Australia

Australia/Brisbane +10:00 Queensland (Australia)

Australia/Canberra +10:00 New South Wales (Australia)

Australia/Darwin +09:30 Darwin (Australia)

Australia/Eucla +08:45 Eucla (Australia)

Australia/Hobart +10:00 Hobart (Australia)

Australia/Melbourne +10:00 Melbourne (Australia)

Australia/Perth +08:00 Perth (Australia)

Australia/Sydney +10:00 New South Wales (Australia)

Caribbean

Caribbean/Havana -05:00 Cuba

Caribbean/Kingston -05:00 Jamaica

Caribbean/Nassau -05:00 Bahamas

Caribbean/Port-au-Prince -05:00 Haiti

Caribbean/San Juan -04:00 San Juan (Argentina)

388
 Time zone name UTC offset Cover area

Caribbean/Santo Domingo -04:00 Dominica

Central America

Central America/Belmopan -06:00 Belize

Central America/Guatemala -06:00 Guatemala

Central America/Managua -06:00 Nicaragua

Central America/Panama -05:00 Panama

Central America/San Jose -06:00 San Jose (America)

Central America/San Salvador -06:00 El Salvador

Central America/Tegucigalpa -06:00 Honduras

Europe

Europe/Amsterdam +01:00 Holland

Europe/Andorra +01:00 Andorra

Europe/Athens +02:00 Greek

Europe/Belfast +00:00 The United Kingdom

Europe/Belgrade +01:00 Serbia

Europe/Berlin +01:00 Germany

Europe/Bratislava +01:00 Czech

Europe/Brussels +01:00 Belgium

Europe/Bucharest +02:00 Rumania

Europe/Budapest +01:00 Hungary

Europe/Busingen +01:00 Busingen (Germany)

Europe/Chisinau +02:00 Moldova

Europe/Copenhagen +01:00 Denmark

Europe/Dublin +00:00 Ireland

Europe/Gibraltar +01:00 Gibraltar (The United Kingdom)

Europe/Gothenburg +01:00 Sweden

Europe/Guernsey +00:00 The United Kingdom

Europe/Helsinki +02:00 Finland

Europe/Isle_of_Man +00:00 The United Kingdom

Europe/Istanbul +02:00 Turkey

Europe/Jersey +00:00 The United Kingdom

Europe/Kaliningrad +03:00 Kaliningrad (Russia)

Europe/Kiev +02:00 Ukraine

Europe/Lisbon +00:00 Portugal

Europe/Ljubljana +01:00 Slovenia

Europe/London +00:00 The United Kingdom

389
 Time zone name UTC offset Cover area

Europe/Luxembourg +01:00 Luxembourg

Europe/Madrid +01:00 Spain

Europe/Malta +01:00 Malta

Europe/Mariehamn +02:00 Finland

Europe/Minsk +03:00 Belarus

Europe/Monaco +01:00 Monaco

Europe/Moscow +04:00 European Russia (Russia)

Europe/Nicosia +02:00 Cyprus

Europe/Oslo +01:00 Norway

Europe/Paris +01:00 France

Europe/Podgorica +01:00 Serbia

Europe/Prague +01:00 Czech

Europe/Reykjavik +00:00 Iceland

Europe/Riga +02:00 Latvia

Europe/Rome +01:00 Italy

Europe/Samara +04:00 Samara, Udmurtskaya (Russia)

Europe/San_Marino +01:00 Italy

Europe/Sarajevo +01:00 Serbia

Europe/Simferopol +02:00 Ukrayina

Europe/Skopje +01:00 Serbia

Europe/Sofia +02:00 Bulgaria

Europe/Stockholm +01:00 Sweden

Europe/Tallinn +02:00 Estonia

Europe/Tirane +01:00 Albania

Europe/Tiraspol +02:00 Moldova

Europe/Torshavn +00:00 Torshavn (Denmark)

Europe/Uzhgorod +02:00 Ukrayina

Europe/Vaduz +01:00 Liechtenstein

Europe/Vatican +01:00 Italy

Europe/Vienna +01:00 Austria

Europe/Vilnius +02:00 Lithuania

Europe/Volgograd +04:00 Kirov, Saratov Volgograd Oblast, Astrakhan Oblast

(Russia)

Europe/Warsaw +01:00 Poland

Europe/Zagreb +01:00 Serbia

Europe/Zaporozhye +02:00 Ukrayina

Europe/Zurich +01:00 Swiss

390
 Time zone name UTC offset Cover area

North America

North America/Alaska -09:00 Alaska (America)

North America/Aleutian -10:00 Aleutian Islands (America)

North America/Arizona -07:00 Arizona (America)

North America/Central -06:00 Canada, America, Mexico

North America/Danmarkshavn +00:00 Greenland (Denmark)

North America/East-Indiana -05:00 Indiana (America)

North America/Eastern -05:00 Canada, America, Mexico

North America/Edmonton -07:00 Alberta (Canada)

North America/Halifax -04:00 Nova Scotia (Canada)

North America/Hawaii -10:00 Hawaii (America)

North America/Indiana-Starke -06:00 Stark county (America)

North America/Ittoqqortoormiit -01:00 Ittoqqortoormiit (Denmark)

North America/Mexico City -06:00 Mexico

North America/Michigan -05:00 Michigan (America)

North America/Montreal -05:00 Quebec (Canada)

North America/Mountain -07:00 Canada, America, Mexico

North America/Nuuk -03:00 (Denmark)

North America/Pacific -08:00 Canada, America, Mexico

North America/Qaanaaq -04:00 (Denmark)

North America/Samoa -11:00 Samoa

North America/St Johns -03:30 Newfoundland, Labrador (Canada)

North America/Toronto -05:00 Ontario (Canada)

North America/Vancouver -08:00 British Columbia (Canada)

North America/Winnipeg -06:00 Manitoba (Canada)

Pacific

Pacific/Auckland +12:00 New Zealand

Pacific/Port Moresby +10:00 Papua New Guinea

South America

South America/Asuncion -04:00 Paraguay

South America/Bogota -05:00 Colombia

South America/Buenos Aires -03:00 Argentine

South America/Caracas -04:30 Venezuela

South America/Guayaquil -05:00 Ecuador

South America/La Paz -04:00 Bolivia

South America/Lima -05:00 Peru

391
 Time zone name UTC offset Cover area

South America/Manaus -04:00 Amazon (Brazil)

South America/Montevideo -03:00 Uruguay

South America/Port of Spain -04:00 Trinidad, Tobago

South America/Santiago -04:00 Chile

South America/Sao_Paulo -03:00 Brazil

Parent topic Part 1 SBPL Commands

392
Part 2 Interface Specification
Overview
Communication protocol
USB
Wireless LAN
Bluetooth
NFC
Notes about the Interface

Overview

Overview

Parent topic Part 2 Interface Specification

Overview
This printer has a build-in interface on the printer to communicate data with host.

Followings are the types of build-in interface.

• USB interface (USB2.0 High-speed, MiniB, Female part)
• Bluetooth interface (Ver.3.0+EDR Class 2+ MFI model for Apple iOS)
• NFC interface

In addition, following type of interface is available as option (PW208NX only)

• Wireless LAN unit (802.11a/b/g/n)
Parent topic Overview

393
Communication protocol
Types of communication protocol and Reception mode
Return status
Status 3
Status 4

Parent topic Part 2 Interface Specification

Types of communication protocol and Reception mode

• Multiple buffer mode
Able to receive data up to reception buffer near full size during print
• Bidirectional communication (Status 3, Status 4, Status5)
Monitors status of this product to carry out data communication
• Please refer to each interface for the detailed description of status 3 and status 4.
• Communication protocol for NFC (pass-through) is available only in multiple buffer mode.

Following chart shows available communication protocols.

Interface

Communication protocol USB Bluetooth Wireless LAN NFC

(Option)

Multiple buffer x x x ○
Without bidirectional
communication

Status 3 x ○ ○ x
Multiple buffer
With bidirectional communication

Status 4 ○ ○ ○ x
Multiple buffer
With bidirectional communication

○: Enabled, x: Disabled
Parent topic Communication protocol

394
Return status
The purpose of return status is to manage the status of this product by host, and the product return
the status by request command from host.
There are two types of return status format, Status 3 and Status4. Each return status is listed below.
The product returns the status after receiving request command.

Communication Command Command name Remarks

protocol

Status 3 ENQ (05H) Status request command

CAN (05H) Cancel request command

Status 4 ENQ (05H) Status request command

CAN (05H) Cancel request command

DLE (10H) Print end request

command

DC1 (11H) Print start request

command

* In Status 3 and 4, command is processed for ESC+ENQ and ESC+CAN and returns status, but does not
process command nor returns status for ESC+DLE and ESC+DC1.
Remarks
When you acquire return status from this product, please input transmission interval time after
sending each command to printer.
Returning start up time will be delayed about 1.0 second when printer is in Sleep mode.

Command Command name Transmission interval

time (Actual value)

ENQ (05H) Status request 5 ms or more

* 300ms or more for Wireless LAN

CAN (18H) Cancel request 500 ms or more

DLE (10H) Print end request

DC1 (11H) Print start request

395
 (1) ENQ (Status request)

Host This product

Send ENQ (05H)

Write Create status information
Transmission interval Send buffer
time (5ms or more) STX xxA000000････ ETX

Receive
Read STX xxA000000････ ETX

(2) CAN (Cancel request)

Host This product

Send CAN (18H)

Write

Cancelling
Transmission
intervals
(500ms or more) Send buffer: ACK (06H)

ACK (06H) Printer without error

NAK (15H) Error in printer
Receive
Read ACK

The above values are target values for queuing time until host reads ACK from printer. It varies by
the interface type, setting of communication interface and communication environment.
The rough standard for transmission interval shall be 900 ms or more when you request cancel
(18H) when receive buffer is near full.
Return status of Status 3
Return status of Status 4

Parent topic Communication protocol

Return status of Status 3

The purpose of this communication protocol is to return the product condition and reply as a status
to the host by receiving three types of request commands and print command.
Following described about the details of request commands and return status.

1) Status request command

This command returns the Job ID number of received data in printing, status of this product and the
number of remaining label to print to the host. All "0" (HEX 30H) is returned for print quality when the
print is completed or when there is no received data. Space (HEX 30H) is returned for the Job ID
numbers when command for the designation of the job ID number<ID> is not specified.
Please do not send ENQ (Status request) while sending print data (STX <A> to <Z> ETX). Status
would not be returned properly or print would not be performed properly if ENQ is sent.

1. Command ENQ (HEX 05H)

STX (HEX 02H)
ETX (HEX 03H)

396
2. Return status, Format

STX ID number Status No of remaining labels ETX (Total: 11 bytes)

From 000000 to 009999

Set a job ID number by the command <ID>
being specified in ESC <A> to <Z>. Set the job ID number of
received data in printing when multiple received data exist.

3. Status list
Description ASCII HEX

OFFLINE NO ERROR 0 30
STATE
(UNUSED) RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
*1 1 31

BUFFER NEAR FULL 2 32

*1
(UNUSED) RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL 3 33

BATTERY NEAR END 5 35

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END

*1 6 36

BATTERY NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL 7 37

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END & 8 38

*1

BUFFER NEAR FULL

ONLINE WAIT TO NO ERROR A 41

STATE RECEIVE
(UNUSED) RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END
*1 B 42

BUFFER NEAR FULL C 43

(UNUSED) RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END &

*1 D 44
BUFFER NEAR FULL

BATTERY NEAR END ! 21

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ " 22

*1
LABEL NEAR END

BATTERY NEAR END & BATTERY NEAR FULL # 23

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ $ 24

*1
LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL

PRINTING NO ERROR G 47

(UNUSED) RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END

*1 H 48

BUFFER NEAR FULL I 49

(UNUSED) RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END &

*1 J 4A
BUFFER NEAR FULL

BATTERY NEAR END % 25

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ & 26

*1
LABEL NEAR END

BATTERY NEAR END & BATTERY NEAR FULL ‘ 27

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ ( 28

*1
LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL

STANDBY NO ERROR M 4D

397
 Description ASCII HEX

(Waiting for *1
(UNUSED) RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END N 4E
dispenser/
cut) BUFFER NEAR FULL O 4F
*1
(UNUSED) RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & P 50
BUFFER NEAR FULL

BATTERY NEAR END ) 29

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ * 2A

*1
LABEL NEAR END

BATTERY NEAR END & BATTERY NEAR FULL + 2B

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ , 2C

*1
LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL

ANALYZING/ NO ERROR
*2 S 53
EDITING
*1 *2
(UNUSED) RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END T 54

BUFFER NEAR FULL

*2 U 55

*1
(UNUSED) RIBBON / LABEL NEAR END & V 56
*2
BUFFER NEAR FULL

BATTERY NEAR END

*2 - 2D

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ . 2E

*1
LABEL NEAR END

BATTERY NEAR END & BATTERY NEAR FULL / 2F

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ @ 40

*1
LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL

ERROR BUFFER OVER a 61

DETECTION
HEAD OPEN b 62

PAPER END c 63

(UNUSED) RIBBON END d 64

MEDIA ERROR (PRINT ERROR) e 65

SENSOR ERROR /PAPER JAM ERROR f 66

(UNUSED) BARCODE READ / COLLATION ERROR f 66

(UNUSED) BARCODE READER CONNECTION CONFIRM ERROR f 66

HEAD ERROR g 67

(UNUSED) COVER OPEN h 68

(UNUSED) CUTTER OPEN ERROR h 68

(UNUSED) RIBBON CORE NON LOCK ERROR h 68

CARD ERROR i 69

(UNUSED) CUTTER ERROR j 6A

OTHER ERRORS k 6B

(UNUSED) CUTTER SENSOR ERROR l 6C

(UNUSED) STACKER or REWIDER FULL; WINDING FULL m 6D

398
 Description ASCII HEX

(UNUSED) RFID TAG ERROR o 6F

(UNUSED) RFID PROTECT ERROR p 70

BATTERY ERROR q 71

*1 It does not detect LABEL NEAR END.

*2 Print quantity may not be set properly depending on timing of edit and analysis.
*3 BUFFER OVER may occur or may not occur, it depends on interface.

2) Cancel request command

This command enables to cancel print jobs and to clear the entire contents of receive buffer.
The status of this product after finishing process is returned.
* When the cancel request command has been sent, wait more than 500 ms before sending the next data.
* This command shall not be used while sending other data like print data.

1. Command CAN (HEX 18H)

2. Return status list
Return status Description

ACK (HEX 06H) No error in this product

NAK (HEX 15H) Error in this product

3) Print command
Print starts after receiving print command (STX <A> to <Z> ETX)
The status of this product after receiving command is returned.

1. Return status list (The status of this product)

Return status Description

ACK (HEX 06H) No error in this product

NAK (HEX 15H) Error in this product

Note: ACK is returned instead of NAK when this product is in Sleep mode or in WakeUp mode for Ver1.7.3-r1 or after.
Note: If ESC+Z is received and error occurs at the same time when printer wakes up from Sleep mode, there is a timing
to return ACK, but this rarely occurs in operation because status is checked by ENQ.

Command example of Job ID number <ID>

<A>
<ID>01
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202<X20>,ABC
<Q>1
<Z>
Please refer to "Job ID Number <ID>" in this document for details.
Parent topic Return status

399
Return status of Status 4
This communication protocol is used to return the condition of this product and reply as a status to
the host by receiving four types of request commands and print commands.
The following describes about commands and return status.

1) Status request command

This command returns the job ID number of receiving data in printing, the status of this product,
the number of remaining label to print, and job name to host. All "0" (HEX 30H) is returned for print
quality when the print is completed or when there is no received data. A "space" (HEX 20H) is
returned for the job ID when Job ID Number <ID> is not specified.
Please do not send ENQ (Status request) while sending print data (STX <A> to <Z> ETX). Status
would not be returned properly or print would not be performed properly if ENQ is sent.

1. Command ENQ (HEX 05H)

2. Return status, Format

Number of ENQ STX ID number Status Remaining JOB ETX Wireless LAN
bytes to send 1 byte 1 byte 2 bytes 1 byte number of name 1 byte 32 bytes
4 bytes 05H 02H label 6 bytes 16 bytes 03H
0000001CH

ID number is set after it is specified by the Job name is set after it is

From 000000 to 009999
Job ID number command. specified by job name command.

STX ID Status Remaining JOB ETX Other interface

1 byte number 1 byte number of name 1 byte than above
02H 2 bytes label 6 bytes 16 bytes 03H 27 bytes

3. Return status list

Description ASCII HEX

OFFLINE NO ERROR 0 30
STATE
(UNUSED) RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END
*1 1 31

BUFFER NEAR FULL 2 32

(UNUSED) RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL

*1 3 33

PRINT HALT (NO ERROR) 4 34

BATTERY NEAR END 5 35

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END

*1 6 36

BATTERY END & BUFFER NEAR FULL 7 37

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END & 8 38

*1

BUFFER NEAR FULL

ONLINE WAIT TO NO ERROR A 41

STATE RECEIVE
(UNUSED) RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END
*1 B 42

BUFFER NEAR FULL C 43

(UNUSED) RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END &

*1 D 44
BUFFER NEAR FULL

PRINT HALT (NO ERROR) E 45

400
 Description ASCII HEX

BATTERY NEAR END ! 21

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ “ 22

*1
LABEL NEAR END

BATTERY END & BUFFER NEAR FULL # 23

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ $ 24

*1
LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL

PRINTING NO ERROR G 47

(UNUSED) RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END

*1 H 48

BUFFER NEAR FULL I 49

*1
(UNUSED) RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END & J 4A
BUFFER NEAR FULL

PRINT HALT (NO ERROR) K 4B

BATTERY NEAR END % 25

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ & 26

*1
LABEL NEAR END

BATTERY END & BUFFER NEAR FULL ‘ 27

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ ( 28

*1
LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL

STANBY NO ERROR M 4D
(waiting for
(UNUSED) RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END
*1 N 4E
dispenser/
cutter)
BUFFER NEAR FULL O 4F
*1
(UNUSED) RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END & P 50
BUFFER NEAR FULL

PRINT HALT (NO ERROR) Q 51

BATTERY NEAR END ) 29

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ * 2A

*1
LABEL NEAR END

BATTERY END & BUFFER NEAR FULL + 2B

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ , 2C

*1
LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL

ANALYZING/ NO ERROR
*2 S 53
EDITING
(UNUSED) RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END
*1 *2 T 54

BUFFER NEAR FULL

*2 U 55

*1
(UNUSED) RIBBON/LABEL NEAR END & V 56
*2
BUFFER NEAR FULL

PRINT HALT (NO ERROR) W 57

BATTERY NEAR END - 2D

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ . 2E

*1
LABEL NEAR END

401
 Description ASCII HEX

BATTERY END & BUFFER NEAR FULL / 2F

(UNUSED) BATTERY NEAR END & RIBBON/ @ 40

*1
LABEL NEAR END & BUFFER NEAR FULL

ERROR HEAD OPEN b 62

DETECTION
PAPER END c 63

(UNUSED) RIBBON END d 64

MEDIA ERROR (PRINT ERROR) e 65

SENSOR ERROR / PAPER JAM ERROR f 66

(UNUSED) BARCODE READ / COLLATION ERROR f 66

(UNUSED) BARCODE READER CONNECTION CONFIRM ERROR f 66

HEAD ERROR g 67

(UNUSED) COVER OPEN h 68

(UNUSED) CUTTER OPEN ERROR h 68

(UNUSED) RIBBON CORE NON LOCK ERROR h 68

CARD ERROR i 69

(UNUSED)CUTTER ERROR j 6A

OTHER ERRORS k 6B

(UNUSED) CUTTER SENSOR ERROR l 6C

(UNUSED) STACKER or REWIDER FULL; WINDING FULL m 6D

(UNUSED) RFID TAG ERROR o 6F

(UNUSED) RFID PROTECT ERROR p 70

BATTERY ERROR q 71

*1 It does not detect LABEL NEAR END.

*2 Print quantity may not be set properly depending on timing of edit and analysis.

• The root cause of receive buffer near full

"Receive buffer near full" occurs when the buffer's free space goes down to 0.95 MB out of the
2.95 MB of receive buffer.
• Contributing factor for cancellation of receive buffer near full
"Receive buffer near full" is cleared when the buffer's free space decreased to 1.95 MB.

2) Cancel request command

This command enables to cancel print jobs and to clear the entire contents of receive buffer.
The status of this product after finishing process is returned.
* When the cancel request command has been sent, wait more than 500 ms before sending the next data.
* Please do not send CAN (Cancel request command) while STX <A> to <Z> ETX. CAN (Cancel request
command) would not be sent properly.

1. Command CAN (HEX 18H)

2. Return status list

402
 Return status Description

ACK (HEX 06H) No error in this product

NAK (HEX 15H) Error in this product

Note: ACK is HEX 0000000106H and NAK is HEX 0000000115H for Wireless LAN interface.

3) Print command
This command (<A> to <Z>) starts the printing process.
The status of this product after receiving command is returned.

1. Return status list

Bluetooth interface
Return status Description

ACK (HEX 06H) No error in this product

NAK (HEX 15H) Error in this product

Note: ACK is returned instead of NAK when this product is in Sleep mode or in WakeUp mode for Ver1.7.3-r1 or after.

Interface other than Bluetooth

Return status Description

NONE No response is returned.

4) Print stop request command

This command halts the printing process.
The status of this product after receiving command is returned.

1. Command DLE (HEX 10H)

2. Return status list
Return status Description

ACK (HEX 06H) No error in this product

NAK (HEX 15H) Error in this product

Note: ACK is HEX 0000000106H and NAK is HEX 0000000115H for Wireless LAN interface.

Please do not send DLE (Print stop request command) while STX <A> to <Z> ETX. DLE (Print
stop request command) would not be sent properly. Font data, graphic data, barcode data will
not be processed as DLE transmission (Print stop request).

5) Print start request command

This command releases the pause mode of the printer and restarts the printing process.
The status of this product after receiving command is returned.

1. Command DC1 (HEX 11H)

2. Return status list
Return status Description

ACK (HEX 06H) No error in this product

403
 Return status Description

NAK (HEX 15H) Error in this product

Note: ACK is HEX 0000000106H and NAK is HEX 0000000115H for Wireless LAN interface.
Parent topic Return status

404
 Status 3
The purpose of this communication protocol is to control the status of this product on host and to
return status from this product with request command from host.
Please refer to "Return status of Status 3" for the details of request command and return status.
Return sequence
Reference flow chart

Parent topic Communication protocol

405
Return sequence
Please refer to "Printer Status" in "Wireless LAN" described below when Wireless LAN interface is
used.

1) Normal process

HOST This product

ENQ (Status request command)

STATUS (Remaining label=[000000] )

IDnumber=[space]
Status=Wait for receive

Print command ( Print Qty=100 )

IDnumber=[05]
Receive/ Analysis/Edit
ACK (Status of printer : No error)
ENQ (Status request command)

Status ( Remaining label=[000000] )

IDnumber=[05]
Status=Analysis, Editing
Print

ENQ (Status request command)

Print 1st label

( )
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000100]

Print 2nd label

Print command Print Qty =50 )
( IDnumber=[06] Receive/Analysis/Edit

ACK (Status of printer : No error)

Print 3rd label

ENQ (Status request command)

PAPER END ERROR

Status ( ID number=[05]
Status=Paper end
Remaining label=[000098]
)
ENQ
Clear the error (Press [Print/Select] key)
(Status request command)

Status ( Status=Printing )
ID number=[05]

Remaining label=[000098] Print 3rd label

～
～ ～
～ ～
～

ENQ (Status request command)

Print 100th label

Status ( Status=Printing )
ID number=[05]

Remaining label=[000001]

ENQ (Status request command)

Print 1st label

( )
ID number=[05]
Status Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000050]

406
 2) Cancel request command
HOST This product

ENQ (Status request command)

( )
IDNumber=[Space]
Status Status=Wait for receive
Remaining label=[000000]

Print command ( IDPrintnumber=[12]

Qty=50 ) Receive/ Analysis/Edit
ACK (Status of printer: No error)

Print

Print 1st label

ENQ (Status request command)

( )
IDnumber=[12]
Status Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000049]
Print 2nd label

Print 3rd label

CAN (Cancel request command)

Clear receive buffer

Clear Print Qty
500 ms or more
ACK (Status of printer: No error)

ENQ (Status request command)

( )
ID number=[Space]
Status Status=Wait for receive
Remaining label=[000000]

Print command ( Print Qty=100 )

ID number=[13]
Receive/ Analysis/Edit

ACK (Status of printer: No error)

Print

ENQ (Status request command)

Print 1st label

( )
ID number=[13]
Status Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000100]

Print 2nd label

PAPER END ERROR
CAN (Cancel Request command) Press [Print/Select] key
Clear receive buffer
Clear Print Qty
NAK (Status of printer: Error)

500 ms or more

ENQ (Status request command) Release error

(Press [Print/Select] key)

( )
ID number=[Space]
Status Status=Wait for receive
Remaining label [000000]

Parent topic Status 3

407
Reference flow chart
Please refer to the following flow chart for creating program at host with this protocol.

Power ON Loop

Print data set Yes

Receive status?

Status Set
Send ENQ No
No
Time out?
Loop

Yes Yes
Time out? Time out Set
1
No Display status
Display ID number RETURN

Display print Qty

Display status

Yes *
Error ?

No No
Cancel?
Yes
Offline? Yes

No
Yes
Buffer near full?

No
Yes
Cancel?
Send CAN
No
Send print data
Loop

Loop
Yes
Time out?
Yes
Time out? No
No
No ACK?
1
Yes

* Please make sure that error in this product has been cleared by ENQ then send print data when this product
detects an error by checking status.
Parent topic Status 3

408
 Status 4
The purpose of this communication protocol is to control the status of this product on host and to
return status from this product with request command from host.
Please refer to [Returns status of Status 4] for the details of request command and return status.
Return sequence

Parent topic Communication protocol

409
Return sequence
Please refer to "Printer Status" in "Wireless LAN" described below when Wireless LAN interface is
used.

1) Normal process

Host This product

ENQ (Status request command)

IDnumber=[Space]
Status=Wait for Receive * 1 Respond to print command only
Status Remaining label=[000000]
Job name=[Space]
when Bluetooth is used.
IDnumber =[05]
Print Print Qty=100
command Job name=[SATO] Receive/Analysis/Edit

ACK (Status of printer: No error)*1

ENQ (Status request command)

IDnumber=[05]
Status=Editing
Status Remaining label=[000000]
Job name=[SATO] Print

ENQ (Status request command) Print 1st label

ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Status Remaining label=[000100]
Job name=[SATO]

Print 2nd label

Print ID number=[06]
Print Qty=50
command Job name=[SATO] Receive/Analysis/Edit

ACK (Status of printer: No error)*1

Print 3rd label

PAPER END
ENQ (Status request command)
IDnumber=[05]
Status=Paper End
Status Remaining label=[000098] Release error
Job name=[SATO] (Press [Print/Select] key)

Print 3rd label

ENQ (Status request command)

ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Status Remaining label=[000098]
Job name=[SATO]

ENQ (Status request command)

Print 100th label
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Status Remaining label=[000001]
Job name=[SATO]

ENQ (Status request command)

IDnumber=[06]
Status=Printing Print 1st label
Status Remaining label=[000050]
Job name=[SATO]

410
 2) Cancel request command

HOST This product

ENQ (Status request command)

ID number=[Space] * 1 Respond to print command only when

Status=Wait for Receive
Status Remaining label=[000000]
Bluetooth is used.
Job name=[Space]

IDnumber=[12]
Print command Print Qty=50 Receive/Analysis/Edit
Job name=[SATO]

ACK (Status of printer: No error)*1

Print
ENQ (Status request command)
Print 1st label
IDnumber=[12]
Status Status=Printing
Remaining label =[000050]
Job name=[SATO]
Print 2nd label

CAN (Cancel request command)

Print 3rd label
ACK (Status of printer: No error)
500ms or Clear receive buffer
Clear Print Qty
more
ENQ (Status request command)

ID number=[Space]
Status=Wait for Receive
Status Remaining label =[000000]
Job name=[Space]

ID number=[13]
Print Qty=100
Print command Job name=[SATO] Receive/Analysis/Edit

ACK (Status of printer: No error) *1

Print
ENQ (Status request command)
Print 1st label
ID number=[13]
Status=Printing
Status Remaining label =[000100]
Job name=[SATO]
Print 2nd label
CAN (Cancel request command) PAPER END

NAK (Status of printer: Error) Clear receive buffer

500ms or
Clear Print Qty
more
Release error
ENQ (Status request command) (Press [Print/Select] key)

ID number=[Space]
Status Status=Wait for Receive
Remaining label =[000000]
Job name=[Space]

Parent topic Status 4

411
USB
Basic Specifications
Layout plan for connector pin

Parent topic Part 2 Interface Specification

Basic Specifications
USB interface of this product comply with USB2.0 standard.

Interface
Mini B type (Female part)
5 4 3 2 1

Communication settings
Setting range in communication settings mode

Item Setting value Initial Value

Protocol Status 4 Status 4

Connector
Mini B plug
Length of cable: 5 m or less (Twisted Pair Shielded)

Version
USB2.0 High-speed

Receive buffer size

2.95 MB

0 Mbyte 2.95 Mbytes

Near Full
Remaining 0.95 Mbytes
Release Near
Full
Remaining 1.95 Mbytes
Parent topic USB

412
 Layout plan for connector pin

Pin number Name

1 VBus

2 -Data(D-)

3 +Data(D+)

4 USB ID

5 GND

Parent topic USB

413
Wireless LAN
Basic Specifications
Specifications of software
Specifications of TCP/IP
Specifications of LPR
Specifications of FTP
Specifications of HTTP/HTTPS
Wireless LAN settings
Socket communication
Connection and Disconnection of session
Printer Status
Specification of SNMP
Notes

Parent topic Part 2 Interface Specification

Basic Specifications

Protocol
Following communication protocol is configurable;

Setting item Setting range

Protocol Return Status 3

Return Status 4 (ENQ response mode) (Initial value)

Display Wi-Fi status

Display radio field intensity with icon on screen.

Icon Name Description

Disconnected Wi-Fi is enabled but is disconnected.

Wi-Fi radio field Wi-Fi is connected. Display radio field intensity (4 levels)
intensity

Display Wi-Fi information

Information/ Wi-Fi Status screen shows Wi-Fi information. The information is updated every 10
seconds.

Specifications of Wi-Fi
1) Communications Standards
Comply with IEEE802.11a/b/g/n

Communications Standards Frequency band Maximum speed

IEEE802.11b 2.4 GHz 11 Mbps

IEEE802.11a 5 GHz 54 Mbps

IEEE802.11g 2.4 GHz 54 Mbps

IEEE802.11n 2.4/5 GHz 135 Mbps

414
2) Connection conditions for IEEE802.11n
MCS value 0-6 supported
MCS value 7 is working, but performance is not guaranteed.

Band width Guard interval Communication speed

MCS6 MCS7 (reference value)

20 MHz 800 ns 58.5 Mbps 65.0 Mbps

400 ns 65.0 Mbps 72.2 Mbps

40 MHz 800 ns 121.5 Mbps 135.0 Mbps

400 ns 135.0 Mbps 150.0 Mbps

3) Wireless LAN communication mode

Infrastructure mode
Ad Hoc mode
* IEEE802.11n works only in Infrastructure mode.

4) Channel for use

1 to 13 channel (when it is connected with IEEE802.11b/g/n)
* Access point channel is used in Infrastructure mode.
* Channel of communication partner is used if communication partner is [Waiting to be connected] at first in Ad
Hoc mode.
* Setting range is 3 to 11 channel when band width of IEEE802.11n is 40 MHz (regardless of region setting).
5) SSID
Set 1 to 32 of alphanumeric characters or code (available range of character is 20H to 7EH)
6) Wireless LAN security
Infrastructure mode

Wireless LAN security None

WEP

WPA+WPA2

WPA2

Dynamic WEP

WEP Open System

Shared Key

WEP Key 1 to 4

WEP Key character string 64 bit: 5 ASCII / 10 hex

128 bit: 13 ASCII / 26 hex

WPA＋WPA2, WPA2 PSK PSK Key 8 to 64 ASCII 64 hex

Enterprise (802.1x） EAP Conf

CCKM

EAP FAST MSCHAP v2

GTC

415
 TLS

LEAP

PEAP MSCHAP v2

GTC

TLS

MD5

OTP

TLS

TTLS MSCHAP v2

MSCHAP

CHAP

PAP

EAP-GTC

EAP-MD5

EAP-MSCHAP v2

EAP-OTP

EAP-TLS

Ad Hoc mode

None -

WEP Open System

Shared Key

WEP Key 1 to 4

WEP Key character string 64 bit: 5 ASCII / 10 hex

128 bit: 13 ASCII / 26 hex

7) Supports WPS 2.0 (Wi-Fi Simple Configuration Technical Specification v2.0.0)

8) Able to communicate with 6 devices at the maximum in Ad Hoc mode.
9) Obtained CCX certificate (Ver4.0)
10) Supports Wi-Fi Direct

Note
Please consult with your system administrator and make sure that there will be no affect on medical
devices and equipment when printer is used near the medical devices and equipment.

416
Receive buffer size
2.95 MB

0 Mbyte 2.95 Mbytes

Near Full
Remaining 0.95 Mbytes
Release Near
Full
Remaining 1.95 Mbytes

Network setting/Display items

Wireless LAN setting/Display items

Parent topic Wireless LAN

Network setting/Display items

Following chart lists configurable items and items can be referred.
TCP/IP-related settings

Setting items Setting range Initial value

(Factory setting)

DHCPv4 setting Enabled/Disabled Enabled

IPv4 address 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0

IPv4 subnet mask 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 255.255.255.0

IPv4 default gateway 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0

IPv4 DNS primary address 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0

IPv4 DNS secondary address 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0

IPv6 address resolution Disable / DCHP / AUTO / Static Disable

IPv6 address AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH ::

ASCII for 128 bit
A to H is "0" to "9", "A" to "F".
A to H can be omitted.

IPv6 default router AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH ::

ASCII for 128 bit
A to H is "0" to "9", "A" to "F".
A to H can be omitted.

IPv6 subnet pre-fix 1 to 128 64

IPv6 DNS primary address AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH ::

ASCII for 128 bit
A to H is "0" to "9", "A" to "F".
A to H can be omitted.

ARP extension Enabled/Disabled Enabled

Cycle of ARP notification "0" to "600" (seconds) 300

KEEPALIVETIME "30" to "300" (seconds) 180

KEEPALIVECOUNT "1" to "99" (times) 17

SOCKET_CANCEL "0": Normal mode 0

"1": Compatible mode

Communication protocol Status 4 (ENQ) / Status 3 / none Status 4 (ENQ)

(SBPL)

417
 Setting items Setting range Initial value
(Factory setting)

Port number 1 1 to 65535 1024

Port number 2 1 to 65535 1025

Port number 3 1 to 65535 9100

SNMP settings Enabled/Disabled Disabled

SNMP read-only version 1|2c|3 1|2c|3

1|2c
3
Disabled

SNMP read-only community Maximum of 32 character strings public

name

SNMP read-only user name 8 to 32 of character string rouser

SNMP read-only security none / Authentication / Privacy (with code language) none

SNMP read-only authentication MD5 / SHA MD5

protocol

SNMP read-only authentication 8 to 32 of character string mypassword

password

Protocol for SNMP read-only DES/AES DES

authentication

Password for SNMP read-only 8 to 32 of character string mypassword

code language

SNMP read-write only version 1|2c|3 1|2c|3

1|2c
3
Disabled

SNMP read-write only Maximum of 32 character strings private

community name

SNMP read-write only user 8 to 32 of character string rwuser

name

SNMP read-write only security none / Authentication / Privacy (with code language) none

SNMP read-write only protocol MD5/SHA MD5

SNMP read-write only 8 to 32 of character string mypassword

authentication password

Protocol for SNMP read-write DES/AES DES

only code language

Password for SNMP read-write 8 to 32 of character string mypassword

only code language

SNMP trap Enabled/Disabled Disabled

SNMP trap version SNMPv1 / SNMPv2c / SNMPv3 SNMPv1

SNMP trap Destinations Destination1 / Destination2 / Destination3 Destination1

SNMP trap IP Version IPv4 / IPv6 IPv4

SNMP IPv4 trap Destination1 AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD 0.0.0.0

A to D is "0" to "255"

418
 Setting items Setting range Initial value
(Factory setting)

Allow "0" to "255" for A to D

SNMP IPv6 trap Destination1 AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH ::

ASCII for 128 bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H can be omitted.

SNMP IPv4 trap Destination2 AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD 0.0.0.0

A to D is "0" to "255"
Allow "0" to "255" for A to D

SNMP IPv6 trap Destination2 AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH ::

ASCII for 128 bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H can be omitted.

SNMP IPv4 trap Destination3 AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD 0.0.0.0

A to D is "0" to "255"
Allow "0" to "255" for A to D

SNMP IPv6 trap Destination3 AAAA:BBBB:CCCC:DDDD:EEEE:FFFF:GGGG:HHHH ::

ASCII for 128 bit
A to H is "0" to "FFFF"
A to H can be omitted.

SNMP trap community Maximum of 32 character string trapcom

* Encrypted data

SNMP trap user name Maximum of 32 character string trapuser

* Encrypted data

SNMP trap engine ID Even number Number generated

10 digits to 64 digits from MAC address

SNMP trap security none / Authentication / Privacy (with code language none

SNMP trap authentication MD5 / SHA MD5

protocol

SNMP trap authentication 8 to 32 digits of character strings mypassword

password * Encrypted data

SNMP trap encryption protocol DES / AES DES

SNMP trap encryption 8 to 32 digits of character strings mypassword

password * Encrypted data

LPD Enabled/Disabled Disabled

FTP Enabled/Disabled Disabled

FTP time out "10" to "3600" (seconds) 300

Parent topic Basic Specifications

Wireless LAN setting/Display items

419
Following chart lists configurable sections and variables and sections/variables can be referred.

Variable name Setting range Initial value

(Factory setting)

Wireless LAN operation mode Infrastructure/Ad Hoc Ad Hoc

SSID 1 to 32 of character strings

*1 SATO_PRINTER

Hidden SSID Enabled/Disabled Enabled

Channel number 1 to 13 6
* Maximum value varies by destination

Infrastructure mode network None None

security WEP
WPA+WPA2
WPA2
Dynamic WEP

Ad Hoc mode network security WEP/None None

WEP key Open System / Shared Key Open System

WEP key 1 Encryption character string of character NULL

WEP key 2 Encryption character string of character NULL

WEP key 3 Encryption character string of character NULL

WEP key 4 Encryption character string of character NULL

WEP key index 1 to 4 1

WPA authentication Personal (PSK) Personal (PSK)

Enterprise (802.1x)
CCKM

PSK 8-63 ASCII or 64 HEX digits NULL

EAP Mode FAST FAST

LEAP
PEAP
TLS
TTLS

Inner Method if EAP MSCHAPv2 MSCHAPv2

Mode=FAST GTC
TLS

Inner Method if EAP MSCHAPv2 MSCHAPv2

Mode=PEAP GTC
MD5
OTP
TLS

Inner Method if EAP MSCHAPv2 MSCHAPv2

Mode=TTLS MSCHAP
CHAP
PAP
EAP-GTC
EAP-MD5

420
 Variable name Setting range Initial value
(Factory setting)

EAP-MSCHAPv2
EAP-OTP
EAP-TLS

EAP authentication user name 0 to 63 characters

*1 NULL

EAP authentication password 0 to 32 of encryption character strings NULL

Anon. Outer ID 0 to 63 characters

*1 NULL
If EAP Mode=FASE, PEAP,
TTLS

Verify Server Cert. Enabled/Disabled Enabled

Not for LEAP

Private Key P/W 0 to 64 of encryption character strings NULL

PAC Auto Provisioning Enabled/Disabled Disabled

PAC Password 0 to 64 of encryption character strings NULL

*1 Setting range is HEX 20-7EH.

Parent topic Basic Specifications

421
 Specifications of software
Supported protocol: TCP/IP
Network layer: IPv4, IPv6, ICMP
Session layer: TCP, UDP
Application layer: LPR, FTP, DHCP, HTTP/HTTPS, SNMPv1, SNMPv2c, SNMPv3
1. LPR of TCP/IP, FTP, and Dedicated Socket protocol can be used for sending print data.
2. Status of printer can be obtained by dedicated Socket protocol.
Parent topic Wireless LAN

Specifications of TCP/IP
TCP/IP protocol environment has LPR and FTP for print. DHCP can be used for setting address.

Parent topic Wireless LAN

Specifications of LPR
LPR protocol complies with RFC1179 and handles a list of theoretical printer names as queue name.
The queue name is "IP".
Send sequence of data file and control file in the job does not affect on print operation when the job
is sent by LPR.
* Job deletion is not supported by LPR.
* Specifications of LPR can be used only in Status 4: ENQ response.
* Missing label or duplicated image may occur when many labels are printed by LPR due to the specifications
of Windows.
* Banner page print is not supported.
* Multiple sessions cannot be established at the same time.

Parent topic Wireless LAN

Specifications of FTP
FTP protocol complies with RFC959 and handles the list of theoretical printer names as a transfer
directory. File transfer to this directory executes print operation. Note that it is possible to specify
ASCII (A) and BINARY (I) as transfer mode, and mode varies by the client.
The directory name is "lp".
* Multiple sessions cannot be established at the same time.
* Login users are as follows (without password)
root
anonymous
lp
Parent topic Wireless LAN

422
Specifications of HTTP/HTTPS
This product is configurable by using Web browser.
URL is as follows (Recommended browser: Chrome)
1. Access to this product from Web browser at the following URL.
https://IP address of this product/
2. Click "Login" from WebConfig screen.

3. Login.
Username: settings
Password: 0310

423
 Login has been completed.

Parent topic Wireless LAN

424
 Wireless LAN settings
802.1x authentication and certification

Parent topic Wireless LAN

802.1x authentication and certification

Depending on format, certification may be required or may not be required for 802.1x authentication.
When certification is required, it is necessary to import it from Web setting screen or USB memory.
Following shows the necessity of certifications, ID and password of each format for 802.1
authentication followed by the types of certifications and secret keys.
■ Items to be imported from Web setting screen and USB memory

No. Items to be imported Description

1 Root certificate File: Select a file of root certificate

2 Client certificate Password: Enter secret password of client certificate

File: File of client certificate

3 Secret key Password: Enter password of secret key

File: Select file of secret key

4 PAC file Password: Enter password of PAC file

File: Select PAC file.

■ Necessity of ID/Password, certifications of each format for 802.1x authentication

EAP Necessary information (○: Necessary, ×: Unnecessary)

format
User name Password Certification Root Client Secret key PAC file
Password certificate certificate

EAP-TLS ○ × ○ ○ ○ ○ ×

EAP-PEAP ○ ○ × ○
*1 × × ×

EAP-LEAP ○ ○ × × × × ×

EAP-TTLS ○ ○ × ○
*1 × × ×

EAP-FAST ○ ○ × × × × ○

*1 Use client certificate instead of root certificate as long as it meets the conditions as described in
supplementary explanation 2.

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Root certificate must fulfill the minimum requirements as follows.
◦ Certification of computer in server shall be connected to reliable root certification authority
(CA), the certification shall be run by CryptoAPI, and it should pass all tests being specified
by remote access polity and network policy.
◦ Computer certificates for NPS server and VPN server shall be configured as Extended Key
Usage (EKU) is including server authentication in (Object ID for server authentication is
1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.1.).
◦ Server certification shall consist of required algorithm value RSA.
◦ When SubjectAltName-extention is used, DNS name of server shall be included to this
SubjectAltName-extention.

425
 • Server accepts Certification attempts by client if the server meets the following requirements
when using EAP-PEAP and EAP-TTLS. (For Windows Server 2008/2008R2/2012/2012R2)
◦ Client certificate shall be issued by Enterprise CA or it shall be mapped to account of user
®
or computer in Active Directory domain service (AD DS).
◦ There shall be certification chain for certification of user and computer of client and the
certification chain shall be used for reliable root CA. EKU extension shall aim for client
certificate (Object identifier of client certificate is 1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.2). In addition, those
certifications shall pass the check test run with CryptoAPI and specified by remote access
policy and/or network policy, and also those certifications shall pass the check test on
certificate object identifier specified by IAS remote access policy and/or NPS network
policy.
◦ 802.1x client shall not use any of registry based certificates such as Smart Card Logon
Certificate or password protected certificate.
◦ SubjectAltName-extention of certificate shall include Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQND)
(DNS name) for computer certificate.
Parent topic Wireless LAN settings

426
 Socket communication
With functionality of TCP/IP Socket server, it is possible to use 2 port connection in where Port 1 is
used for receiving status 4 supported print data and Port 2 is used for returning printer status. Also it
is possible to use 1 port connection in where Port 1 or Port 3 is used for receiving status 3/status 4
supported print data and returning printer status.
When Port 3 is used, only status return data and printer operation setting request data are returned
to host.
It is not possible to use 2 port connection and 1 port connection at the same time.
It is not possible to have few sessions connected at once to each Socket.
Besides Socket, it is possible to use LPR and FTP for sending print data. It is not allowed to
connect to print data port (Port 1 or Port 3) while LRP and/or FTP is connected due to Socket
communication.
Please do not use 2 ports connections consist of Port 2 port and Port 3 port.
1. Print by 2 port connection/Socket (Status 4)

Print data Port1

Host Return data Port2 This product

2. Print by 1 port connection/Socket (Status 4)

Print data, Return data

Host This product
Port3

3. Print by 1 port connection/Socket (Return status 3)

Print data, Return data

Host This product
Port1 or Port3

4. Print with LPR and FTP

Print data LPR, FTP

Host This product

Return data
Port2

Parent topic Wireless LAN

427
Connection and Disconnection of session
Socket server functionality performs connection and disconnection of print data port (Port1), Status
return port (Port2), Sent/Received port (Port3 or Port 3) as follows.
Status 4
1) Print data port (Port1), Status return port (Port2)

Host This product

CONNECT LISTEN
(Port1, Port2)
ACCEPT
CONNECT success

Print data
(Port1) Print by printer
Status request
(Port1)
Printer Status
(Port2)

Print data
(Port1) Print by printer
CLOSE
(Port1,Port2) CLOSE
CONNECT end

LISTEN

428
 Status 3/Status 4
2) Sent/Received port (Port3 or Port1)

Host This product

CONNECT LISTEN
(Port1 or Port3)
ACCEPT
CONNECT success
Connect

Status request
(Port1 or Port3)
Printer Status
(Port1 or Port3)

Print data
(Port1 or Port3) Print by printer

CLOSE
(Port1 or Port3) CLOSE
CONNECT end

LISTEN
Parent topic Wireless LAN

429
 Printer Status

1) Status mode
There are two types of mode for status return when using Wireless LAN interface.
1. Status4/ENQ response mode (2 ports connection or 1 port connection)
Port 1 is used for print data port, Port 2 is used for status return, Port 3 is used for print data port
and status return.
Printer Status is returned when printer receives status request command from host.
2. Status 3/ENQ response mode (1 port connection)
Port 1 is used for both print data port and status return port. Port 3 is used for both print data
port and status return port.
ACK is returned when printer receives print request command from host, and Printer Status is
returned when printer receives status request command from host.
It is not possible to print label by using printer driver when Status 3 is in use.

Status modes are switched by changing the setting of communication protocol and timing of Printer
Status return in communication setting mode of this product. Following chart shows the relationship
between the types of status mode, setting items of communication setting mode.

Type of status mode Setting item of communication setting mode

Communication protocol Timing of Printer Status return

(PROTOCOL) (REPLY TIMING)

2 ports connection STATUS4 ENQ

ENQ response mode

1 port connection STATUS3 ENQ

ENQ response mode

2) Data format of Status Return

1. 2 ports connection (Status 4 return)

Number of byte ENQ STX ID Status Remaining JOB ETX

to send 4 bytes 1 byte 1 byte number 1 byte labels name 1 byte
0000001CH 05H 02H 2 bytes 6 bytes 16 bytes 03H

(Total 32 bytes)

Please refer to [Return status of Status 4] for the description of [Status].

2. 1 port connection (Status 3 return)

STX ID Status Remaining ETX

1 byte number 1 byte labels 1byte
02H 2 bytes 6 bytes 03H
(Total 11 bytes)

Please refer to [Return status of Status 3] for the description of [Status].

430
3) Sequence
1. Status 4/ENQ response mode (2 port connection or 1 port connection)
The latest Printer Status is returned after printer receives status request command (ENQ:05H)
from host.

Host This product

LISTEN
CONNECT
(Port1, Port2 ACCEPT
or Port3)
CONNECT Success
Connect

Status request
(Port1, Port3) Latest Printer Status
(ENQ [05h]) Printer Status
(Port2, Port3)
CLOSE
(Port1, Port2 CLOSE
or Port3)
CONNECT End
LISTEN

2. Status 3/ENQ response mode (1 port connection)

This product sends ACK after receiving print request command from host and sends Printer
Status after receiving status request command (ENQ:05H) from host.

Host This product

LISTEN
CONNECT
(Port1 or Port3) ACCEPT
CONNECT Success
Connect

Status request
(Port1 or Port3)
(ENQ [05h]) Latest Printer Status
Printer Status
(Port1 or Port3)
CLOSE
(Port1 or Port3) CLOSE
CONNECT End
LISTEN

Parent topic Wireless LAN

431
 Specification of SNMP
SNMP is a protocol to monitor and control network devices connected to network.
This product supports communication with SNMPv1, SNMPv2c, SNMPv3, and MIB supports
following MIB-II. With this MIP, it is possible to acquire information, to send notification on
administrative information, and to change settings.
• system(1)
• interface(2)
• at(3)
• ip(4)
• icmp(5)
• tcp(6)
• udp(7)
• snmp(10)
• host(25)
• printerMIB(43)
HostResourceMIB/prinerMIB is used for showing the status of this product. Please refer to the next
page for the details.
PrinterMIB / HostResourceMIB to show the status of printer

Parent topic Wireless LAN

432
 PrinterMIB / HostResourceMIB to show the status of printer
PW208NX/PW208mNX Printer MIB Host Resources MIB
Trap hrPrinterD
prtAlertSeverityL prtAlertTraini hrDeviceSta hrPrinterSt
# Alert Description prtAlertGroup prtAlertCode etectedErr
evel ngLevel tus atus
orState
subunitLifeOve
1 EBATTDEG Battery degradation X critical(3) untrained(3) other(1) -
r(11)
subunitLifeOve
2 EBATTCAUTION Battery degradation X critical(3) untrained(3) other(1) -
r(11)
subunitUnreco
3 EBATTERY Battery error X critical(3) untrained(3) other(1) verableFailure( -
30)
subunitAlmost
4 EBATTLOW Battery low X critical(3) untrained(3) other(1) -
Empty(12)

Depends on the printer status (mStatus_xxx)/ (mStatus_xxx)

Depends on the printer status (mStatus_xxx)/ (mStatus_xxx)

subunitAlmost
5 EBATTLOWCHG Battery low (charging) X critical(3) untrained(3) other(1) -
Empty(12)
subunitMissing
6 EBATTNONE No battery X critical(3) untrained(3) other(1) -
(9)
subunitAtLimit(
7 EBATTTEMP Battery temperature error X critical(3) other(1) other(1) -
17)
subunitLifeOve
8 EBATTWARNING Battery degradation X critical(3) other(1) other(1) -
r(11)
9 EBOVER Buffer overflow X critical(3) other(1) channel(14) other(1) -
subunitUnreco
10 EBTMODULE Bluetooth module error X critical(3) fieldService(5) channel(14) verableFailure( -
30)
11 ECHARGEPWOFF Charging X critical(3) untrained(3) other(1) other(1) -
12 ECMD/ECOMMAND SBPL command error X critical(3) other(1) interpreter(15) other(1) -
13 ECOPY_SRCISDST Destination is source X critical(3) other(1) interpreter(15) other(1) -
bit #4
14 ECOVEROPEN Cover open X critical(3) untrained(3) cover(6) coverOpen(3)
(doorOpen)
15 ECRC CRC error X critical(3) other(1) channel(14) other(1) -

16 EDENSITY Head density change X critical(3) fieldService(5) marker(10) other(1) -

17 EDIGEST Package verification error X critical(3) other(1) other(1) other(1) -

18 EEAPAUTH EAP authentication error X critical(3) trained(4) channel(14) other(1) -
19 EEAPTIME EAP authentication error X critical(3) trained(4) channel(14) other(1) -
20 EFRAM Framing error X critical(3) other(1) channel(14) other(1) -
21 EGAPTOOLONG Gap too long X critical(3) untrained(3) input(8) other(1) -

433
 PW208NX/PW208mNX Printer MIB Host Resources MIB
Trap hrPrinterD
prtAlertSeverityL prtAlertTraini hrDeviceSta hrPrinterSt
# Alert Description prtAlertGroup prtAlertCode etectedErr
evel ngLevel tus atus
orState
22 EHDERR/EHEAD Head error X critical(3) fieldService(5) marker(10) other(1) -
subunitOpene bit #4
23 EHOPEN/EHEADOPEN Head open X critical(3) untrained(3) marker(10)
d(18) (doorOpen)
24 ELAN LAN error X critical(3) other(1) channel(14) other(1) -
25 EMACHINE Machine error X critical(3) fieldService(5) other(1) other(1) -
26 EMEDIA Media error X critical(3) trained(4) other(1) other(1) -
27 ENFCCMDERROR NFC command error X critical(3) other(1) other(1) other(1) -
28 ENFCMODULE NFC module error X critical(3) fieldService(5) other(1) other(1) -
subunitOverTe
29 EMOTERTEMP Motor overheated X critical(3) other(1) other(1) -
mperature(36)
30 ENOGAP Gap not found X critical(3) untrained(3) input(8) other(1) -
31 ENOIMARK I-mark not found X critical(3) untrained(3) input(8) other(1) -
32 ENOTFOUND Not found X critical(3) other(1) other(1) other(1) -
33 ENOTHINGTOPRINT No fields to print X critical(3) untrained(3) interpreter(15) other(1) -
34 EOPTION Option error critical(3) fieldService(5) other(1) other(1) -
35 EORUN Overrun error X critical(3) other(1) channel(14) other(1) -
subunitOverTe
36 EOVERHEAT Print head overheated X critical(3) other(1) marker(10) -
mperature(36)
bit #5
37 EPAPERJAM Paper jam X critical(3) trained(4) mediaPath(13) jam(8)
(jammed)
38 EPARAM Invalid argument X critical(3) other(1) other(1) other(1) -
inputMediaSup bit #1
39 EPEND/ENOPAPER Out of paper X critical(3) untrained(3) input(8)
plyEmpty(808) (noPaper)
40 EPLATFORM Package platform mismatch error X critical(3) other(1) other(1) other(1) -
41 EPOWEROFF Power off error X critical(3) trained(4) other(1) other(1) -
generalPrinter( subunitOverTe
42 EPRINTERTEMP Printer overheated X critical(3) fieldService(5) -
5) mperature(36)
43 EPROGRAM Program error X critical(3) fieldService(5) other(1) other(1) -
44 EPRTY Parity error X critical(3) other(1) channel(14) other(1) -
45 ERAMDISK Ramdisk not found error X critical(3) other(1) other(1) other(1) -
46 EREINDEX Database reindex error X critical(3) other(1) interpreter(15) other(1) -
47 ESDBCOLSIZE Too many bytes in indexed column X critical(3) other(1) interpreter(15) other(1) -

434
 PW208NX/PW208mNX Printer MIB Host Resources MIB
Trap hrPrinterD
prtAlertSeverityL prtAlertTraini hrDeviceSta hrPrinterSt
# Alert Description prtAlertGroup prtAlertCode etectedErr
evel ngLevel tus atus
orState
48 ESDBCONN Not connected to table X critical(3) other(1) interpreter(15) other(1) -
49 ESDBCONTEXT Edit operation no allowed X critical(3) other(1) interpreter(15) other(1) -
50 ESDBNOISPC No space in table index X critical(3) other(1) interpreter(15) other(1) -
51 ESDBROWSIZE Too many bytes in sdb row X critical(3) other(1) interpreter(15) other(1) -
bit #5
52 ESENSER Sensor error X critical(3) trained(4) mediaPath(13) jam(8)
(jammed)
53 ESIGNFILE No RSA key found X critical(3) other(1) other(1) other(1) -
54 ESIGNFILEM No matching RSA key found X critical(3) other(1) other(1) other(1) -
55 ESIPLFIELDFULL Field full X critical(3) other(1) interpreter(15) other(1) -
56 ESIPLFORMATFULL Format full X critical(3) other(1) interpreter(15) other(1) -
57 ESNTP NTP error X critical(3) other(1) other(1) other(1) -
58 ESOCKET Socket error X critical(3) fieldService(5) channel(14) other(1) -
59 ESTALEID Status for job id has been recycled X critical(3) other(1) interpreter(15) other(1) -
60 EVERSIONGT Operation requires a later version X critical(3) other(1) other(1) other(1) -
61 EVERSIONLT Operation requires a previous version X critical(3) other(1) other(1) other(1) -
62 EWLANMODULE WLAN module error X critical(3) fieldService(5) channel(14) other(1) -
63 EXMLSCHEMA XML XSD error X critical(3) other(1) interpreter(15) other(1) -
subunitLifeAlm
64 guiWarning_changeBattery1 Change battery X warning(4) untrained(3) other(1) -
ostOver(10)
subunitLifeAlm
65 guiWarning_changeBattery2 Change battery X warning(4) untrained(3) other(1) -
ostOver(10)
subunitLifeAlm
66 guiWarning_changePlaten Change platen X warning(4) fieldService(5) mediaPath(13) -
ostOver(10)
subunitLifeAlm
67 guiWarning_changeTPH Change TPH X warning(4) fieldService(5) marker(10) -
ostOver(10)
68 guiWarning_cleanHead Clean head X warning(4) trained(4) marker(10) other(1) -
69 guiWarning_commandError Command error X warning(4) other(1) interpreter(15) other(1) -
70 guiWarning_headError Head error X warning(4) fieldService(5) marker(10) other(1) -
inputMediaSup bit #0
71 guiWarning_paperNearEnd Paper near end X warning(4) untrained(3) input(8)
plyLow(807) (lowPaper)
guiWarning_receiveBufferNe
72 Receive buffer near full X warning(4) other(1) channel(14) other(1) -
arFull

435
 PW208NX/PW208mNX Printer MIB Host Resources MIB
Trap hrPrinterD
prtAlertSeverityL prtAlertTraini hrDeviceSta hrPrinterSt
# Alert Description prtAlertGroup prtAlertCode etectedErr
evel ngLevel tus atus
orState
73 guiWarning_unknownHead Unknown head X warning(4) fieldService(5) marker(10) other(1) -
bit #6
(offline) | bit
generalPrinter( subunitOffline(
74 mStatus_error Offline and error X critical(3) untrained(3) #7 down(5) other(1)
5) 22)
(serviceReq
uested)
idle(3) /
running(2)
75 mStatus_online|mStatus_aep Online - - - - - - printing(4)
/warning(3) *
**
generalPrinter( subunitOffline( bit #6
76 mStatus_offline Offline X critical(3) untrained(3) down(5) other(1)
5) 22) (offline)
77 mStatus_powerDown Power down - - - - - - down(5) other(1)
78 mStatus_init Initializing - - - - - - down(5) warmup(5)
79 mStatus_upgrading Upgrading - - - - - - down(5) other(1)
running(2)|w
80 mStatus_powersave Power Saving Mode - - - - - - arning(3)|do other(1)
wn(5) ***
running(2)|w
81 mStatus_wakeup Waking up from Power Saving Mode - - - - - - arning(3)|do warmup(5)
wn(5) ***

* warning(3) is set in the case of an active warning (guiWarning_xxx), else running(2) is set./warning
** printing(4) is set while printing a label, else idle(3) is set.
*** running(2) or warning(3) is set (see *) if the printer will wake up to the online state (mStatus_online), else down(5) is set.

436
 Notes
• 150 ms to 200 ms interval is required to close port then open port, if you want to open and
close print data port (Port 1), Status port (Port 2) and send/received port (Port 3). Short interval
setting may cause double connection. Request for double connection occurs when [CONNECT]
request is made to Port (Port1, Port2 or Port3) in addition to the request [CONNECT (Socket
OPEN)] which has already been made to Port (Port1, Port2 or Port3). When printer receives
request for double connection, it sends response of Disconnection (Socket CLOSE) to the
request.
• Communication distance and transmission rate between host and printer (Wireless LAN board)
varies by operating environment due to operating conditions of Wireless LAN.
• It is recommended to use it in Infrastructure mode on the condition that display of field intensity
of Wireless LAN is level3 or above (following chart).

• It is likely that communication data is lost if environment of Wireless LAN is not appropriate
because Wireless LAN is portable or due to ambient conditions.
• Please set frequency of channel for each group to every [5 channel] or more than 5 channels if
you want to place few Wireless LAN network groups next to each other.

Parent topic Wireless LAN

Ex) When channel of group1 is [1], channel of group 2 shall be set to [6] channel or after.

437
Bluetooth
Bluetooth interface of this printer complies with Bluetooth Ver. 3.0 standard.
Basic specification
Bluetooth settings
CRC transmission data
CRC calculation data
Example of transmission data
CRC error display
Transmission sequence

Parent topic Part 2 Interface Specification

Basic specification

Standard
Bluetooth Ver. 3.0+EDR Power Class 2

Communication distance
10 m (Prescribed measurement environment)

Profile for use

Serial Port Profile (SPP)
SPP defines connection of two Bluetooth supported devices by establishing virtual serial port.

Operation mode
Slave mode

Authentication level
Level 1: No authentication
Level 2-1: PIN code authentication, Service level, No encryption
Level 2-2: PIN code authentication, Service level, Encryption
Level 3: PIN code authentication, Service level, No encryption
Level 4: Support for secure simple pairing, Service level, Encryption
Initial value: No authentication

PIN code
ASCII code in 1 to 16 digits (20H,21H,23H to 7EH)
Initial value: 0000

Device name
ASCII code in 0 to 53 digits (20H,21H,23H to 7EH)
Initial value: SATO PRINTER_xxxxxxxxxxxx (xxxxxxxxxxxx is BD address)

Power saving mode

sniff, park, hold (Operate according to host setting)

Setting of CRC (Enabled/Disabled)

CRC: Enabled/Disabled
Initial value: Disabled

438
Disconnection timeout period (SPP layer)
0 second (Initial value)

Disconnection timeout period (LMP layer)

60 seconds (Initial value)

Parameter

Setting item Setting range

Protocol Status 3
Status 4 (Initial value)
None

Receive buffer size

2.95 MB

0 Mbyte 2.95 Mbytes

Near Full
Remaining 0.95 Mbytes
Release Near
Full
Remaining 1.95 Mbytes

Pairing
Keep link keys for 10 devices

CoD (Class of Device)

Major service class: Unspecified
Major device class: Imaging major class
Minor device class: Printer

supervision timeout
Initial value=20 seconds (Changeable from host)

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Printer operates in slave mode. Before establishing connection, specify Bluetooth Device
address (BD address) from the master.
• Connection may not be established when master’s authentication mode, packet type, and PIN
code are different from above setting. In that case, confirm authentication level and PIN code by
[Tools] menu > [Test Print] > [Configure List] in [Settings] menu, match with master setting and
try reconnection.
• Bluetooth interface and printer is connected by internal serial interface.
• When Bluetooth LINK is lost (e.g. out of service area), disconnects from the printer after
supervision timeout period has passed. Supervision timeout period is monitoring time of
physical link layer.
• When Bluetooth communication is disconnected while sending print data (STX<A> to <Z>ETX),
the received data is discarded after disconnection time-out period has passed. It is required
to resend print data (STX<A> to <Z>ETX) when time out occurs. Time out is not monitored if
disconnection time out period is set to 0.

439
 • Buffer over occurs if printer has full of receive buffer. Please send ENQ then send print data as
checking the status of receive buffer.
• ACK/NAK is returned when CRC check result is normal and CRC check is valid.
Parent topic Bluetooth

440
 Bluetooth settings
Following items are available for Bluetooth interface setting.
(1) Authentication level (Level1, Level2-1, Level 2-2, Level 3, Level 4)
(2) PIN code (Alphanumeric character and codes (20H, 21H, 23H to 7EH) 1 to 16 digits)
PIN code (Personal Identification Number, Pass-key) consists of 1 to 16 codes and is an
authentication password to be used for identifying printer. This PIN code is required for
authentication level 2 to 4. When paring starts in printer after authentication with PIN code, link
key will be automatically generated. Once link key is generated, it is no longer necessary to
perform authentication with PIN code so that it is possible to establish connection during paring
without confirmation of PIN code.
Bluetooth specification Ver 3.0 module supports FastConnect. Information on pairing for 10
devices is saved under printer. When pairing is performed for 10 devices or more, printer
will delete the oldest information on paring then will save the information on paring of new
connected device. (Information on paring will not be cleared by Factory Clear)
(3) Communication parameter (ISI, ISW, PSI, PSW)
Bluetooth module has setting values of ISI, ISW, PSI, PSW, and the details are described in the
list below.

Setting Description

ISI (Inquiry Scan Interval) ISW time interval (0,18 to 4096)

(every 0.625 ms)

ISW (Inquiry Scan Window) Response time for search request from the host (0,17 to 4096)
(every 0.625 ms)

PSI (Page Scan Interval) PSW time interval (18 to 4096)

(every 0.625 ms)

PSW (Page Scan Window) Response time for connection request from the host (17 to 4096)
(every 0.625 ms)

• When ISI=0 and ISW=0, device search from master device can be rejected.
• Initial values of factory clear are ISI=2048 (1.28 sec), ISW=18 (11.25 ms), PSI=144 (90 ms),
and PSW=18 (11.25 ms).
• It is prohibited to set as ISI<ISW nor PSI<PSW.
• Normally communication parameter does not need to be changed. However it needs to be
adjusted when the radio wave signals are low.
(4) Device name (Alphanumeric number and codes (20H, 21H, 23H to 7EH) 1 to 20 digits)
Any device name can be set and displayed on connected device to identify the printer.
Note:
Initialized communication parameter is set to Bluetooth interface as turning on the power
of printer for the first time after it was set. Do not turn off the power of printer until printer is
booted normally for reboot.
Parent topic Bluetooth

441
 CRC transmission data
When CRC check mode is selected, transmit data format needs to be configured as follows.

*1
STX Commands ETX CRC_High CRC_Low

CRC calculation range

Item HEX (H) Description

STX 02 Transmission control character to start text

Commands - Commands+Parameter

ETX 03 Transmission control character to end text

CRC 2 bytes Calculate by computation method called

CRC-ANSI. Sends High first then Low
with error control value calculated
by CRC-16(generating polynomial
16 15 2 *2
X +X +X +1 )

• Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> shall be set to the
command.
STX and ETX must to be set in transmission data when CRC is enabled. When printer cannot
receive STX or ETX, print operation is not executed.
• Since it is a right shift, the actual value used for calculation will be 0xA001. Initial value is 0.
Parent topic Bluetooth

442
 CRC calculation data
Following shows a part of CRC calculation process when sending print speed <CS> as an example.
Transmission data is STX <A> <CS>2 <Z> ETX, and this will be "02 1B 41 1B 43 53 32 1B 5A 03"
in HEX. The underlined area is CRC calculation range. Generating polynomial is expressed "1010
0000 0000 0001" as binary numbers. 1B is the first object of calculation and it is expressed "0001
1011" as binary numbers. Initial value of CRC is "0".
(1) CRC = CRC XOR Object data(1B) 0000 0000 0000 0000 (CRC)
XOR) 0000 0000 0001 1011 (1B)
CRC = 0000 0000 0001 1011
(1-1) A=CRC AND “0001” A=1
CRC= shift 1bit right of CRC CRC = 0000 0000 0000 1101

(1-1) If A=1, CRC XOR Generating 0000 0000 0000 1101 (CRC)
polynomial, and assign the result to XOR) 1010 0000 0000 0001 (Polynomial)
CRC. CRC = 1010 0000 0000 1100
If A=0, do nothing

(2-1) Calculate the same as (1-1), and A=0

repeat (1-1) and (1-2) calculation seven CRC = 0101 0000 0000 0110
times. (8bits in total)

(2-2) Calculate the same as (1-2). CRC is as CRC = 0101 0000 0000 0110
it is since A=0.

(3-1) Calculation the same as (1-1). A=0

CRC = 0010 1000 0000 0011

(3-2) Calculate the same as (1-2). CRC = 0010 1000 0000 0011

(4-1) Calculation the same as (1-1). A=1

CRC = 0001 0100 0000 0001

(4-2)Calculate the same as (1-2). 0001 0100 0000 0001 (CRC)

XOR) 1010 0000 0000 0001 (Polynomial)
CRC = 1011 0100 0000 0000

(5-1) Calculate the same as (1-1). A=0

CRC = 0101 1010 0000 0000

(5-2) Calculate the same as (1-2). CRC = 0101 1010 0000 0000

(6-1) Calculate the same as (1-1). A=0

CRC = 0010 1101 0000 0000

(6-2) Calculate the same as (1-2). CRC = 0010 1101 0000 0000

(7-1) Calculate the same as (1-1). A=0

CRC = 0001 0110 1000 0000

(7-2) Calculate the same as (1-2). CRC = 0001 0110 1000 0000

(8-1) Calculate the same as (1-1). A=0

CRC = 0000 1011 0100 0000

(8-2) Calculate the same as (1-2). CRC = 0000 1011 0100 0000

CRC calculation for “1B” is completed. Calculation result until 03

Repeat the same calculation of (1) for next CRC = 1110 1100 0101 1110
object data “41” until “03”. In this case EC
5E.
Parent topic Bluetooth

443
 Example of transmission data
Following shows an example of transmission data.
(1) Print data
STX
<A>
<X22>,sato
<Q>0001
<Z>
ETX
71H 9CH
Following shows HEX data to be sent. CRC is shown with underline.
02 1B 41 1B 58 32 32 2C 53 41 54 4F 1B 51 30 30 30 31 1B 5A 03 71 9C
(2) Print speed Command <CS>
STX
<A>
<CS>2
<Z>
ETX
ECH 5EH
Following shows HEX data to be sent. CRC is shown with underline.
02 1B 41 1B 43 53 32 1B 5A 03 EC 5E
Parent topic Bluetooth

444
 CRC error display
The printer checks the validity of receive data by calculating CRC for each received item and
comparing it with the received CRC. The receive data is proven to be invalid if both CRC does not
match, then it stops printing by generating the "CRC error" at the point when this item starts printing.
There are two ways to clear CRC error as follows.
1. Hold down [Feed/Select] key
Resumes printing from the print data with CRC error.
2. Hold down [Print/Select] key
Clears print data with CRC error and resume printing from next item

[Supplementary Explanation]
• Return status of Status3, 4 at the time of CRC error will be [Other errors].
Parent topic Bluetooth

445
 Transmission sequence
Normal end
In case where communication is lost while transferring print data
In case where communication is lost while transferring status after receiving print data
Abnormal end when CRC check is enabled

Parent topic Bluetooth

Normal end

Status 4 (CRC check is enabled)

Host This product

CONNECT
EN
ID number=[Space]
Status=Wait for Receive
Remaining label=[000000]
Job name=[Space]

Print command (STX to ETX CRC)

ID number=[05]
Print Qty=100
Job name=[SATO]
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
ACK (Printer status: No error)

ENQ (Status request command)

ID number=[05]
Status=Editing
Remaining label =[000000] Print
Status Job name=[SATO]

ENQ (Status request command)

Print 1st label
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Remaining label =[000100]
Status Job name=[SATO]

Print command (STX to ETX CRC) Print 2nd label

ID number=[06]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO]
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
ACK (Printer status: No error) Print 3rd label
PAPER END
ENQ (Status request command)

ID number=[05] Error release

Status=PAPER END
Status Remaining label=[000098] (Press [Print/Select] key)
Job name=[SATO]
Print 3rd label
ENQ (Status request command)
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Status Remaining label=[000098]
Job name=[SATO]

Print 100th label

ENQ (Status request command)

ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Status Remaining label=[000001]
Job name=[SATO]

ENQ (Status request command) Print 1st label

ID number=[06]
Status=Printing
Status Remaining label=[000050]
Job name=[SATO]

DISCONNECT

446
Status 3 (CRC check is enabled)

HOST This product

CONNECT
ENQ (Status request command)

ID number=[Space]
Status=Wait for Receive
Status Remaining label=[000000]

Print command (STX to ETX CRC)

ID number=[05]
Print Qty=100 Receiving/Analysis/Editing

ACK (Printer status: No error)

ENQ (Status request command)

ID number=[05]
Status Status=Editing
Remaining label=[000000]
Print
ENQ (Status request command)
Print 1st label
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Status Remaining label=[000100]

Print command (STX to ETX CRC)

Print 2nd label
ID number=[06]
Print Qty=50 Receiving/Analysis/Editing
ACK (Printer status: No error)
Print 3rd label
ENQ (Status request command) PAPEREND
ID number=[05] Error release
Status Status=Paper end
(Press [Print/Select] key)
Remaining label=[000098]

ENQ (Status request command)

Print 3rd label

ID number=[05]
Status Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000098]

ENQ (Status request command)

Print 100th label
ID number =[05]
Status Status = Printing
Remaining label =[000001]

ENQ (Status request command)

Print 1st label
ID number =[06]
Status = Printing
Status Remaining label =[000050]

DISCONNECT

447
Status 4 (CRC check is disabled)
HOST This product

CONNECT
ENQ (Status request command)
ID number=[Space]
Status=Wait for Receive
Status Remaining label=[000000]
Job name=[Space]

Print command (STX to ETX)

ID number=[05]
Print Qty=100
Job name=[SATO] Receiving/Analysis/Editing
ACK (Printer status: No error)
ENQ (Status request command)
ID number=[05]
Status=Editing
Status Remaining label=[000000]
Job name=[SATO]
Print
ENQ (Status request command)

ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Status Remaining label=[000100] Print 1st label
Job name=[SATO]

Print command (STX to ETX)

ID number =[06] Print 2nd label
Print Qty =50
Job name =[SATO] Receiving/Analysis/Editing
ACK (Printer status: No error)
Print 3rd label
ENQ (Status request command) PAPER END
ID number=[05]
Status=Paper end
Status Remaining label=[000098] Error release
Job name=[SATO] (Press [Print/Select] key)
ENQ (Status request command)
Print 3rd label
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Status Remaining label=[000098]
Job name=[SATO]

ENQ (Status request command)

Print 100th label
ID number=[05]
Status=Printing
Status Remaining label=[000001]
Job name=[SATO]

ENQ (Status request command)

ID number =[06]
Status Status =Printing
Remaining label =[000050]
Print 1st label
Job name =[SATO]

DISCONNECT

448
Status 3 (CRC check is disabled)
HOST This product

CONNECT
ENQ (Status request command)

ID number=[Space]
Status Status=Wait for Receive
Remaining label=[000000]

Print command (STX to ETX CRC)

ID number=[05]
Print Qty=100 Receiving/Analysis/Editing

ACK (Printer status: No error)

ENQ (Status request command)

ID number=[05]
Status Status=Editing
Remaining label=[000000]
Print
ENQ (Status request command)
ID number=[05]

Status
Status=Printing Print 1st label
Remaining label=[000100]

Print command (STX to ETX CRC) Print 2nd label

ID number=[06]
Print Qty=50 Receiving/Analysis/Editing

ACK (Printer status: No error) Print 3rd label

PAPER END
ENQ (Status request command)

ID number=[05]
Status Status=Paper end Error release
Remaining label=[000098] (Press [Print/Select] key)
ENQ (Status request command) Print 3rd label
ID number=[05]
Status Status=Printing
Remaining label=[000098]

ENQ (Status request command)

Print 100th label
ID number =[05]
Status Status =Printing
Remaining label =[000001]

ENQ (Status request command)

ID number =[06]
Status Status =Printing Print 1st label
Remaining label =[000050]

DISCONNECT

Parent topic Transmission sequence

449
In case where communication is lost while transferring print data
Note
• The print data cannot be guaranteed if communication through Bluetooth is disconnected while
sending print data.
Make sure to turn off the power of printer, then turn on it again to retransmit the print data.

CRC check is enabled (Common in status 3 and 4)

HOST This product

CONNECT Disconnection
or communication failure
Print command (STX to ETX CRC)
ID number=[05]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO]
× Receiving/Analysis/Editing

ENQ (Status request command)

Disconnection timeout period has passed.
ID number=[05]
Status Status=Wait for Receive *Clear print command that has already been received.
Remaining label=[000000]

Print command (STX to ETX CRC)

ID number=[06]
Print Qty=50

ACK
Print

Note
• In case where communication through Bluetooth is disconnected while transmitting print data,
print data that has already been received, will be cleared after disconnection timeout period.

CRC check is disabled (Common in status 3 and status 4)

HOST This product

CONNECT

Print command (STX to ETX)

ID number=[12]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO] Receiving/Analysis/Editing
×

Disconnection
or communication failure

Note
• Print data cannot be guaranteed if communication through Bluetooth is disconnected while
sending print data as in the figure above. Please resend print data after turning off the power of
printer then on it again.
Parent topic Transmission sequence

450
In case where communication is lost while transferring status after
receiving print data

CRC check is enabled (Common in status 3 and status 4)

HOST This product

CONNECT

Print command (STX to ETX CRC)

ID number=[12]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO]
Receiving/Analysis/Editing

ACK
Ｘ Print

Disconnection
or communication failure

Note
• When ACK is not returned after sending print data, it shall be regarded as communication failure
and sending print data has to be stopped.
• ACK may not return when communication through Bluetooth is disconnected before this product
returns ACK.

CRC check is disabled (Common in status3 and status 4)

Works the same as the previously mentioned "CRC check enabled".
Parent topic Transmission sequence

451
Abnormal end when CRC check is enabled

In the event of CRC error (Common in status 3 and status 4)

HOST This product

CONNECT

Print command (STX to ETX CRC)

ID number=[05]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO] Receiving/Analysis/Editing

CRC abnormal data

* Printer behavior is defined by key operation or

command. Refer to “CRC error display” for details.

Note
• Received data is cleared and ACK/NAK is not returned when the received printer data has CRC
error.

In the event of disconnection time-out (Common in status3 and status 4)

HOST This product

CONNECT

Print command (STX to ETX CRC)

ID number=[05]
Print Qty=50
Job name=[SATO]
Receiving/Analysis/Editing
×
Disconnection
or communication failure
Disconnection timeout period has passed.
*Clear print command that has already been received.

Note
• In case where receive data is not available in communication time-out period (10 sec) while
receiving print command, time-out occurs to clear print data that has already been received.
(ACK/NAK is not returned)
Parent topic Transmission sequence

452
NFC
Basic specification
Tag mode
Pass-through mode
Handover mode

Parent topic Part 2 Interface Specification

Basic specification

Interface standard
NFC forum Type 2 Tag compliant

Communication distance
Height from center of antenna (at a mark of NFC antenna) is 0 mm: right and left ±5 mm
Height from center of antenna (at a mark of NFC antenna) is +10 mm: within the range of ±10 mm to
both right and left

Baud rate of Wireless part

106 Kbps

Interface
No interface
* Automated recognition of module after Factory clear
Enable/Disable setting in Service mode (Module operation), Interface mode (Communication behavior)

Operation mode
Power OFF: Tag mode (Write NDEF format to NFC tag)
Power ON: Pass through mode, Bluetooth/Wi-Fi handover

Communication disconnection time-out

1 second

NFC receive buffer capacity

Tag mode: 888 bytes (Overall NFC tag memory)
Pass through mode: 51,200 bytes
* The maximum communication volume in pass through mode.
Ex) In pass through mode, communication volume at a time is 50 Kbytes or less. ("NG" is returned if
the communication volume is 50 Kbytes or more then receive data will be discarded)

453
Receive buffer size
2.95 MB

0 Mbyte 2.95 Mbytes

Near Full
Remaining 0.95 Mbytes
Release Near
Full
Remaining 1.95 Mbytes

[Supplementary Explanation]
• NFC interface of this printer uses NT3H1101 provided by NXP Semiconductors.
It does not support single bytes command (Status communication).

NFC allocation on printer

NFC internal antenna

Parent topic NFC

454
 Tag mode
This tag mode works when the power of printer is turned off.
It performs read/write from/to NFC tag memory (888 bytes).
Information on printer is written to NFC tag memory when the power of printer is turned off so that
device can obtain the information.
When the information on printer is written to NFC tag memory, the content of NFC tag memory is
sent to printer after turning on the power of printer.
Purpose: Printer setting, Information acquisition
Note
It is necessary to read information on device before writing to acquire information on device because
area to be used for reading and writing is the same.
Valid range of NFC tag memory is 800 bytes.

Setting information

Information on device
Data format
Transmission sequence

Parent topic NFC

455
Data format

Send data format

Compressed send data

Set send data after it is compressed with zlib.

The maximum size of compressed send data is 800 bytes.

Received data format

Received data

Receive data is uncompressed text data.

Parent topic Tag mode

456
Transmission sequence

Normal end
Following shows the example of sequence for sending and receiving data.

Device This product

NFC touch

Send/Receive data

Sending/Receiving
procedures

Latest data

"OK"

"OK" (0x4F 0x4B) is returned from API.

Abnormal End
"NG" is returned from API when there is communication error or tag memory error.
Device This product

NFC touch

Send/Receive data

Sending/Receiving
procedures

"NG"

"NG" (0x4E 0x47) is returned from API.

Parent topic Tag mode

457
 Pass-through mode
Pass-through mode works when the power of printer is turned on.
Provides communication with printer via NFC tag.
Data communication is performed in between NFC device and NFC tag. The data is zipped and
unzipped by NFC controller and is sent to printer directly (through).
Purpose: Send small SBPL data (Print), Acquisition of printer setting, value, status.
* Small data here is about 1000 bytes (Assuming that device can hold this small data for two seconds or less
due to the operation. 8 Kbps from actual measurement). Handover mode is recommended to handle data
which is larger than 1000 bytes.
Note
If you are using NFC with printer is having near full operation (2 MB or more for printer receive
buffer), please check the status of buffer (RS parameter) with DC2+PG command and control
transmission (do not send print data until buffer near full is released) because this is not bidirectional
communication.

SBPL command

NFC controller
Buffer: 50KB
Status, Information on device
Data format
Transmission sequence
CRC-16-CCITT

Parent topic NFC

458
Data format

Sent and received data format

(1) (2) (3)

Number of data Compressed send and received data CRC
byte 2 bytes
4 bytes

(1) Number of send and received byte

Set the number of compressed send and received data byte to big endian.
(2) Compressed send and received data
Set send and received data after it is compressed with zlib.
The maximum data size before compression is 51200 bytes.
(3) CRC
Set CRC of send and received data before compression. Use CRC-16-CCITT for CRC.
Please refer to "CRC-16 CCITT" to be described hereinafter for the details.
Parent topic Pass-through mode

459
Transmission sequence

Normal end
Following shows an example of sequence for sending and receiving data.

Device This product

NFC touch
Wait for startup (transition to
online / offline screen) and
touch it.

Segmentalize data into 64

bytes for sending

Sending procedures Final data

"OK"

Return "OK"(0x4F 0x4B).

One buzzer
Segmentalize data into 64
bytes for sending

Receiving procedures

Final data

460
When a device is moved away from this product while the device is sending data to the product
This product will discard the received data.

Device This product

NFC touch

Segmentalize data into 64

bytes for sending

Sending procedures

"NG" Received data will be discarded.

Move NFC device away
3 buzzers.
from printer
"NG"(0x4E 0x47) returns
from API.

461
When a device is moved away from this product while the device is receiving data from the product
This product will discard send data.
Device This product

NFC touch

Segmentalize data into 64

bytes for sending

Sending procedures
Final data

"OK"

Return "OK"(0x4F 0x4B).

One buzzer
Segmentalize data into 64
bytes for sending

Receiving procedures

"NG" Send data from printer will be

Move NFC device away
discarded. No buzzer.
from printer
* Communication between printer
"NG"(0x4E 0x47) and NFC is disconnected, and
is returned from API there is communication error in
between NFC.

462
When CRC error occurs
This product will discard received data from printer then return "NG_CRCCHECK".

Device This product

NFC touch

Segmentalize data into 64

bytes for sending

Sending procedures
Final data

Returns "NG_CRCCHECK"
(0x4E 0x47 0x5F 0x43 0x52 0x43
"NG_CRCCHECK"
0x43 0x0x48 0x45 0x43 0x4B).
3 buzzers

When NFC communication buffer over error occurs

This product will discard received data then return "NG_OTHER".

Device This product

NFC touch

Segmentalize data into 64

bytes for sending

Sending procedures
Final data

"NG_OTHER"
Returns "NG_OTHER"
(0x4E 0x47 0x5F 0x4F 0x54 0x48
0x45 0x52 )
3 buzzer

Parent topic Pass-through mode

463
CRC-16-CCITT

Calculation range of CRC

Send and received data before compression is the calculation range.

CRC calculation range

Send and received data before compression

(1) (2) (3)

Number of Compressed send and received data CRC
data byte 2 bytes
4 bytes

Method for calculating CRC

Use CRC-16-CCITT for calculating CRC.
Polynomial: X^16+X^12+X^5+X^0
Initial value: 0xFFFF
Following page shows an example of programming.

464
 /* CRCtable */
unsigned short CRC16Table[ 256 ] = {
0x0000, 0x1021, 0x2042, 0x3063, 0x4084, 0x50A5, 0x60C6, 0x70E7,
0x8108, 0x9129, 0xA14A, 0xB16B, 0xC18C, 0xD1AD, 0xE1CE, 0xF1EF,
0x1231, 0x0210, 0x3273, 0x2252, 0x52B5, 0x4294, 0x72F7, 0x62D6,
0x9339, 0x8318, 0xB37B, 0xA35A, 0xD3BD, 0xC39C, 0xF3FF, 0xE3DE,
0x2462, 0x3443, 0x0420, 0x1401, 0x64E6, 0x74C7, 0x44A4, 0x5485,
0xA56A, 0xB54B, 0x8528, 0x9509, 0xE5EE, 0xF5CF, 0xC5AC, 0xD58D,
0x3653, 0x2672, 0x1611, 0x0630, 0x76D7, 0x66F6, 0x5695, 0x46B4,
0xB75B, 0xA77A, 0x9719, 0x8738, 0xF7DF, 0xE7FE, 0xD79D, 0xC7BC,
0x48C4, 0x58E5, 0x6886, 0x78A7, 0x0840, 0x1861, 0x2802, 0x3823,
0xC9CC, 0xD9ED, 0xE98E, 0xF9AF, 0x8948, 0x9969, 0xA90A, 0xB92B,
0x5AF5, 0x4AD4, 0x7AB7, 0x6A96, 0x1A71, 0x0A50, 0x3A33, 0x2A12,
0xDBFD, 0xCBDC, 0xFBBF, 0xEB9E, 0x9B79, 0x8B58, 0xBB3B, 0xAB1A,
0x6CA6, 0x7C87, 0x4CE4, 0x5CC5, 0x2C22, 0x3C03, 0x0C60, 0x1C41,
0xEDAE, 0xFD8F, 0xCDEC, 0xDDCD, 0xAD2A, 0xBD0B, 0x8D68, 0x9D49,
0x7E97, 0x6EB6, 0x5ED5, 0x4EF4, 0x3E13, 0x2E32, 0x1E51, 0x0E70,
0xFF9F, 0xEFBE, 0xDFDD, 0xCFFC, 0xBF1B, 0xAF3A, 0x9F59, 0x8F78,
0x9188, 0x81A9, 0xB1CA, 0xA1EB, 0xD10C, 0xC12D, 0xF14E, 0xE16F,
0x1080, 0x00A1, 0x30C2, 0x20E3, 0x5004, 0x4025, 0x7046, 0x6067,
0x83B9, 0x9398, 0xA3FB, 0xB3DA, 0xC33D, 0xD31C, 0xE37F, 0xF35E,
0x02B1, 0x1290, 0x22F3, 0x32D2, 0x4235, 0x5214, 0x6277, 0x7256,
0xB5EA, 0xA5CB, 0x95A8, 0x8589, 0xF56E, 0xE54F, 0xD52C, 0xC50D,
0x34E2, 0x24C3, 0x14A0, 0x0481, 0x7466, 0x6447, 0x5424, 0x4405,
0xA7DB, 0xB7FA, 0x8799, 0x97B8, 0xE75F, 0xF77E, 0xC71D, 0xD73C,
0x26D3, 0x36F2, 0x0691, 0x16B0, 0x6657, 0x7676, 0x4615, 0x5634,
0xD94C, 0xC96D, 0xF90E, 0xE92F, 0x99C8, 0x89E9, 0xB98A, 0xA9AB,
0x5844, 0x4865, 0x7806, 0x6827, 0x18C0, 0x08E1, 0x3882, 0x28A3,
0xCB7D, 0xDB5C, 0xEB3F, 0xFB1E, 0x8BF9, 0x9BD8, 0xABBB, 0xBB9A,
0x4A75, 0x5A54, 0x6A37, 0x7A16, 0x0AF1, 0x1AD0, 0x2AB3, 0x3A92,
0xFD2E, 0xED0F, 0xDD6C, 0xCD4D, 0xBDAA, 0xAD8B, 0x9DE8, 0x8DC9,
0x7C26, 0x6C07, 0x5C64, 0x4C45, 0x3CA2, 0x2C83, 0x1CE0, 0x0CC1,
0xEF1F, 0xFF3E, 0xCF5D, 0xDF7C, 0xAF9B, 0xBFBA, 0x8FD9, 0x9FF8,
0x6E17, 0x7E36, 0x4E55, 0x5E74, 0x2E93, 0x3EB2, 0x0ED1, 0x1EF0,
};

/* Function to calculate CRC */

unsigned short crc16(unsigned char *buffer, unsigned int size){
unsigned short crc = 0xFFFF;
while(size--){
crc = CRC16Table[((crc>>8)^(*buffer++))&0xFF] ^ (crc<<8);
}
return crc;
}
Parent topic Pass-through mode

465
 Handover mode
This mode works when the power of printer is turned on.
Read information on handover (Bluetooth, Wi-Fi connection), which is written to NFC tag memory
when the power of printer is turned OFF, from NFC tag memory, then connection is established with
Bluetooth or Wi-Fi based on the information.
Purpose: Send SBPL data (Print), Acquisition of printer setting, value, and status.
* Communication after connecting Handover shall be performed via Bluetooth or Wi-Fi.
Please refer to "Bluetooth" or "Wireless LAN" described before for data format and transmission
sequence.

Information on handover

Data communication
Parent topic NFC

466
Notes about the Interface

Behavior after turning off the printer

Please note that the data sent from host to printer will not be guaranteed after shutting down a
printer.
Parent topic Part 2 Interface Specification

467
Extensive contact information for worldwide SATO
operations can be found on the Internet at
www.satoworldwide.com